WorldWideScience

Sample records for hamiltonian perturbation theory

  1. Geometric Hamiltonian structures and perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Omohundro, S.

    1984-08-01

    We have been engaged in a program of investigating the Hamiltonian structure of the various perturbation theories used in practice. We describe the geometry of a Hamiltonian structure for non-singular perturbation theory applied to Hamiltonian systems on symplectic manifolds and the connection with singular perturbation techniques based on the method of averaging

  2. Perturbation theory of effective Hamiltonians

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Brandow, B.H.

    1975-01-01

    This paper constitutes a review of the many papers which have used perturbation theory to derive ''effective'' or ''model'' Hamiltonians. It begins with a brief review of nondegenerate and non-many-body perturbation theory, and then considers the degenerate but non-many-body problem in some detail. It turns out that the degenerate perturbation problem is not uniquely defined, but there are some practical criteria for choosing among the various possibilities. Finally, the literature dealing with the linked-cluster aspects of open-shell many-body systems is reviewed. (U.S.)

  3. Lie transforms and their use in Hamiltonian perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Cary, J.R.

    1978-06-01

    A review is presented of the theory of Lie transforms as applied to Hamiltonian systems. We begin by presenting some general background on the Hamiltonian formalism and by introducing the operator notation for canonical transformations. We then derive the general theory of Lie transforms. We derive the formula for the new Hamiltonian when one uses a Lie transform to effect a canonical transformation, and we use Lie transforms to prove a very general version of Noether's theorem, or the symmetry-equals-invariant theorem. Next we use the general Lie transform theory to derive Deprit's perturbation theory. We illustrate this perturbation theory by application to two well-known problems in classical mechanics. Finally we present a chapter on conventions. There are many ways to develop Lie transforms. The last chapter explains the reasons for the choices made here

  4. Significance of constraints associated with Green's functions in Hamiltonian perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Maharana, L.; Muller-Kirsten, H.J.W.; Wiedemann, A.

    1987-01-01

    In many formulations of Hamiltonian perturbation theory a Green's function becomes undefined when some parameter is allowed to vanish. Here various examples are discussed to illustrate this phenomenon, and it is shown that they are all realizations of a general theorem. The cases considered are examples in classical mechanics, quantum mechanics, electrodynamics and field theory. The prime object is to illustrate the unity of the examples and thus to make the application of the procedure to field theory models of current interest more transparent. One example that it is referred to is the skyrmion model

  5. Scattering theory for Stark Hamiltonians

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Jensen, Arne

    1994-01-01

    An introduction to the spectral and scattering theory for Schroedinger operators is given. An abstract short range scattering theory is developed. It is applied to perturbations of the Laplacian. Particular attention is paid to the study of Stark Hamiltonians. The main result is an explanation of the discrepancy between the classical and the quantum scattering theory for one-dimensional Stark Hamiltonians. (author). 47 refs

  6. Hamiltonian approach to second order gauge invariant cosmological perturbations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Domènech, Guillem; Sasaki, Misao

    2018-01-01

    In view of growing interest in tensor modes and their possible detection, we clarify the definition of tensor modes up to 2nd order in perturbation theory within the Hamiltonian formalism. Like in gauge theory, in cosmology the Hamiltonian is a suitable and consistent approach to reduce the gauge degrees of freedom. In this paper we employ the Faddeev-Jackiw method of Hamiltonian reduction. An appropriate set of gauge invariant variables that describe the dynamical degrees of freedom may be obtained by suitable canonical transformations in the phase space. We derive a set of gauge invariant variables up to 2nd order in perturbation expansion and for the first time we reduce the 3rd order action without adding gauge fixing terms. In particular, we are able to show the relation between the uniform-ϕ and Newtonian slicings, and study the difference in the definition of tensor modes in these two slicings.

  7. Geometric perturbation theory and plasma physics

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Omohundro, S.M.

    1985-01-01

    Modern differential geometric techniques are used to unify the physical asymptotics underlying mechanics, wave theory, and statistical mechanics. The approach gives new insights into the structure of physical theories and is suited to the needs of modern large-scale computer simulation and symbol manipulation systems. A coordinate-free formulation of non-singular perturbation theory is given, from which a new Hamiltonian perturbation structure is derived and related to the unperturbed structure in five different ways. The theory of perturbations in the presence of symmetry is developed, and the method of averaging is related to reduction by a circle-group action. The pseudo-forces and magnetic Poisson bracket terms due to reduction are given a natural asymptotic interpretation. Similar terms due to changing reference frames are related to the method of variation of parameters, which is also given a Hamiltonian formulation. These methods are used to answer a long-standing question posed by Kruskal about nearly periodic systems. The answer leads to a new secular perturbation theory that contains no adhoc elements, which is then applied to gyromotion. Eikonal wave theory is given a Hamiltonian formulation that generalizes Whitham's Lagrangian approach. The evolution of wave action density on ray phase space is given a Hamiltonian structure using a Lie-Poisson bracket. The relationship between dissipative and Hamiltonian systems is discussed. A theory motivated by free electron lasers gives new restrictions on the change of area of projected parallelepipeds under canonical transformations

  8. Geometric perturbation theory and plasma physics

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Omohundro, S.M.

    1985-04-04

    Modern differential geometric techniques are used to unify the physical asymptotics underlying mechanics, wave theory and statistical mechanics. The approach gives new insights into the structure of physical theories and is suited to the needs of modern large-scale computer simulation and symbol manipulation systems. A coordinate-free formulation of non-singular perturbation theory is given, from which a new Hamiltonian perturbation structure is derived and related to the unperturbed structure. The theory of perturbations in the presence of symmetry is developed, and the method of averaging is related to reduction by a circle group action. The pseudo-forces and magnetic Poisson bracket terms due to reduction are given a natural asymptotic interpretation. Similar terms due to changing reference frames are related to the method of variation of parameters, which is also given a Hamiltonian formulation. These methods are used to answer a question about nearly periodic systems. The answer leads to a new secular perturbation theory that contains no ad hoc elements. Eikonal wave theory is given a Hamiltonian formulation that generalizes Whitham's Lagrangian approach. The evolution of wave action density on ray phase space is given a Hamiltonian structure using a Lie-Poisson bracket. The relationship between dissipative and Hamiltonian systems is discussed. A new type of attractor is defined which attracts both forward and backward in time and is shown to occur in infinite-dimensional Hamiltonian systems with dissipative behavior. The theory of Smale horseshoes is applied to gyromotion in the neighborhood of a magnetic field reversal and the phenomenon of reinsertion in area-preserving horseshoes is introduced. The central limit theorem is proved by renormalization group techniques. A natural symplectic structure for thermodynamics is shown to arise asymptotically from the maximum entropy formalism.

  9. Geometric perturbation theory and plasma physics

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Omohundro, S.M.

    1985-01-01

    Modern differential geometric techniques are used to unify the physical asymptotics underlying mechanics, wave theory and statistical mechanics. The approach gives new insights into the structure of physical theories and is suited to the needs of modern large-scale computer simulation and symbol manipulation systems. A coordinate-free formulation of non-singular perturbation theory is given, from which a new Hamiltonian perturbation structure is derived and related to the unperturbed structure. The theory of perturbations in the presence of symmetry is developed, and the method of averaging is related to reduction by a circle group action. The pseudo-forces and magnetic Poisson bracket terms due to reduction are given a natural asymptotic interpretation. Similar terms due to changing reference frames are related to the method of variation of parameters, which is also given a Hamiltonian formulation. These methods are used to answer a question about nearly periodic systems. The answer leads to a new secular perturbation theory that contains no ad hoc elements. Eikonal wave theory is given a Hamiltonian formulation that generalizes Whitham's Lagrangian approach. The evolution of wave action density on ray phase space is given a Hamiltonian structure using a Lie-Poisson bracket. The relationship between dissipative and Hamiltonian systems is discussed. A new type of attractor is defined which attracts both forward and backward in time and is shown to occur in infinite-dimensional Hamiltonian systems with dissipative behavior. The theory of Smale horseshoes is applied to gyromotion in the neighborhood of a magnetic field reversal and the phenomenon of reinsertion in area-preserving horseshoes is introduced. The central limit theorem is proved by renormalization group techniques. A natural symplectic structure for thermodynamics is shown to arise asymptotically from the maximum entropy formalism

  10. Linked-cluster perturbation theory for closed and open-shell systems: derivation of effective π-electron hamiltonians

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Brandow, B.H.

    1977-01-01

    The Brueckner--Goldstone form of linked-cluster perturbation theory is derived, together with its open-shell analog, by an elementary time-independent approach. This serves to focus attention on the physical interpretation of the results. The open-shell expansion is used to provide a straightforward justification for the effective π-electron Hamiltonians of planar organic molecules

  11. Effective Hamiltonian theory: recent formal results and non-nuclear applications

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Brandow, B.H.

    1981-01-01

    Effective Hamiltonian theory is discussed from the points of view of the unitary transformation method and degenerate perturbation theory. It is shown that the two approaches are identical term by term. The main features of a formulation of the coupled-cluster method for open-shell systems are outlined. Finally, recent applications of the many-body linked-cluster form of degenerate perturbation theory are described: the derivation of effective spin Hamiltonians in magnetic insulator systems, the derivation and calculation ab initio of effective π-electron Hamiltonians for planar conjugated hydrocarbon molecules, and understanding the so-called valence fluctuation phenomenon exhibited by certain rare earth compounds

  12. Energies and bounds from perturbative approximations to the Bloch-Horowitz effective Hamiltonian

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Darema-Rogers, F.; Vincent, C.M.

    1978-01-01

    Bloch-Horowitz perturbation theory is applied to the calculation of approximate energies and model-space eigenvectors, for the solvable large-matrix Hamiltonian H used by Pittel, Vincent, and Vergados. Two types of upper and lower bounds to the energies are discussed: moment-theory bounds, obtained by applying moment theory to the terms of perturbation theory, and norm bounds, derived from the expectation E-bar and variance sigma 2 of H with respect to an eigenvector approximated by nth order perturbation theory (n < or = 6). It is shown that lower bounds cannot be constructed unless some fourth-order quantity is known. The upper bounds are generally stricter than the lower bounds. All of the bounds apply even when back-door intruder states cause perturbation theory to diverge; but they lose their rigor and become ''quasibounds'' when there are physical intruders. The moment-theory and norm lower quasibounds always require estimation of a parameter. For the solvable Hamiltonians, it is shown that this can be done quite reliably, and that the resulting quasibounds are tight enough to have some practical utility. The energy-independent effective interaction V is constructed and its errors are displayed and discussed. Finally, a certain [1/2] pseudo-Pade approximant is empirically shown to give energies with a mean absolute error of less than 0.3 MeV in all cases

  13. Global Melnikov Theory in Hamiltonian Systems with General Time-Dependent Perturbations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gidea, Marian; de la Llave, Rafael

    2018-04-01

    We consider a mechanical system consisting of n-penduli and a d-degree-of-freedom rotator. The phase space of the rotator defines a normally hyperbolic invariant manifold Λ _0 . We apply a time-dependent perturbation, which is not assumed to be either Hamiltonian, or periodic, or quasi-periodic, as we allow for rather general time dependence. The strength of the perturbation is given by a parameter ɛ \\in R . For all |ɛ | sufficiently small, the augmented flow—obtained by making the time into a new variable—has a normally hyperbolic locally invariant manifold \\tilde{Λ }_ɛ . For ɛ =0 , \\tilde{Λ }_0=Λ _0× R . We define a Melnikov-type vector, which gives the first-order expansion of the displacement of the stable and unstable manifolds of \\tilde{Λ }_0 under the perturbation. We provide an explicit formula for the Melnikov vector in terms of convergent improper integrals of the perturbation along homoclinic orbits of the unperturbed system. We show that if the perturbation satisfies some explicit non-degeneracy conditions, then the stable and unstable manifolds of \\tilde{Λ }_ɛ , W^s(\\tilde{Λ }_ɛ ) and W^u(\\tilde{Λ }_ɛ ) , respectively, intersect along a transverse homoclinic manifold, and, moreover, the splitting of W^s(\\tilde{Λ }_ɛ ) and W^u(\\tilde{Λ }_ɛ ) can be explicitly computed, up to the first order, in terms of the Melnikov-type vector. This implies that the excursions along some homoclinic trajectories yield a non-trivial increase of order O(ɛ ) in the action variables of the rotator, for all sufficiently small perturbations. The formulas that we obtain are independent of the unperturbed motions in Λ _0 , and give, at the same time, the effects on periodic, quasi-periodic, or general-type orbits. When the perturbation is Hamiltonian, we express the effects of the perturbation, up to the first order, in terms of a Melnikov potential. In addition, if the perturbation is periodic, we obtain that the non-degeneracy conditions on

  14. A new perturbative treatment of pentadiagonal Hamiltonians

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Znojil, M.

    1987-01-01

    A new formulation of the Rayleich - Schroedinger perturbation theory is proposed. It is inspired by a recurent construction of propagators, and its main idea lies in a replacement of the auxiliary matrix elements (generalized continued fractions) by their non-numerical approximants. In a test of convergence (the anharmonic oscillator), the asymptotic fixed-point approximation scheme is used. The results indicate a good applicability of this fixed-point version of our formalism to systems with a band-matrix structure of the Hamiltonian

  15. Hamiltonian approach to GR. Pt. 2. Covariant theory of quantum gravity

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Cremaschini, Claudio [Faculty of Philosophy and Science, Silesian University in Opava, Institute of Physics and Research Center for Theoretical Physics and Astrophysics, Opava (Czech Republic); Tessarotto, Massimo [University of Trieste, Department of Mathematics and Geosciences, Trieste (Italy); Faculty of Philosophy and Science, Silesian University in Opava, Institute of Physics, Opava (Czech Republic)

    2017-05-15

    A non-perturbative quantum field theory of General Relativity is presented which leads to a new realization of the theory of covariant quantum gravity (CQG-theory). The treatment is founded on the recently identified Hamiltonian structure associated with the classical space-time, i.e., the corresponding manifestly covariant Hamilton equations and the related Hamilton-Jacobi theory. The quantum Hamiltonian operator and the CQG-wave equation for the corresponding CQG-state and wave function are realized in 4-scalar form. The new quantum wave equation is shown to be equivalent to a set of quantum hydrodynamic equations which warrant the consistency with the classical GR Hamilton-Jacobi equation in the semiclassical limit. A perturbative approximation scheme is developed, which permits the adoption of the harmonic oscillator approximation for the treatment of the Hamiltonian potential. As an application of the theory, the stationary vacuum CQG-wave equation is studied, yielding a stationary equation for the CQG-state in terms of the 4-scalar invariant-energy eigenvalue associated with the corresponding approximate quantum Hamiltonian operator. The conditions for the existence of a discrete invariant-energy spectrum are pointed out. This yields a possible estimate for the graviton mass together with a new interpretation about the quantum origin of the cosmological constant. (orig.)

  16. Quasi-degenerate perturbation theory using matrix product states

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Sharma, Sandeep; Jeanmairet, Guillaume; Alavi, Ali

    2016-01-01

    In this work, we generalize the recently proposed matrix product state perturbation theory (MPSPT) for calculating energies of excited states using quasi-degenerate (QD) perturbation theory. Our formulation uses the Kirtman-Certain-Hirschfelder canonical Van Vleck perturbation theory, which gives Hermitian effective Hamiltonians at each order, and also allows one to make use of Wigner’s 2n + 1 rule. Further, our formulation satisfies Granovsky’s requirement of model space invariance which is important for obtaining smooth potential energy curves. Thus, when we use MPSPT with the Dyall Hamiltonian, we obtain a model space invariant version of quasi-degenerate n-electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT), a property that the usual formulation of QD-NEVPT2 based on a multipartitioning technique lacked. We use our method on the benchmark problems of bond breaking of LiF which shows ionic to covalent curve crossing and the twist around the double bond of ethylene where significant valence-Rydberg mixing occurs in the excited states. In accordance with our previous work, we find that multi-reference linearized coupled cluster theory is more accurate than other multi-reference theories of similar cost

  17. Quasi-degenerate perturbation theory using matrix product states

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Sharma, Sandeep, E-mail: sanshar@gmail.com; Jeanmairet, Guillaume [Max Planck Institute for Solid State Research, Heisenbergstraße 1, 70569 Stuttgart (Germany); Alavi, Ali, E-mail: a.alavi@fkf.mpg.de [Max Planck Institute for Solid State Research, Heisenbergstraße 1, 70569 Stuttgart (Germany); Department of Chemistry, University of Cambridge, Lensfield Road, Cambridge CB2 1EW (United Kingdom)

    2016-01-21

    In this work, we generalize the recently proposed matrix product state perturbation theory (MPSPT) for calculating energies of excited states using quasi-degenerate (QD) perturbation theory. Our formulation uses the Kirtman-Certain-Hirschfelder canonical Van Vleck perturbation theory, which gives Hermitian effective Hamiltonians at each order, and also allows one to make use of Wigner’s 2n + 1 rule. Further, our formulation satisfies Granovsky’s requirement of model space invariance which is important for obtaining smooth potential energy curves. Thus, when we use MPSPT with the Dyall Hamiltonian, we obtain a model space invariant version of quasi-degenerate n-electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT), a property that the usual formulation of QD-NEVPT2 based on a multipartitioning technique lacked. We use our method on the benchmark problems of bond breaking of LiF which shows ionic to covalent curve crossing and the twist around the double bond of ethylene where significant valence-Rydberg mixing occurs in the excited states. In accordance with our previous work, we find that multi-reference linearized coupled cluster theory is more accurate than other multi-reference theories of similar cost.

  18. Quasi-degenerate perturbation theory using matrix product states

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sharma, Sandeep; Jeanmairet, Guillaume; Alavi, Ali

    2016-01-01

    In this work, we generalize the recently proposed matrix product state perturbation theory (MPSPT) for calculating energies of excited states using quasi-degenerate (QD) perturbation theory. Our formulation uses the Kirtman-Certain-Hirschfelder canonical Van Vleck perturbation theory, which gives Hermitian effective Hamiltonians at each order, and also allows one to make use of Wigner's 2n + 1 rule. Further, our formulation satisfies Granovsky's requirement of model space invariance which is important for obtaining smooth potential energy curves. Thus, when we use MPSPT with the Dyall Hamiltonian, we obtain a model space invariant version of quasi-degenerate n-electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT), a property that the usual formulation of QD-NEVPT2 based on a multipartitioning technique lacked. We use our method on the benchmark problems of bond breaking of LiF which shows ionic to covalent curve crossing and the twist around the double bond of ethylene where significant valence-Rydberg mixing occurs in the excited states. In accordance with our previous work, we find that multi-reference linearized coupled cluster theory is more accurate than other multi-reference theories of similar cost.

  19. Ab initio Hamiltonian approach to light nuclei and quantum field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Vary, James P.

    2009-01-01

    A basis-function approach that has proven successful for solving the nonrelativistic strongly interacting nuclear many-body problem and appears promising for solving relativistic field theory in a light-front Hamiltonian framework is presented. Both conventional nuclear manybody theory and light-front field theory face common issues within the Hamiltonian approach - i.e. how to; (1) define the Hamiltonian; (2) renormalize to a finite space; (3) solve for non-perturbative observables, preserving as many symmetries as possible; and (4) take the continuum limit. Each of these challenges requires a substantial undertaking but appears solvable. Advances in computational physics, both algorithms and parallel computers, have proven essential to the recent progress. I will present results that illustrate the recent advances and indicate the path forward to ever more realistic applications

  20. Theory of collective Hamiltonian

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zhang Qingying

    1982-02-01

    Starting from the cranking model, we derive the nuclear collective Hamiltonian. We expand the total energy of the collective motion of the ground state of even--even nuclei in powers of the deformation parameter ..beta... In the first approximation, we only take the lowest-order non-vanished terms in the expansion. The collective Hamiltonian thus obtained rather differs from the A. Bohr's Hamiltonian obtained by the irrotational incompressible liquid drop model. If we neglect the coupling term between ..beta..-and ..gamma..-vibration, our Hamiltonian then has the same form as that of A. Bohr. But there is a difference between these collective parameters. Our collective parameters are determined by the state of motion of the nucleous in the nuclei. They are the microscopic expressions. On the contrary, A. Bohr's collective parameters are only the simple functions of the microscopic physical quantities (such as nuclear radius and surface tension, etc.), and independent of the state of motion of the nucleons in the nuclei. Furthermore, there exist the coupling term between ..beta..-and ..gamma..-vibration and the higher-order terms in our expansion. They can be treated as the perturbations. There are no such terms in A. Bohr's Hamiltonian. These perturbation terms will influence the rotational, vibrational spectra and the ..gamma..-transition process, etc.

  1. Nuclear properties with realistic Hamiltonians through spectral distribution theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Vary, J.P.; Belehrad, R.; Dalton, B.J.

    1979-01-01

    Motivated by the need of non-perturbative methods for utilizing realistic nuclear Hamiltonians H, the authors use spectral distribution theory, based on calculated moments of H, to obtain specific bulk and valence properties of finite nuclei. The primary emphasis here is to present results for the binding energies of nuclei obtained with and without an assumed core. (Auth.)

  2. A covariant formulation of the relativistic Hamiltonian theory on the light cone (fields with spin)

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Atakishiev, N.M.; Mir-Kasimov, R.M.; Nagiyev, Sh.M.

    1978-01-01

    A Hamiltonian formulation of quantum field theory on the light cone, developed earlier, is extended to the case of particles with spin. The singularities accompanying each field theory in light-front variables are removed by the introduction of an infinite number of counterterms of a new type, which can be included into the interaction Hamiltonian. A three-dimensional diagram technique is formulated, which is applied to calculate the fermion self-energy in the lowest order of perturbation theory

  3. Magnetic field line Hamiltonian

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Boozer, A.H.

    1985-02-01

    The basic properties of the Hamiltonian representation of magnetic fields in canonical form are reviewed. The theory of canonical magnetic perturbation theory is then developed and applied to the time evolution of a magnetic field embedded in a toroidal plasma. Finally, the extension of the energy principle to tearing modes, utilizing the magnetic field line Hamiltonian, is outlined

  4. Hamiltonian Light-Front Field Theory: Recent Progress and Tantalizing Prospects

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Vary, J. P.

    2012-01-01

    Fundamental theories, such as quantum electrodynamics and quantum chromodynamics promise great predictive power addressing phenomena over vast scales from the microscopic to cosmic scales. However, new non-perturbative tools are required for physics to span from one scale to the next. I outline recent theoretical and computational progress to build these bridges and provide illustrative results for Hamiltonian Light Front Field Theory. One key area is our development of basis function approaches that cast the theory as a Hamiltonian matrix problem while preserving a maximal set of symmetries. Regulating the theory with an external field that can be removed to obtain the continuum limit offers additional possibilities as seen in an application to the anomalous magnetic moment of the electron. Recent progress capitalizes on algorithm and computer developments for setting up and solving very large sparse matrix eigenvalue problems. Matrices with dimensions of 20 billion basis states are now solved on leadership-class computers for their low-lying eigenstates and eigenfunctions. (author)

  5. Methods and applications of analytical perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kirchgraber, U.; Stiefel, E.

    1978-01-01

    This monograph on perturbation theory is based on various courses and lectures held by the authors at the ETH, Zurich and at the University of Texas, Austin. Its principal intention is to inform application-minded mathematicians, physicists and engineers about recent developments in this field. The reader is not assumed to have mathematical knowledge beyond what is presented in standard courses on analysis and linear algebra. Chapter I treats the transformations of systems of differential equations and the integration of perturbed systems in a formal way. These tools are applied in Chapter II to celestial mechanics and to the theory of tops and gyroscopic motion. Chapter III is devoted to the discussion of Hamiltonian systems of differential equations and exposes the algebraic aspects of perturbation theory showing also the necessary modifications of the theory in case of singularities. The last chapter gives the mathematical justification for the methods developed in the previous chapters and investigates important questions such as error estimations for the solutions and asymptotic stability. Each chapter ends with useful comments and an extensive reference to the original literature. (HJ) [de

  6. Numerical determination of the magnetic field line Hamiltonian

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kuo-Petravic, G.; Boozer, A.H.

    1986-03-01

    The structure of a magnetic field is determined by a one-degree of freedom, time-dependent Hamiltonian. This Hamiltonian is evaluated for a given field in a perturbed action-angle form. The location and the size of magnetic islands in the given field are determined from Hamiltonian perturbation theory and from an ordinary Poincare plot of the field line trajectories

  7. Fluctuations around classical solutions for gauge theories in Lagrangian and Hamiltonian approach

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Miskovic, Olivera; Pons, Josep M

    2006-01-01

    We analyse the dynamics of gauge theories and constrained systems in general under small perturbations around a classical solution in both Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. We prove that a fluctuations theory, described by a quadratic Lagrangian, has the same constraint structure and number of physical degrees of freedom as the original non-perturbed theory, assuming the non-degenerate solution has been chosen. We show that the number of Noether gauge symmetries is the same in both theories, but that the gauge algebra in the fluctuations theory becomes Abelianized. We also show that the fluctuations theory inherits all functionally independent rigid symmetries from the original theory and that these symmetries are generated by linear or quadratic generators according to whether the original symmetry is preserved by the background or is broken by it. We illustrate these results with examples

  8. Laplace-transformed atomic orbital-based Møller–Plesset perturbation theory for relativistic two-component Hamiltonians

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Helmich-Paris, Benjamin, E-mail: b.helmichparis@vu.nl; Visscher, Lucas, E-mail: l.visscher@vu.nl [Section of Theoretical Chemistry, VU University Amsterdam, De Boelelaan 1083, 1081 HV Amsterdam (Netherlands); Repisky, Michal, E-mail: michal.repisky@uit.no [CTCC, Department of Chemistry, UIT The Arctic University of Norway, N-9037 Tromø (Norway)

    2016-07-07

    We present a formulation of Laplace-transformed atomic orbital-based second-order Møller–Plesset perturbation theory (MP2) energies for two-component Hamiltonians in the Kramers-restricted formalism. This low-order scaling technique can be used to enable correlated relativistic calculations for large molecular systems. We show that the working equations to compute the relativistic MP2 energy differ by merely a change of algebra (quaternion instead of real) from their non-relativistic counterparts. With a proof-of-principle implementation we study the effect of the nuclear charge on the magnitude of half-transformed integrals and show that for light elements spin-free and spin-orbit MP2 energies are almost identical. Furthermore, we investigate the effect of separation of charge distributions on the Coulomb and exchange energy contributions, which show the same long-range decay with the inter-electronic/atomic distance as for non-relativistic MP2. A linearly scaling implementation is possible if the proper distance behavior is introduced to the quaternion Schwarz-type estimates as for non-relativistic MP2.

  9. Laplace-transformed atomic orbital-based Møller–Plesset perturbation theory for relativistic two-component Hamiltonians

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Helmich-Paris, Benjamin; Visscher, Lucas; Repisky, Michal

    2016-01-01

    We present a formulation of Laplace-transformed atomic orbital-based second-order Møller–Plesset perturbation theory (MP2) energies for two-component Hamiltonians in the Kramers-restricted formalism. This low-order scaling technique can be used to enable correlated relativistic calculations for large molecular systems. We show that the working equations to compute the relativistic MP2 energy differ by merely a change of algebra (quaternion instead of real) from their non-relativistic counterparts. With a proof-of-principle implementation we study the effect of the nuclear charge on the magnitude of half-transformed integrals and show that for light elements spin-free and spin-orbit MP2 energies are almost identical. Furthermore, we investigate the effect of separation of charge distributions on the Coulomb and exchange energy contributions, which show the same long-range decay with the inter-electronic/atomic distance as for non-relativistic MP2. A linearly scaling implementation is possible if the proper distance behavior is introduced to the quaternion Schwarz-type estimates as for non-relativistic MP2.

  10. Existence of 121 limit cycles in a perturbed planar polynomial Hamiltonian vector field of degree 11

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Wang, S.; Yu, P.

    2006-01-01

    In this article, a systematic procedure has been explored to studying general Z q -equivariant planar polynomial Hamiltonian vector fields for the maximal number of closed orbits and the maximal number of limit cycles after perturbation. Following the procedure by taking special consideration of Z 12 -equivariant vector fields of degree 11, the maximal of 99 closed orbits are obtained under a well-defined coefficient group. Consequently, perturbation parameter control in limit cycle computation leads to the existence of 121 limit cycles in the perturbed Hamiltonian vector field, which gives rise to the lower bound of Hilbert number of 11th-order systems as H(11) ≥ 11 2 . Two conjectures are proposed regarding the maximal number of closed orbits for equivariant polynomial Hamiltonian vector fields and the maximal number of limit cycles bifurcated from the well defined Hamiltonian vector fields after perturbation

  11. The calculation of isotopic partition function ratios by a perturbation theory technique

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Singh, G.; Wolfsberg, M.

    1975-01-01

    The vibrational Hamiltonian of a molecule in the harmonic approximation, H = (1/2) Σ (g/subi/jp/subi/p/subj/ + f/subi/jq/subi/q/subj/), has been divided into a diagonal part (terms with i=j) and an off-diagonal part (inot-equalj), which is regarded as the perturbation. The vibrational partition function of the molecule is then calculated by Schwinger perturbation theory as the partition function of the unperturbed problem, corresponding to a collection of oscillators with frequencies 2πν/subi/' = (f/subi/ig/subi/i)/sup 1 / 2 /, plus perturbation correction terms which are calculated to second order. With the usual assumptions of isotope effect calculations that the molecular translations and rotations are classical and separable from the vibrations, the perturbation formulation of the vibrational partition function is easily transformed into a perturbation theory formulation of (reduced) isotopic partition function ratios. If, for example, the molecular potential function is expressed in terms of the displacements of bond stretches and bond angle bends from their respective equilibrium values, the unperturbed partition function ratio corresponds to the isotope effect expected for noninteracting bond-stretch and bond-angle-bend oscillators. Detailed comparison is made for a number of molecular systems of perturbation theory calculations of partition functions and isotopic partition function ratios with exact calculations carried out by actually obtaining the normal mode vibrational frequencies of the vibrational Hamiltonian. Good agreement is found. The utility of the perturbation theory formulation resides in the fact that it permits one to look at isotope effects in a very simple manner; some demonstrations are given

  12. Block diagrams and the cancellation of divergencies in energy-level perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Michels, M.A.J.; Suttorp, L.G.

    1979-01-01

    The effective Hamiltonian for the degenerate energy-eigenvalue problem in adiabatic perturbation theory is cast in a form that permits an expansion in Feynman diagrams. By means of a block representation a resummation of these diagrams is carried out such that in the adiabatic limit no divergencies are encountered. The resummed form of the effective Hamiltonian is used to establish a connexion with the S matrix. (Auth.)

  13. Hamiltonian lattice studies of chiral meson field theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Chin, S.A.

    1998-01-01

    The latticization of the non-linear sigma model reduces a chiral meson field theory to an O(4) spin lattice system with quantum fluctuations. The result is an interesting marriage between quantum many-body theory and classical spin systems. By solving the resulting lattice Hamiltonian by Monte Carlo methods, the dynamics and thermodynamics of pions can be determined non-perturbatively. In a variational 16 3 lattice study, the ground state chiral phase transition is shown to be first order. Moreover, as the chiral phase transition is approached, the mass gap of pionic collective modes with quantum number of the ω vector meson drops toward zero. (Copyright (1998) World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd)

  14. Hamiltonian theory of guiding-center motion

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Littlejohn, R.G.

    1980-05-01

    A Hamiltonian treatment of the guiding center problem is given which employs noncanonical coordinates in phase space. Separation of the unperturbed system from the perturbation is achieved by using a coordinate transformation suggested by a theorem of Darboux. As a model to illustrate the method, motion in the magnetic field B=B(x,y)z is studied. Lie transforms are used to carry out the perturbation expansion.

  15. Hamiltonian theory of guiding-center motion

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Littlejohn, R.G.

    1980-05-01

    A Hamiltonian treatment of the guiding center problem is given which employs noncanonical coordinates in phase space. Separation of the unperturbed system from the perturbation is achieved by using a coordinate transformation suggested by a theorem of Darboux. As a model to illustrate the method, motion in the magnetic field B=B(x,y)z is studied. Lie transforms are used to carry out the perturbation expansion

  16. Lennard-Jones triple-point bulk and shear viscosities. Green-Kubo theory, Hamiltonian mechanics, and nonequilibrium molecular dynamics

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hoover, W.G.; Evans, D.J.; Hickman, R.B.; Ladd, A.J.C.; Ashurst, W.T.; Moran, B.

    1980-01-01

    A new Hamiltonian method for deformation simulations is related to the Green-Kubo fluctuation theory through perturbation theory and linear-response theory. Numerical results for the bulk and shear viscosity coefficients are compared to corresponding Green-Kubo calculations. Both viscosity coefficients depend similarly on frequency, in a way consistent with enhanced ''long-time tails.''

  17. Exact perturbation theory of multiphoton processes at high intensities. [Schroedinger equation, perturbation theory, matrix

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Faisal, F H.M. [Bielefeld Univ. (Germany, F.R.). Fakultaet fuer Physik

    1976-06-11

    In this work the perturbation theory for multiphoton processes at high intensities is investigated and it is described an analytical method of summing the perturbation series to extract the contribution from all terms that give rise to the absorption of N photons by an atomic system. The method is first applied to the solution of a simple model problem and the result is confirmed by direct integration of the model Schroedinger equation. The usual lowest (nonvanishing)-order perturbation-theoretical calculation is also carried out for this model to demonstrate explicitly that the full result correctly reproduces that of the lowest-order theory in the limit of low intensity. The method is then extended to the case of an atomic system with well-developed spectrum (e.g. H atom) and the N-photon T-matrix is derived in terms of a ''photon matrix'' asub(N), for which a three-term recurrence relation is established. Next, from the vantage point of the general result obtained here, A probe is made into the nature of several approximate nonperturbative solutions that have appeared in the literature in the past. It is shown here that their applicability is severely restricted by the requirement of the essential spectral degeneracy of the atomic system. Finally, appendix A outlines a prescription of computing the photon matrix asub(N), which (as in the usual lowest-order perturbation-theoretical calculation)requires a knowledge of the eigenfunctions and eigenvalues of the atomic Hamiltonian only.

  18. Renormalization of Hamiltonians

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Glazek, S.D.; Wilson, K.G.

    1993-01-01

    This paper presents a new renormalization procedure for Hamiltonians such as those of light-front field theory. The bare Hamiltonian with an arbitrarily large, but finite cutoff, is transformed by a specially chosen similarity transformation. The similarity transformation has two desirable features. First, the transformed Hamiltonian is band diagonal: in particular, all matrix elements vanish which would otherwise have caused transitions with big energy jumps, such as from a state of bounded energy to a state with an energy of the order of the cutoff. At the same time, neither the similarity transformation nor the transformed Hamiltonian, computed in perturbation theory, contain vanishing or near-vanishing energy denominators. Instead, energy differences in denominators can be replaced by energy sums for purposes of order of magnitude estimates needed to determine cutoff dependences. These two properties make it possible to determine relatively easily the list of counterterms needed to obtain finite low energy results (such as for eigenvalues). A simple model Hamiltonian is discussed to illustrate the method

  19. Non-perturbative RPA-method implemented in the Coulomb gauge QCD Hamiltonian: From quarks and gluons to baryons and mesons

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yepez-Martinez, Tochtli; Civitarese, Osvaldo; Hess, Peter O.

    2018-02-01

    Starting from an algebraic model based on the QCD-Hamiltonian and previously applied to study meson states, we have developed an extension of it in order to explore the structure of baryon states. In developing our approach we have adapted concepts taken from group theory and non-perturbative many-body methods to describe states built from effective quarks and anti-quarks degrees of freedom. As a Hamiltonian we have used the QCD Hamiltonian written in the Coulomb Gauge, and expressed it in terms of effective quark-antiquark, di-quarks and di-antiquark excitations. To gain some insights about the relevant interactions of quarks in hadronic states, the Hamiltonian was approximately diagonalized by mapping quark-antiquark pairs and di-quarks (di-antiquarks) onto phonon states. In dealing with the structure of the vacuum of the theory, color-scalar and color-vector states are introduced to account for ground-state correlations. While the use of a purely color-scalar ground state is an obvious choice, so that colorless hadrons contain at least three quarks, the presence of coupled color-vector pairs in the ground state allows for colorless excitations resulting from the action of color objects upon it.

  20. Perturbation theory for arbitrary coupling strength?

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mahapatra, Bimal P.; Pradhan, Noubihary

    2018-03-01

    We present a new formulation of perturbation theory for quantum systems, designated here as: “mean field perturbation theory” (MFPT), which is free from power-series-expansion in any physical parameter, including the coupling strength. Its application is thereby extended to deal with interactions of arbitrary strength and to compute system-properties having non-analytic dependence on the coupling, thus overcoming the primary limitations of the “standard formulation of perturbation theory” (SFPT). MFPT is defined by developing perturbation about a chosen input Hamiltonian, which is exactly solvable but which acquires the nonlinearity and the analytic structure (in the coupling strength) of the original interaction through a self-consistent, feedback mechanism. We demonstrate Borel-summability of MFPT for the case of the quartic- and sextic-anharmonic oscillators and the quartic double-well oscillator (QDWO) by obtaining uniformly accurate results for the ground state of the above systems for arbitrary physical values of the coupling strength. The results obtained for the QDWO may be of particular significance since “renormalon”-free, unambiguous results are achieved for its spectrum in contrast to the well-known failure of SFPT in this case.

  1. Hamiltonian truncation approach to quenches in the Ising field theory

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    T. Rakovszky

    2016-10-01

    Full Text Available In contrast to lattice systems where powerful numerical techniques such as matrix product state based methods are available to study the non-equilibrium dynamics, the non-equilibrium behaviour of continuum systems is much harder to simulate. We demonstrate here that Hamiltonian truncation methods can be efficiently applied to this problem, by studying the quantum quench dynamics of the 1+1 dimensional Ising field theory using a truncated free fermionic space approach. After benchmarking the method with integrable quenches corresponding to changing the mass in a free Majorana fermion field theory, we study the effect of an integrability breaking perturbation by the longitudinal magnetic field. In both the ferromagnetic and paramagnetic phases of the model we find persistent oscillations with frequencies set by the low-lying particle excitations not only for small, but even for moderate size quenches. In the ferromagnetic phase these particles are the various non-perturbative confined bound states of the domain wall excitations, while in the paramagnetic phase the single magnon excitation governs the dynamics, allowing us to capture the time evolution of the magnetisation using a combination of known results from perturbation theory and form factor based methods. We point out that the dominance of low lying excitations allows for the numerical or experimental determination of the mass spectra through the study of the quench dynamics.

  2. Orbitally invariant internally contracted multireference unitary coupled cluster theory and its perturbative approximation: theory and test calculations of second order approximation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chen, Zhenhua; Hoffmann, Mark R

    2012-07-07

    A unitary wave operator, exp (G), G(+) = -G, is considered to transform a multiconfigurational reference wave function Φ to the potentially exact, within basis set limit, wave function Ψ = exp (G)Φ. To obtain a useful approximation, the Hausdorff expansion of the similarity transformed effective Hamiltonian, exp (-G)Hexp (G), is truncated at second order and the excitation manifold is limited; an additional separate perturbation approximation can also be made. In the perturbation approximation, which we refer to as multireference unitary second-order perturbation theory (MRUPT2), the Hamiltonian operator in the highest order commutator is approximated by a Mo̸ller-Plesset-type one-body zero-order Hamiltonian. If a complete active space self-consistent field wave function is used as reference, then the energy is invariant under orbital rotations within the inactive, active, and virtual orbital subspaces for both the second-order unitary coupled cluster method and its perturbative approximation. Furthermore, the redundancies of the excitation operators are addressed in a novel way, which is potentially more efficient compared to the usual full diagonalization of the metric of the excited configurations. Despite the loss of rigorous size-extensivity possibly due to the use of a variational approach rather than a projective one in the solution of the amplitudes, test calculations show that the size-extensivity errors are very small. Compared to other internally contracted multireference perturbation theories, MRUPT2 only needs reduced density matrices up to three-body even with a non-complete active space reference wave function when two-body excitations within the active orbital subspace are involved in the wave operator, exp (G). Both the coupled cluster and perturbation theory variants are amenable to large, incomplete model spaces. Applications to some widely studied model systems that can be problematic because of geometry dependent quasidegeneracy, H4, P4

  3. Hamiltonian Anomalies from Extended Field Theories

    Science.gov (United States)

    Monnier, Samuel

    2015-09-01

    We develop a proposal by Freed to see anomalous field theories as relative field theories, namely field theories taking value in a field theory in one dimension higher, the anomaly field theory. We show that when the anomaly field theory is extended down to codimension 2, familiar facts about Hamiltonian anomalies can be naturally recovered, such as the fact that the anomalous symmetry group admits only a projective representation on the Hilbert space, or that the latter is really an abelian bundle gerbe over the moduli space. We include in the discussion the case of non-invertible anomaly field theories, which is relevant to six-dimensional (2, 0) superconformal theories. In this case, we show that the Hamiltonian anomaly is characterized by a degree 2 non-abelian group cohomology class, associated to the non-abelian gerbe playing the role of the state space of the anomalous theory. We construct Dai-Freed theories, governing the anomalies of chiral fermionic theories, and Wess-Zumino theories, governing the anomalies of Wess-Zumino terms and self-dual field theories, as extended field theories down to codimension 2.

  4. Asymptotic behaviour of optimal fraction-rational series of the perturbation theory at description of molecular rotational spectra

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Burenin, A.V.

    1994-01-01

    A possibility is shown of substantial expansion of the choice of asymptotic behaviour of optimal fraction-rational series of the perturbation theory on description of molecular rotational spectra. The expansion permits to hope for substantial improvement of results of using the conception of effective rotational hamiltonian in a fraction-rational form on the description of highly perturbed vibrational states

  5. Adiabatic perturbation theory for atoms and molecules in the low-frequency regime.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Martiskainen, Hanna; Moiseyev, Nimrod

    2017-12-14

    There is an increasing interest in the photoinduced dynamics in the low frequency, ω, regime. The multiphoton absorptions by molecules in strong laser fields depend on the polarization of the laser and on the molecular structure. The unique properties of the interaction of atoms and molecules with lasers in the low-frequency regime imply new concepts and directions in strong-field light-matter interactions. Here we represent a perturbational approach for the calculations of the quasi-energy spectrum in the low-frequency regime, which avoids the construction of the Floquet operator with extremely large number of Floquet channels. The zero-order Hamiltonian in our perturbational approach is the adiabatic Hamiltonian where the atoms/molecules are exposed to a dc electric field rather than to ac-field. This is in the spirit of the first step in the Corkum three-step model. The second-order perturbation correction terms are obtained when iℏω∂∂τ serves as a perturbation and τ is a dimensionless variable. The second-order adiabatic perturbation scheme is found to be an excellent approach for calculating the ac-field Floquet solutions in our test case studies of a simple one-dimensional time-periodic model Hamiltonian. It is straightforward to implement the perturbation approach presented here for calculating atomic and molecular energy shifts (positions) due to the interaction with low-frequency ac-fields using high-level electronic structure methods. This is enabled since standard quantum chemistry packages allow the calculations of atomic and molecular energy shifts due to the interaction with dc-fields. In addition to the shift of the energy positions, the energy widths (inverse lifetimes) can be obtained at the same level of theory. These energy shifts are functions of the laser parameters (low frequency, intensity, and polarization).

  6. Hamiltonian PDEs and Frobenius manifolds

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Dubrovin, Boris A

    2008-01-01

    In the first part of this paper the theory of Frobenius manifolds is applied to the problem of classification of Hamiltonian systems of partial differential equations depending on a small parameter. Also developed is a deformation theory of integrable hierarchies including the subclass of integrable hierarchies of topological type. Many well-known examples of integrable hierarchies, such as the Korteweg-de Vries, non-linear Schroedinger, Toda, Boussinesq equations, and so on, belong to this subclass that also contains new integrable hierarchies. Some of these new integrable hierarchies may be important for applications. Properties of the solutions to these equations are studied in the second part. Consideration is given to the comparative study of the local properties of perturbed and unperturbed solutions near a point of gradient catastrophe. A Universality Conjecture is formulated describing the various types of critical behaviour of solutions to perturbed Hamiltonian systems near the point of gradient catastrophe of the unperturbed solution.

  7. Hamiltonian PDEs and Frobenius manifolds

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dubrovin, Boris A [Steklov Mathematical Institute, Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow (Russian Federation)

    2008-12-31

    In the first part of this paper the theory of Frobenius manifolds is applied to the problem of classification of Hamiltonian systems of partial differential equations depending on a small parameter. Also developed is a deformation theory of integrable hierarchies including the subclass of integrable hierarchies of topological type. Many well-known examples of integrable hierarchies, such as the Korteweg-de Vries, non-linear Schroedinger, Toda, Boussinesq equations, and so on, belong to this subclass that also contains new integrable hierarchies. Some of these new integrable hierarchies may be important for applications. Properties of the solutions to these equations are studied in the second part. Consideration is given to the comparative study of the local properties of perturbed and unperturbed solutions near a point of gradient catastrophe. A Universality Conjecture is formulated describing the various types of critical behaviour of solutions to perturbed Hamiltonian systems near the point of gradient catastrophe of the unperturbed solution.

  8. Hamiltonian mechanics and divergence-free fields

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Boozer, A.H.

    1986-08-01

    The field lines, or integral curves, of a divergence-free field in three dimensions are shown to be topologically equivalent to the trajectories of a Hamiltonian with two degrees of freedom. The consideration of fields that depend on a parameter allow the construction of a canonical perturbation theory which is valid even if the perturbation is large. If the parametric dependence of the magnetic, or the vorticity field is interpreted as time dependence, evolution equations are obtained which give Kelvin's theorem or the flux conservation theorem for ideal fluids and plasmas. The Hamiltonian methods prove especially useful for study of fields in which the field lines must be known throughout a volume of space

  9. Perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bartlett, R.; Kirtman, B.; Davidson, E.R.

    1978-01-01

    After noting some advantages of using perturbation theory some of the various types are related on a chart and described, including many-body nonlinear summations, quartic force-field fit for geometry, fourth-order correlation approximations, and a survey of some recent work. Alternative initial approximations in perturbation theory are also discussed. 25 references

  10. A diagrammatic construction of formal E-independent model hamiltonian

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kvasnicka, V.

    1977-01-01

    A diagrammatic construction of formal E-independent model interaction (i.e., without second-quantization formalism) is suggested. The construction starts from the quasi-degenerate Brillouin-Wigner perturbation theory, in the framework of which an E-dependent model Hamiltonian is simply constructed. Applying the ''E-removing'' procedure to this E-dependent model Hamiltonian, the E-independent formal model Hamiltonian either Hermitian or non-Hermitian can diagrammatically be easily derived. For the formal E-independent model Hamiltonian the separability theorem is proved, which can be profitably used for a rather ''formalistic ''construction of a many-body E-independent model Hamiltonian

  11. Residual gauge invariance of Hamiltonian lattice gauge theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Ryang, S.; Saito, T.; Shigemoto, K.

    1984-01-01

    The time-independent residual gauge invariance of Hamiltonian lattice gauge theories is considered. Eigenvalues and eigenfunctions of the unperturbed Hamiltonian are found in terms of Gegengauer's polynomials. Physical states which satisfy the subsidiary condition corresponding to Gauss' law are constructed systematically. (orig.)

  12. Kato expansion in quantum canonical perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Nikolaev, Andrey

    2016-01-01

    This work establishes a connection between canonical perturbation series in quantum mechanics and a Kato expansion for the resolvent of the Liouville superoperator. Our approach leads to an explicit expression for a generator of a block-diagonalizing Dyson’s ordered exponential in arbitrary perturbation order. Unitary intertwining of perturbed and unperturbed averaging superprojectors allows for a description of ambiguities in the generator and block-diagonalized Hamiltonian. We compare the efficiency of the corresponding computational algorithm with the efficiencies of the Van Vleck and Magnus methods for high perturbative orders.

  13. Kato expansion in quantum canonical perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Nikolaev, Andrey, E-mail: Andrey.Nikolaev@rdtex.ru [Institute of Computing for Physics and Technology, Protvino, Moscow Region, Russia and RDTeX LTD, Moscow (Russian Federation)

    2016-06-15

    This work establishes a connection between canonical perturbation series in quantum mechanics and a Kato expansion for the resolvent of the Liouville superoperator. Our approach leads to an explicit expression for a generator of a block-diagonalizing Dyson’s ordered exponential in arbitrary perturbation order. Unitary intertwining of perturbed and unperturbed averaging superprojectors allows for a description of ambiguities in the generator and block-diagonalized Hamiltonian. We compare the efficiency of the corresponding computational algorithm with the efficiencies of the Van Vleck and Magnus methods for high perturbative orders.

  14. State-specific Multi-reference Perturbation Theories with Relaxed Coefficients: Molecular Applications

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Debashis Mukherjee

    2002-06-01

    Full Text Available Abstract: We present in this paper two new versions of Rayleigh-Schr¨odinger (RS and the Brillouin-Wigner (BW state-specific multi-reference perturbative theories (SSMRPT which stem from our state-specific multi-reference coupled-cluster formalism (SS-MRCC, developed with a complete active space (CAS. They are manifestly sizeextensive and are designed to avoid intruders. The combining coefficients cμ for the model functions φμ are completely relaxed and are obtained by diagonalizing an effective operator in the model space, one root of which is the target eigenvalue of interest. By invoking suitable partitioning of the hamiltonian, very convenient perturbative versions of the formalism in both the RS and the BW forms are developed for the second order energy. The unperturbed hamiltonians for these theories can be chosen to be of both Mφller-Plesset (MP and Epstein-Nesbet (EN type. However, we choose the corresponding Fock operator fμ for each model function φμ, whose diagonal elements are used to define the unperturbed hamiltonian in the MP partition. In the EN partition, we additionally include all the diagonal direct and exchange ladders. Our SS-MRPT thus utilizes a multi-partitioning strategy. Illustrative numerical applications are presented for potential energy surfaces (PES of the ground (1Σ+ and the first delta (1Δ states of CH+ which possess pronounced multi-reference character. Comparison of the results with the corresponding full CI values indicates the efficacy of our formalisms.

  15. Superconformal gravity in Hamiltonian form: another approach to the renormalization of gravitation

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kaku, M.

    1983-01-01

    We reexpress superconformal gravity in Hamiltonian form, explicitly displaying all 24 generators of the group as Dirac constraints on the Hilbert space. From this, we can establish a firm foundation for the canonical quantization of superconformal gravity. The purpose of writing down the Hamiltonian form of the theory is to reexamine the question of renormalization and unitarity. Usually, we start with unitary theories of gravity, such as the Einstein-Hilbert action or supergravity, both of which are probably not renormalizable. In this series of papers, we take the opposite approach and start with a theory which is renormalizable but has problems with unitarity. Conformal and superconformal gravity are both plagued with dipole ghosts when we use perturbation theory to quantize the theories. It is difficult to interpret the results of perturbation theory because the asymptotic states have zero norm and the potential between particles grows linearly with the separation distance. The purpose of writing the Hamiltonian form of these theories is to approach the question of unitarity from a different point of view. For example, a strong-coupling approach to these theories may yield a totally different perturbation expansion. We speculate that canonically quantizing the theory by power expanding in the strong-coupling regime may yield a different set of asymptotic states, somewhat similar to the situation in gauge theories. In this series of papers, we wish to reopen the question of the unitarity of conformal theories. We conjecture that ghosts are ''confined.''

  16. Numerical-analytic implementation of the higher-order canonical Van Vleck perturbation theory for the interpretation of medium-sized molecule vibrational spectra.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Krasnoshchekov, Sergey V; Isayeva, Elena V; Stepanov, Nikolay F

    2012-04-12

    Anharmonic vibrational states of semirigid polyatomic molecules are often studied using the second-order vibrational perturbation theory (VPT2). For efficient higher-order analysis, an approach based on the canonical Van Vleck perturbation theory (CVPT), the Watson Hamiltonian and operators of creation and annihilation of vibrational quanta is employed. This method allows analysis of the convergence of perturbation theory and solves a number of theoretical problems of VPT2, e.g., yields anharmonic constants y(ijk), z(ijkl), and allows the reliable evaluation of vibrational IR and Raman anharmonic intensities in the presence of resonances. Darling-Dennison and higher-order resonance coupling coefficients can be reliably evaluated as well. The method is illustrated on classic molecules: water and formaldehyde. A number of theoretical conclusions results, including the necessity of using sextic force field in the fourth order (CVPT4) and the nearly vanishing CVPT4 contributions for bending and wagging modes. The coefficients of perturbative Dunham-type Hamiltonians in high-orders of CVPT are found to conform to the rules of equality at different orders as earlier proven analytically for diatomic molecules. The method can serve as a good substitution of the more traditional VPT2.

  17. Similarity-transformed perturbation theory on top of truncated local coupled cluster solutions: Theory and applications to intermolecular interactions

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Azar, Richard Julian, E-mail: julianazar2323@berkeley.edu; Head-Gordon, Martin, E-mail: mhg@cchem.berkeley.edu [Kenneth S. Pitzer Center for Theoretical Chemistry, Department of Chemistry, University of California and Chemical Sciences Division, Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, California 94720 (United States)

    2015-05-28

    Your correspondents develop and apply fully nonorthogonal, local-reference perturbation theories describing non-covalent interactions. Our formulations are based on a Löwdin partitioning of the similarity-transformed Hamiltonian into a zeroth-order intramonomer piece (taking local CCSD solutions as its zeroth-order eigenfunction) plus a first-order piece coupling the fragments. If considerations are limited to a single molecule, the proposed intermolecular similarity-transformed perturbation theory represents a frozen-orbital variant of the “(2)”-type theories shown to be competitive with CCSD(T) and of similar cost if all terms are retained. Different restrictions on the zeroth- and first-order amplitudes are explored in the context of large-computation tractability and elucidation of non-local effects in the space of singles and doubles. To accurately approximate CCSD intermolecular interaction energies, a quadratically growing number of variables must be included at zeroth-order.

  18. Scattering theory of infrared divergent Pauli-Fierz Hamiltonians

    CERN Document Server

    Derezinski, J

    2003-01-01

    We consider in this paper the scattering theory of infrared divergent massless Pauli-Fierz Hamiltonians. We show that the CCR representations obtained from the asymptotic field contain so-called {\\em coherent sectors} describing an infinite number of asymptotically free bosons. We formulate some conjectures leading to mathematically well defined notion of {\\em inclusive and non-inclusive scattering cross-sections} for Pauli-Fierz Hamiltonians. Finally we give a general description of the scattering theory of QFT models in the presence of coherent sectors for the asymptotic CCR representations.

  19. Inflationary perturbations in no-scale theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Salvio, Alberto [CERN, Theoretical Physics Department, Geneva (Switzerland)

    2017-04-15

    We study the inflationary perturbations in general (classically) scale-invariant theories. Such scenario is motivated by the hierarchy problem and provides natural inflationary potentials and dark matter candidates. We analyse in detail all sectors (the scalar, vector and tensor perturbations) giving general formulae for the potentially observable power spectra, as well as for the curvature spectral index n{sub s} and the tensor-to-scalar ratio r. We show that the conserved Hamiltonian for all perturbations does not feature negative energies even in the presence of the Weyl-squared term if the appropriate quantisation is performed and argue that this term does not lead to phenomenological problems at least in some relevant setups. The general formulae are then applied to a concrete no-scale model, which includes the Higgs and a scalar, ''the planckion'', whose vacuum expectation value generates the Planck mass. Inflation can be triggered by a combination of the planckion and the Starobinsky scalar and we show that no tension with observations is present even in the case of pure planckion inflation, if the coefficient of the Weyl-squared term is large enough. In general, even quadratic inflation is allowed in this case. Moreover, the Weyl-squared term leads to an isocurvature mode, which currently satisfies the observational bounds, but it may be detectable with future experiments. (orig.)

  20. Constraints and Hamiltonian in light-front quantized field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Srivastava, P.P.

    1993-01-01

    Self-consistent hamiltonian formulation of scalar theory on the null plane is constructed and quantized following the Dirac procedure. The theory contains also constraint equations which would give, if solved, to a nonlocal Hamiltonian. In contrast to the equal-time formulation we obtain a different description of the spontaneous symmetry breaking in the continuum and the symmetry generators are found to annihilate the light-front vacuum. Two examples are given where the procedure cannot be applied self-consistently. The corresponding theories are known to be ill-defined from the equal-time quantization. (author)

  1. Developments in perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Greenspan, E.

    1976-01-01

    Included are sections dealing with perturbation expressions for reactivity, methods for the calculation of perturbed fluxes, integral transport theory formulations for reactivity, generalized perturbation theory, sensitivity and optimization studies, multigroup calculations of bilinear functionals, and solution of inhomogeneous Boltzmann equations with singular operators

  2. Accurate energy levels for the anharmonic oscillator and a summable series for the double-well potential in perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Caswell, W.E.

    1979-01-01

    We introduce a generalization of Wick-ordering which maps the anharmonic oscillator (AO) Hamiltonian for mass m and coupling lambda exactly into a ''Wick-ordered'' Hamiltonian with an effective mass M which is a simple analytic function of lambda and m. The effective coupling Λ=lambda/M 3 is bounded. We transform the AO perturbation series in lambda into one in Λ. This series may then be summed using Borel summation methods. We also introduce a new summation method for the AO series (which is a practical necessity to obtain accurate energy levels of the excited states). We obtain a numerical accuracy for (E/sub P/T--E/sub e/xact)/ E/sub e/xact of at least 10 -7 (using 20 orders of perturbation theory) and 10 -3 (using only 2 orders of perturbation theory) for all couplings and all energy levels of the anharmonic oscillator. The methods are applicable also to the double-well potential (DWP, the AO with a negative mass-squared). The only change is that now the effective coupling is unbounded as lambda→0. The series in Λ is, however, still summable. The relative accuracy in the energy levels for 20 orders of perturbation theory varies from 10 -7 for large coupling to 1% at lambda=0.1 and to 10% at lambda=.05. We also present results for the sextic oscillator

  3. Non-integrable quantum field theories as perturbations of certain integrable models

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Delfino, G.; Simonetti, P.

    1996-03-01

    We approach the study of non-integrable models of two-dimensional quantum field theory as perturbations of the integrable ones. By exploiting the knowledge of the exact S-matrix and Form Factors of the integrable field theories we obtain the first order corrections to the mass ratios, the vacuum energy density and the S-matrix of the non-integrable theories. As interesting applications of the formalism, we study the scaling region of the Ising model in an external magnetic field at T ∼ T c and the scaling region around the minimal model M 2 , τ . For these models, a remarkable agreement is observed between the theoretical predictions and the data extracted by a numerical diagonalization of their Hamiltonian. (author). 41 refs, 9 figs, 1 tab

  4. Hamiltonian reduction of SU(2) Yang-Mills field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Khvedelidze, A.M.; Pavel, H.-P.

    1998-01-01

    The unconstrained system equivalent to SU (2) Yang-Mills field theory is obtained in the framework of the generalized Hamiltonian formalism using the method of Hamiltonian reduction. The reduced system is expressed in terms of fields with 'nonrelativistic' spin-0 and spin-2

  5. Hamiltonian constraint in polymer parametrized field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Laddha, Alok; Varadarajan, Madhavan

    2011-01-01

    Recently, a generally covariant reformulation of two-dimensional flat spacetime free scalar field theory known as parametrized field theory was quantized using loop quantum gravity (LQG) type ''polymer'' representations. Physical states were constructed, without intermediate regularization structures, by averaging over the group of gauge transformations generated by the constraints, the constraint algebra being a Lie algebra. We consider classically equivalent combinations of these constraints corresponding to a diffeomorphism and a Hamiltonian constraint, which, as in gravity, define a Dirac algebra. Our treatment of the quantum constraints parallels that of LQG and obtains the following results, expected to be of use in the construction of the quantum dynamics of LQG: (i) the (triangulated) Hamiltonian constraint acts only on vertices, its construction involves some of the same ambiguities as in LQG and its action on diffeomorphism invariant states admits a continuum limit, (ii) if the regulating holonomies are in representations tailored to the edge labels of the state, all previously obtained physical states lie in the kernel of the Hamiltonian constraint, (iii) the commutator of two (density weight 1) Hamiltonian constraints as well as the operator correspondent of their classical Poisson bracket converge to zero in the continuum limit defined by diffeomorphism invariant states, and vanish on the Lewandowski-Marolf habitat, (iv) the rescaled density 2 Hamiltonian constraints and their commutator are ill-defined on the Lewandowski-Marolf habitat despite the well-definedness of the operator correspondent of their classical Poisson bracket there, (v) there is a new habitat which supports a nontrivial representation of the Poisson-Lie algebra of density 2 constraints.

  6. Perturbation theory of low-dimensional quantum liquids. I. The pseudoparticle-operator basis

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Carmelo, J.M.P.; Castro Neto, A.H.; Campbell, D.K.

    1994-01-01

    We introduce an operator algebra for the description of the low-energy physics of one-dimensional, integrable, multicomponent quantum liquids. Considering the particular case of the Hubbard chain in a magnetic field and chemical potential, we show that at low energy its Bethe-ansatz solution can be interpreted in terms of a pseudoparticle-operator algebra. Our algebraic approach provides a concise interpretation of, and justification for, several recent studies of low-energy excitations and trasnport which have been based on detailed analyses of specific Bethe-ansatz eigenfunctions and eigenenergies. A central point is that the exact ground state of the interacting many-electron problem is the noninteracting pseudoparticle ground state. Furthermore, in the pseudoparticle basis, the quantum problem becomes perturbative, i.e., the two-pseudoparticle forward-scattering vertices and amplitudes do not diverge, and one can define a many-pseudoparticle perturbation theory. We write the general quantum-liquid Hamiltonian in the pseudoparticle basis and show that the pseudoparticle-perturbation theory leads, in a natural way, to the generalized Landau-liquid approach

  7. Hamiltonian Dynamics of Doubly-Foliable Space-Times

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Cecília Gergely

    2018-01-01

    Full Text Available The 2 + 1 + 1 decomposition of space-time is useful in monitoring the temporal evolution of gravitational perturbations/waves in space-times with a spatial direction singled-out by symmetries. Such an approach based on a perpendicular double foliation has been employed in the framework of dark matter and dark energy-motivated scalar-tensor gravitational theories for the discussion of the odd sector perturbations of spherically-symmetric gravity. For the even sector, however, the perpendicularity has to be suppressed in order to allow for suitable gauge freedom, recovering the 10th metric variable. The 2 + 1 + 1 decomposition of the Einstein–Hilbert action leads to the identification of the canonical pairs, the Hamiltonian and momentum constraints. Hamiltonian dynamics is then derived via Poisson brackets.

  8. Cluster expansion for ground states of local Hamiltonians

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Alvise Bastianello

    2016-08-01

    Full Text Available A central problem in many-body quantum physics is the determination of the ground state of a thermodynamically large physical system. We construct a cluster expansion for ground states of local Hamiltonians, which naturally incorporates physical requirements inherited by locality as conditions on its cluster amplitudes. Applying a diagrammatic technique we derive the relation of these amplitudes to thermodynamic quantities and local observables. Moreover we derive a set of functional equations that determine the cluster amplitudes for a general Hamiltonian, verify the consistency with perturbation theory and discuss non-perturbative approaches. Lastly we verify the persistence of locality features of the cluster expansion under unitary evolution with a local Hamiltonian and provide applications to out-of-equilibrium problems: a simplified proof of equilibration to the GGE and a cumulant expansion for the statistics of work, for an interacting-to-free quantum quench.

  9. Deconfinement phase transition in the Hamiltonian approach to Yang–Mills theory in Coulomb gauge

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Reinhardt H.

    2014-04-01

    Full Text Available Recent results obtained for the deconfinement phase transition within the Hamiltonian approach to Yang–Mills theory are reviewed. Assuming a quasiparticle picture for the grand canonical gluon ensemble the thermal equilibrium state is found by minimizing the free energy with respect to the quasi-gluon energy. The deconfinement phase transition is accompanied by a drastic change of the infrared exponents of the ghost and gluon propagators. Above the phase transition the ghost form factor remains infrared divergent but its infrared exponent is approximately halved. The gluon energy being infrared divergent in the confined phase becomes infrared finite in the deconfined phase. Furthermore, the effective potential of the order parameter for confinement is calculated for SU(N Yang–Mills theory in the Hamiltonian approach by compactifying one spatial dimension and using a background gauge fixing. In the simplest truncation, neglecting the ghost and using the ultraviolet form of the gluon energy, we recover the Weiss potential. From the full non-perturbative potential (with the ghost included we extract a critical temperature of the deconfinement phase transition of 269 MeV for the gauge group SU(2 and 283 MeV for SU(3.

  10. Chiral perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Ecker, G.

    1996-06-01

    After a general introduction to the structure of effective field theories, the main ingredients of chiral perturbation theory are reviewed. Applications include the light quark mass ratios and pion-pion scattering to two-loop accuracy. In the pion-nucleon system, the linear σ model is contrasted with chiral perturbation theory. The heavy-nucleon expansion is used to construct the effective pion-nucleon Lagrangian to third order in the low-energy expansion, with applications to nucleon Compton scattering. (author)

  11. Hamiltonian structure of gravitational field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Rayski, J.

    1992-01-01

    Hamiltonian generalizations of Einstein's theory of gravitation introducing a laminar structure of spacetime are discussed. The concepts of general relativity and of quasi-inertial coordinate systems are extended beyond their traditional scope. Not only the metric, but also the coordinate system, if quantized, undergoes quantum fluctuations

  12. Gauge theories of infinite dimensional Hamiltonian superalgebras

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Sezgin, E.

    1989-05-01

    Symplectic diffeomorphisms of a class of supermanifolds and the associated infinite dimensional Hamiltonian superalgebras, H(2M,N) are discussed. Applications to strings, membranes and higher spin field theories are considered: The embedding of the Ramond superconformal algebra in H(2,1) is obtained. The Chern-Simons gauge theory of symplectic super-diffeomorphisms is constructed. (author). 29 refs

  13. Nonperturbative perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bender, C.M.

    1989-01-01

    In this talk we describe a recently proposed graphical perturbative calculational scheme for quantum field theory. The basic idea is to expand in the power of the interaction term. For example, to solve a λφ 4 theory in d-dimensional space-time, we introduce a small parameter δ and consider a λ(φ 2 ) 1+δ field theory. We show how to expand such a theory as a series in powers of δ. The resulting perturbation series appears to have a finite radius of convergence and numerical results for low-dimensional models are good. We have computed the two-point and four-point Green's functions to second order in powers of δ and the 2n-point Green's functions (n>2) to order δ. We explain how to renormalize the theory and show that, to first order in powers of δ, when δ>0 and d≥4 the theory is free. This conclusion remains valid to second order in powers of δ, and we believe that it remains valid to all orders in powers of δ. The new perturbative scheme is consistent with global supersymmetry invariance. We examine a two-dimensional supersymmetric quantum field theory in which we do not know of any other means for doing analytical calculations. We illustrate the power of this new technique by computing the ground-state energy density E to second order in this new perturbation theory. We show that there is a beautiful and delicate cancellation between infinite classes of graphs which leads to the result that E=0. (orig.)

  14. Perturbation Theory of Embedded Eigenvalues

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Engelmann, Matthias

    project gives a general and systematic approach to analytic perturbation theory of embedded eigenvalues. The spectral deformation technique originally developed in the theory of dilation analytic potentials in the context of Schrödinger operators is systematized by the use of Mourre theory. The group...... of dilations is thereby replaced by the unitary group generated y the conjugate operator. This then allows to treat the perturbation problem with the usual Kato theory.......We study problems connected to perturbation theory of embedded eigenvalues in two different setups. The first part deals with second order perturbation theory of mass shells in massive translation invariant Nelson type models. To this end an expansion of the eigenvalues w.r.t. fiber parameter up...

  15. Cosmological perturbation theory and quantum gravity

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Brunetti, Romeo [Dipartimento di Matematica, Università di Trento,Via Sommarive 14, 38123 Povo TN (Italy); Fredenhagen, Klaus [II Institute für Theoretische Physik, Universität Hamburg,Luruper Chaussee 149, 22761 Hamburg (Germany); Hack, Thomas-Paul [Institute für Theoretische Physik, Universität Leipzig,Brüderstr. 16, 04103 Leipzig (Germany); Pinamonti, Nicola [Dipartimento di Matematica, Università di Genova,Via Dodecaneso 35, 16146 Genova (Italy); INFN, Sezione di Genova,Via Dodecaneso 33, 16146 Genova (Italy); Rejzner, Katarzyna [Department of Mathematics, University of York,Heslington, York YO10 5DD (United Kingdom)

    2016-08-04

    It is shown how cosmological perturbation theory arises from a fully quantized perturbative theory of quantum gravity. Central for the derivation is a non-perturbative concept of gauge-invariant local observables by means of which perturbative invariant expressions of arbitrary order are generated. In particular, in the linearised theory, first order gauge-invariant observables familiar from cosmological perturbation theory are recovered. Explicit expressions of second order quantities are presented as well.

  16. Equation-of-motion coupled cluster perturbation theory revisited

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Eriksen, Janus Juul; Jørgensen, Poul; Olsen, Jeppe

    2014-01-01

    The equation-of-motion coupled cluster (EOM-CC) framework has been used for deriving a novel series of perturbative corrections to the coupled cluster singles and doubles energy that formally con- verges towards the full configuration interaction energy limit. The series is based on a Møller-Ples......-Plesset partitioning of the Hamiltonian and thus size extensive at any order in the perturbation, thereby rem- edying the major deficiency inherent to previous perturbation series based on the EOM-CC ansatz. © 2014 AIP Publishing LLC. [http://dx.doi.org/10.1063/1.4873138]...

  17. The cosmological perturbation theory in loop cosmology with holonomy corrections

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Wu, Jian-Pin; Ling, Yi

    2010-01-01

    In this paper we investigate the scalar mode of first-order metric perturbations over spatially flat FRW spacetime when the holonomy correction is taken into account in the semi-classical framework of loop quantum cosmology. By means of the Hamiltonian derivation, the cosmological perturbation equations is obtained in longitudinal gauge. It turns out that in the presence of metric perturbation the holonomy effects influence both background and perturbations, and contribute the non-trivial terms S h1 and S h2 in the cosmological perturbation equations

  18. Hamiltonian analysis of Plebanski theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Buffenoir, E; Henneaux, M; Noui, K; Roche, Ph

    2004-01-01

    We study the Hamiltonian formulation of Plebanski theory in both the Euclidean and Lorentzian cases. A careful analysis of the constraints shows that the system is non-regular, i.e., the rank of the Dirac matrix is non-constant on the non-reduced phase space. We identify the gravitational and topological sectors which are regular subspaces of the non-reduced phase space. The theory can be restricted to the regular subspace which contains the gravitational sector. We explicitly identify first- and second-class constraints in this case. We compute the determinant of the Dirac matrix and the natural measure for the path integral of the Plebanski theory (restricted to the gravitational sector). This measure is the analogue of the Leutwyler-Fradkin-Vilkovisky measure of quantum gravity

  19. Large-order perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Wu, T.T.

    1982-01-01

    The original motivation for studying the asymptotic behavior of the coefficients of perturbation series came from quantum field theory. An overview is given of some of the attempts to understand quantum field theory beyond finite-order perturbation series. At least is the case of the Thirring model and probably in general, the full content of a relativistic quantum field theory cannot be recovered from its perturbation series. This difficulty, however, does not occur in quantum mechanics, and the anharmonic oscillator is used to illustrate the methods used in large-order perturbation theory. Two completely different methods are discussed, the first one using the WKB approximation, and a second one involving the statistical analysis of Feynman diagrams. The first one is well developed and gives detailed information about the desired asymptotic behavior, while the second one is still in its infancy and gives instead information about the distribution of vertices of the Feynman diagrams

  20. Hamiltonian approach to GR - Part 1: covariant theory of classical gravity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cremaschini, Claudio; Tessarotto, Massimo

    2017-05-01

    A challenging issue in General Relativity concerns the determination of the manifestly covariant continuum Hamiltonian structure underlying the Einstein field equations and the related formulation of the corresponding covariant Hamilton-Jacobi theory. The task is achieved by adopting a synchronous variational principle requiring distinction between the prescribed deterministic metric tensor \\widehat{g}(r)≡ { \\widehat{g}_{μ ν }(r)} solution of the Einstein field equations which determines the geometry of the background space-time and suitable variational fields x≡ { g,π } obeying an appropriate set of continuum Hamilton equations, referred to here as GR-Hamilton equations. It is shown that a prerequisite for reaching such a goal is that of casting the same equations in evolutionary form by means of a Lagrangian parametrization for a suitably reduced canonical state. As a result, the corresponding Hamilton-Jacobi theory is established in manifestly covariant form. Physical implications of the theory are discussed. These include the investigation of the structural stability of the GR-Hamilton equations with respect to vacuum solutions of the Einstein equations, assuming that wave-like perturbations are governed by the canonical evolution equations.

  1. Hamiltonian approach to GR. Pt. 1. Covariant theory of classical gravity

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Cremaschini, Claudio [Silesian University in Opava, Faculty of Philosophy and Science, Institute of Physics and Research Center for Theoretical Physics and Astrophysics, Opava (Czech Republic); Tessarotto, Massimo [University of Trieste, Department of Mathematics and Geosciences, Trieste (Italy); Silesian University in Opava, Faculty of Philosophy and Science, Institute of Physics, Opava (Czech Republic)

    2017-05-15

    A challenging issue in General Relativity concerns the determination of the manifestly covariant continuum Hamiltonian structure underlying the Einstein field equations and the related formulation of the corresponding covariant Hamilton-Jacobi theory. The task is achieved by adopting a synchronous variational principle requiring distinction between the prescribed deterministic metric tensor g(r) ≡ {g_μ_ν(r)} solution of the Einstein field equations which determines the geometry of the background space-time and suitable variational fields x ≡ {g,π} obeying an appropriate set of continuum Hamilton equations, referred to here as GR-Hamilton equations. It is shown that a prerequisite for reaching such a goal is that of casting the same equations in evolutionary form by means of a Lagrangian parametrization for a suitably reduced canonical state. As a result, the corresponding Hamilton-Jacobi theory is established in manifestly covariant form. Physical implications of the theory are discussed. These include the investigation of the structural stability of the GR-Hamilton equations with respect to vacuum solutions of the Einstein equations, assuming that wave-like perturbations are governed by the canonical evolution equations. (orig.)

  2. Perturbation theory corrections to the two-particle reduced density matrix variational method.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Juhasz, Tamas; Mazziotti, David A

    2004-07-15

    In the variational 2-particle-reduced-density-matrix (2-RDM) method, the ground-state energy is minimized with respect to the 2-particle reduced density matrix, constrained by N-representability conditions. Consider the N-electron Hamiltonian H(lambda) as a function of the parameter lambda where we recover the Fock Hamiltonian at lambda=0 and we recover the fully correlated Hamiltonian at lambda=1. We explore using the accuracy of perturbation theory at small lambda to correct the 2-RDM variational energies at lambda=1 where the Hamiltonian represents correlated atoms and molecules. A key assumption in the correction is that the 2-RDM method will capture a fairly constant percentage of the correlation energy for lambda in (0,1] because the nonperturbative 2-RDM approach depends more significantly upon the nature rather than the strength of the two-body Hamiltonian interaction. For a variety of molecules we observe that this correction improves the 2-RDM energies in the equilibrium bonding region, while the 2-RDM energies at stretched or nearly dissociated geometries, already highly accurate, are not significantly changed. At equilibrium geometries the corrected 2-RDM energies are similar in accuracy to those from coupled-cluster singles and doubles (CCSD), but at nonequilibrium geometries the 2-RDM energies are often dramatically more accurate as shown in the bond stretching and dissociation data for water and nitrogen. (c) 2004 American Institute of Physics.

  3. Perturbation expansions generated by an approximate propagator

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Znojil, M.

    1987-01-01

    Starting from a knowledge of an approximate propagator R at some trial energy guess E 0 , a new perturbative prescription for p-plet of bound states and of their energies is proposed. It generalizes the Rayleigh-Schroedinger (RS) degenerate perturbation theory to the nondiagonal operators R (eliminates a RS need of their diagnolisation) and defines an approximate Hamiltonian T by mere inversion. The deviation V of T from the exact Hamiltonian H is assumed small only after a substraction of a further auxiliary Hartree-Fock-like separable ''selfconsistent'' potential U of rank p. The convergence is illustrated numerically on the anharmonic oscillator example

  4. A simplified fixed-point perturbation theory and its application to the coulomb + short-range potential

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Znojil, M.

    1986-01-01

    The radial Schroedinger equation and its bound-state solutions for the interaction V(r)=Vsub(coulomb)+Vsub(Pade), where Vsub(Pade)(r)=(b+cr)/(1+drsup(2)) are considered. In order to construct exactly the Feshbach effective Hamiltonian Hsup(eff), the fixed-point-substraction technique is employed and its simplification is proposed. The first two terms in the resulting asymptotic expansions of PSIsub(n) and Hsup(eff) are calculated and interpreted as a new type of perturbation theory

  5. Quantum Hamiltonian reduction and conformal field theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bershadsky, M.

    1991-01-01

    It is proved that irreducible representation of the Virasoro algebra can be extracted from an irreducible representation space of the SL (2, R) current algebra by putting a constraint on the latter using the BRST formalism. Thus there is a SL(2, R) symmetry in the Virasoro algebra which is gauged and hidden. This construction of the Virasoro algebra is the quantum analog of the Hamiltonian reduction. The author then naturally leads to consider an SL(2, R) Wess-Zumino-Witten model. This system is related to the quantum field theory of the coadjoint orbit of the Virasoro group. Based on this result he presents the canonical derivation of the SL(2, R) current algebra in Polyakov's theory of two dimensional gravity; it is manifestation of the SL(2, R) symmetry in the conformal field theory hidden by the quantum Hamiltonian reduction. He discusses the quantum Hamiltonian reduction of the SL(n, R) current algebra for the general type of constraints labeled by index 1 ≤ l ≤ (n - 1) and claim that it leads to the new extended conformal algebras W n l . For l = 1 he recovers the well known W n algebra introduced by A. Zamolodchikov. For SL(3, R) Wess-Zumino-Witten model there are two different possibilities of constraining it. The first possibility gives the W 3 algebra, while the second leads to the new chiral algebra W 3 2 generated by the stress-energy tensor, two bosonic supercurrents with spins 3/2 and the U(1) current. He conjectures a Kac formula that describes the highly reducible representation for this algebra. He also makes some speculations concerning the structure of W gravity

  6. Perturbation theory in large order

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bender, C.M.

    1978-01-01

    For many quantum mechanical models, the behavior of perturbation theory in large order is strikingly simple. For example, in the quantum anharmonic oscillator, which is defined by -y'' + (x 2 /4 + ex 4 /4 - E) y = 0, y ( +- infinity) = 0, the perturbation coefficients, A/sub n/, in the expansion for the ground-state energy, E(ground state) approx. EPSILON/sub n = 0//sup infinity/ A/sub n/epsilon/sup n/, simplify dramatically as n → infinity: A/sub n/ approx. (6/π 3 )/sup 1/2/(-3)/sup n/GAMMA(n + 1/2). Methods of applied mathematics are used to investigate the nature of perturbation theory in quantum mechanics and show that its large-order behavior is determined by the semiclassical content of the theory. In quantum field theory the perturbation coefficients are computed by summing Feynman graphs. A statistical procedure in a simple lambda phi 4 model for summing the set of all graphs as the number of vertices → infinity is presented. Finally, the connection between the large-order behavior of perturbation theory in quantum electrodynamics and the value of α, the charge on the electron, is discussed. 7 figures

  7. Perturbation theory in light-cone gauge

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Vianello, Eliana

    2000-01-01

    Perturbation calculations are presented for the light-cone gauge Schwinger model. Eigenstates can be calculated perturbatively but the perturbation theory is nonstandard. We hope to extend the work to QCD 2 to resolve some outstanding issues in those theories

  8. Block correlated second order perturbation theory with a generalized valence bond reference function

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Xu, Enhua; Li, Shuhua

    2013-01-01

    The block correlated second-order perturbation theory with a generalized valence bond (GVB) reference (GVB-BCPT2) is proposed. In this approach, each geminal in the GVB reference is considered as a “multi-orbital” block (a subset of spin orbitals), and each occupied or virtual spin orbital is also taken as a single block. The zeroth-order Hamiltonian is set to be the summation of the individual Hamiltonians of all blocks (with explicit two-electron operators within each geminal) so that the GVB reference function and all excited configuration functions are its eigenfunctions. The GVB-BCPT2 energy can be directly obtained without iteration, just like the second order Møller–Plesset perturbation method (MP2), both of which are size consistent. We have applied this GVB-BCPT2 method to investigate the equilibrium distances and spectroscopic constants of 7 diatomic molecules, conformational energy differences of 8 small molecules, and bond-breaking potential energy profiles in 3 systems. GVB-BCPT2 is demonstrated to have noticeably better performance than MP2 for systems with significant multi-reference character, and provide reasonably accurate results for some systems with large active spaces, which are beyond the capability of all CASSCF-based methods

  9. Block correlated second order perturbation theory with a generalized valence bond reference function.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xu, Enhua; Li, Shuhua

    2013-11-07

    The block correlated second-order perturbation theory with a generalized valence bond (GVB) reference (GVB-BCPT2) is proposed. In this approach, each geminal in the GVB reference is considered as a "multi-orbital" block (a subset of spin orbitals), and each occupied or virtual spin orbital is also taken as a single block. The zeroth-order Hamiltonian is set to be the summation of the individual Hamiltonians of all blocks (with explicit two-electron operators within each geminal) so that the GVB reference function and all excited configuration functions are its eigenfunctions. The GVB-BCPT2 energy can be directly obtained without iteration, just like the second order Mo̸ller-Plesset perturbation method (MP2), both of which are size consistent. We have applied this GVB-BCPT2 method to investigate the equilibrium distances and spectroscopic constants of 7 diatomic molecules, conformational energy differences of 8 small molecules, and bond-breaking potential energy profiles in 3 systems. GVB-BCPT2 is demonstrated to have noticeably better performance than MP2 for systems with significant multi-reference character, and provide reasonably accurate results for some systems with large active spaces, which are beyond the capability of all CASSCF-based methods.

  10. Effective Floquet Hamiltonian theory of multiple-quantum NMR in anisotropic solids involving quadrupolar spins: Challenges and Perspectives

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ganapathy, Vinay; Ramachandran, Ramesh

    2017-10-01

    The response of a quadrupolar nucleus (nuclear spin with I > 1/2) to an oscillating radio-frequency pulse/field is delicately dependent on the ratio of the quadrupolar coupling constant to the amplitude of the pulse in addition to its duration and oscillating frequency. Consequently, analytic description of the excitation process in the density operator formalism has remained less transparent within existing theoretical frameworks. As an alternative, the utility of the "concept of effective Floquet Hamiltonians" is explored in the present study to explicate the nuances of the excitation process in multilevel systems. Employing spin I = 3/2 as a case study, a unified theoretical framework for describing the excitation of multiple-quantum transitions in static isotropic and anisotropic solids is proposed within the framework of perturbation theory. The challenges resulting from the anisotropic nature of the quadrupolar interactions are addressed within the effective Hamiltonian framework. The possible role of the various interaction frames on the convergence of the perturbation corrections is discussed along with a proposal for a "hybrid method" for describing the excitation process in anisotropic solids. Employing suitable model systems, the validity of the proposed hybrid method is substantiated through a rigorous comparison between simulations emerging from exact numerical and analytic methods.

  11. Perturbation theory and coupling constant analyticity in two-dimensional field theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Simon, B.

    1973-01-01

    Conjectural material and results over a year old are presented in the discussion of perturbation theory and coupling constant analyticity in two-dimensional field theories. General properties of perturbation series are discussed rather than questions of field theory. The question is interesting for two reasons: First, one would like to understand why perturbation theory is such a good guide (to show that perturbation theory determines the theory in some way). Secondly, one hopes to prove that some or all of the theories are nontrivial. (U.S.)

  12. The Hill-determinant perturbation theory with triangular propagators

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Znojil, M.

    1996-01-01

    A new version of the Rayleigh-Schroedinger perturbation prescription is proposed. Its main formal feature lies in an unusual choice of the model space and unperturbed H 0 and in a resulting lower-triangular matrix structure of its propagators. Within the framework of the so-called Hill-determinant method, an admissibility of any incompletely solvable zero-order Hamiltonian is achieved in this way. As a consequence, the range of practical applicability of our new perturbative formalism may be expected to incorporate many new phenomenological interactions with a strongly anharmonic character. 18 refs

  13. Extended multi-configuration quasi-degenerate perturbation theory: the new approach to multi-state multi-reference perturbation theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Granovsky, Alexander A

    2011-06-07

    The distinctive desirable features, both mathematically and physically meaningful, for all partially contracted multi-state multi-reference perturbation theories (MS-MR-PT) are explicitly formulated. The original approach to MS-MR-PT theory, called extended multi-configuration quasi-degenerate perturbation theory (XMCQDPT), having most, if not all, of the desirable properties is introduced. The new method is applied at the second order of perturbation theory (XMCQDPT2) to the 1(1)A(')-2(1)A(') conical intersection in allene molecule, the avoided crossing in LiF molecule, and the 1(1)A(1) to 2(1)A(1) electronic transition in cis-1,3-butadiene. The new theory has several advantages compared to those of well-established approaches, such as second order multi-configuration quasi-degenerate perturbation theory and multi-state-second order complete active space perturbation theory. The analysis of the prevalent approaches to the MS-MR-PT theory performed within the framework of the XMCQDPT theory unveils the origin of their common inherent problems. We describe the efficient implementation strategy that makes XMCQDPT2 an especially useful general-purpose tool in the high-level modeling of small to large molecular systems. © 2011 American Institute of Physics

  14. The use of perturbation theory in density-functional theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Goerling, A.

    1996-01-01

    Perturbation theory with respect to the electron-electron interaction leads to expressions for the exchange and correlation energies and potentials in terms of Kohn-Sham orbitals and Kohn-Sham eigenvalues. An exact open-quote exchange-only close-quote procedure for solids is introduced. Results for several semiconductors are presented. Perturbation theory expansions for the hardness of molecules and the bad gap of solids are given. Density-functional exchange and correlation energies for excited states are defined and a perturbation theory based Kohn-Sham formalism to treat excited states within density-functional theory is introduced

  15. Multivector field formulation of Hamiltonian field theories: equations and symmetries

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Echeverria-Enriquez, A.; Munoz-Lecanda, M.C.; Roman-Roy, N. [Departamento de Matematica Aplicada y Telematica, Edificio C-3, Campus Norte UPC, Barcelona (Spain)

    1999-12-03

    We state the intrinsic form of the Hamiltonian equations of first-order classical field theories in three equivalent geometrical ways: using multivector fields, jet fields and connections. Thus, these equations are given in a form similar to that in which the Hamiltonian equations of mechanics are usually given. Then, using multivector fields, we study several aspects of these equations, such as the existence and non-uniqueness of solutions, and the integrability problem. In particular, these problems are analysed for the case of Hamiltonian systems defined in a submanifold of the multimomentum bundle. Furthermore, the existence of first integrals of these Hamiltonian equations is considered, and the relation between Cartan-Noether symmetries and general symmetries of the system is discussed. Noether's theorem is also stated in this context, both the 'classical' version and its generalization to include higher-order Cartan-Noether symmetries. Finally, the equivalence between the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms is also discussed. (author)

  16. Generalized chiral perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Knecht, M.; Stern, J.

    1994-01-01

    The Generalized Chiral Perturbation Theory enlarges the framework of the standard χPT (Chiral Perturbation Theory), relaxing certain assumptions which do not necessarily follow from QCD or from experiment, and which are crucial for the usual formulation of the low energy expansion. In this way, experimental tests of the foundations of the standard χPT become possible. Emphasis is put on physical aspects rather than on formal developments of GχPT. (author). 31 refs

  17. Hamiltonian partial differential equations and applications

    CERN Document Server

    Nicholls, David; Sulem, Catherine

    2015-01-01

    This book is a unique selection of work by world-class experts exploring the latest developments in Hamiltonian partial differential equations and their applications. Topics covered within are representative of the field’s wide scope, including KAM and normal form theories, perturbation and variational methods, integrable systems, stability of nonlinear solutions as well as applications to cosmology, fluid mechanics and water waves. The volume contains both surveys and original research papers and gives a concise overview of the above topics, with results ranging from mathematical modeling to rigorous analysis and numerical simulation. It will be of particular interest to graduate students as well as researchers in mathematics and physics, who wish to learn more about the powerful and elegant analytical techniques for Hamiltonian partial differential equations.

  18. Lattice regularized chiral perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Borasoy, Bugra; Lewis, Randy; Ouimet, Pierre-Philippe A.

    2004-01-01

    Chiral perturbation theory can be defined and regularized on a spacetime lattice. A few motivations are discussed here, and an explicit lattice Lagrangian is reviewed. A particular aspect of the connection between lattice chiral perturbation theory and lattice QCD is explored through a study of the Wess-Zumino-Witten term

  19. Two-body perturbation theory versus first order perturbation theory: A comparison based on the square-well fluid.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mercier Franco, Luís Fernando; Castier, Marcelo; Economou, Ioannis G

    2017-12-07

    We show that the Zwanzig first-order perturbation theory can be obtained directly from a truncated Taylor series expansion of a two-body perturbation theory and that such truncation provides a more accurate prediction of thermodynamic properties than the full two-body perturbation theory. This unexpected result is explained by the quality of the resulting approximation for the fluid radial distribution function. We prove that the first-order and the two-body perturbation theories are based on different approximations for the fluid radial distribution function. To illustrate the calculations, the square-well fluid is adopted. We develop an analytical expression for the two-body perturbed Helmholtz free energy for the square-well fluid. The equation of state obtained using such an expression is compared to the equation of state obtained from the first-order approximation. The vapor-liquid coexistence curve and the supercritical compressibility factor of a square-well fluid are calculated using both equations of state and compared to Monte Carlo simulation data. Finally, we show that the approximation for the fluid radial distribution function given by the first-order perturbation theory provides closer values to the ones calculated via Monte Carlo simulations. This explains why such theory gives a better description of the fluid thermodynamic behavior.

  20. Continual integral in perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Slavnov, A.A.

    1975-01-01

    It is shown that all results obtained by means of continual integration within the framework of perturbation theory are completely equivalent to those obtained by the usual diagram technique and are therfore just as rigorous. A rigorous justification is given for the rules for operating with continual integrals in perturbation theory. (author)

  1. Solitonic Integrable Perturbations of Parafermionic Theories

    CERN Document Server

    Fernández-Pousa, C R; Hollowood, Timothy J; Miramontes, J L

    1997-01-01

    The quantum integrability of a class of massive perturbations of the parafermionic conformal field theories associated to compact Lie groups is established by showing that they have quantum conserved densities of scale dimension 2 and 3. These theories are integrable for any value of a continuous vector coupling constant, and they generalize the perturbation of the minimal parafermionic models by their first thermal operator. The classical equations-of-motion of these perturbed theories are the non-abelian affine Toda equations which admit (charged) soliton solutions whose semi-classical quantization is expected to permit the identification of the exact S-matrix of the theory.

  2. On the systematic construction of convergent perturbation series

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Schmidt, C.

    1993-12-01

    Starting from the general decomposition of the many-body Hamiltonian parametrized by an operator Λwe derive the class of 'Λ-transformed' perturbation series. Aiming at practical applications we consider many-body perturbation theory of atoms and molecules in finite dimensional Hilbert spaces. Investigation of the analyticity properties of the eigenvalues and eigenstates of the Hamiltonian as functions of the coupling parameter defined by the particular decomposition of H allows for the construction of (minimal) Λoperators mapping an originally divergent series to a convergent one. There exists an operator Λ opt leading to the exact results in first order. Further improvements of the above mentioned minimal Λoperators can be achieved by approximations of Λ opt leading to fast convergent perturbation series. As the size of the remaining perturbation is given by the Λoperator chosen this method provides an a priori estimate of the convergence properties. (orig.)

  3. Efficient perturbation theory to improve the density matrix renormalization group

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tirrito, Emanuele; Ran, Shi-Ju; Ferris, Andrew J.; McCulloch, Ian P.; Lewenstein, Maciej

    2017-02-01

    The density matrix renormalization group (DMRG) is one of the most powerful numerical methods available for many-body systems. It has been applied to solve many physical problems, including the calculation of ground states and dynamical properties. In this work, we develop a perturbation theory of the DMRG (PT-DMRG) to greatly increase its accuracy in an extremely simple and efficient way. Using the canonical matrix product state (MPS) representation for the ground state of the considered system, a set of orthogonal basis functions {| ψi> } is introduced to describe the perturbations to the ground state obtained by the conventional DMRG. The Schmidt numbers of the MPS that are beyond the bond dimension cutoff are used to define these perturbation terms. The perturbed Hamiltonian is then defined as H˜i j= ; its ground state permits us to calculate physical observables with a considerably improved accuracy compared to the original DMRG results. We benchmark the second-order perturbation theory with the help of a one-dimensional Ising chain in a transverse field and the Heisenberg chain, where the precision of the DMRG is shown to be improved O (10 ) times. Furthermore, for moderate L the errors of the DMRG and PT-DMRG both scale linearly with L-1 (with L being the length of the chain). The linear relation between the dimension cutoff of the DMRG and that of the PT-DMRG at the same precision shows a considerable improvement in efficiency, especially for large dimension cutoffs. In the thermodynamic limit we show that the errors of the PT-DMRG scale with √{L-1}. Our work suggests an effective way to define the tangent space of the ground-state MPS, which may shed light on the properties beyond the ground state. This second-order PT-DMRG can be readily generalized to higher orders, as well as applied to models in higher dimensions.

  4. A perturbative analysis of modulated amplitude waves in Bose-Einstein condensates

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Porter, Mason A.; Cvitanovic, Predrag

    2004-01-01

    We apply Lindstedt's method and multiple scale perturbation theory to analyze spatio-temporal structures in nonlinear Schroedinger equations and thereby study the dynamics of quasi-one-dimensional Bose-Einstein condensates with mean-field interactions. We determine the dependence of the amplitude of modulated amplitude waves on their wave number. We also explore the band structure of Bose-Einstein condensates in detail using Hamiltonian perturbation theory and supporting numerical simulations

  5. Supersymmetry restoration in superstring perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Sen, Ashoke

    2015-01-01

    Superstring perturbation theory based on the 1PI effective theory approach has been useful for addressing the problem of mass renormalization and vacuum shift. We derive Ward identities associated with space-time supersymmetry transformation in this approach. This leads to a proof of the equality of renormalized masses of bosons and fermions and identities relating fermionic amplitudes to bosonic amplitudes after taking into account the effect of mass renormalization. This also relates unbroken supersymmetry to a given order in perturbation theory to absence of tadpoles of massless scalars to higher order. The results are valid at the perturbative vacuum as well as in the shifted vacuum when the latter describes the correct ground state of the theory. We apply this to SO(32) heterotic string theory on Calabi-Yau 3-folds where a one loop Fayet-Iliopoulos term apparently breaks supersymmetry at one loop, but analysis of the low energy effective field theory indicates that there is a nearby vacuum where supersymmetry is restored. We explicitly prove that the perturbative amplitudes of this theory around the shifted vacuum indeed satisfy the Ward identities associated with unbroken supersymmetry. We also test the general arguments by explicitly verifying the equality of bosonic and fermionic masses at one loop order in the shifted vacuum, and the appearance of two loop dilaton tadpole in the perturbative vacuum where supersymmetry is expected to be broken.

  6. Supersymmetry restoration in superstring perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Sen, Ashoke [Harish-Chandra Research Institute,Chhatnag Road, Jhusi, Allahabad 211019 (India)

    2015-12-14

    Superstring perturbation theory based on the 1PI effective theory approach has been useful for addressing the problem of mass renormalization and vacuum shift. We derive Ward identities associated with space-time supersymmetry transformation in this approach. This leads to a proof of the equality of renormalized masses of bosons and fermions and identities relating fermionic amplitudes to bosonic amplitudes after taking into account the effect of mass renormalization. This also relates unbroken supersymmetry to a given order in perturbation theory to absence of tadpoles of massless scalars to higher order. The results are valid at the perturbative vacuum as well as in the shifted vacuum when the latter describes the correct ground state of the theory. We apply this to SO(32) heterotic string theory on Calabi-Yau 3-folds where a one loop Fayet-Iliopoulos term apparently breaks supersymmetry at one loop, but analysis of the low energy effective field theory indicates that there is a nearby vacuum where supersymmetry is restored. We explicitly prove that the perturbative amplitudes of this theory around the shifted vacuum indeed satisfy the Ward identities associated with unbroken supersymmetry. We also test the general arguments by explicitly verifying the equality of bosonic and fermionic masses at one loop order in the shifted vacuum, and the appearance of two loop dilaton tadpole in the perturbative vacuum where supersymmetry is expected to be broken.

  7. Hamiltonian kinetic theory of plasma ponderomotive processes

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    McDonald, S.W.; Kaufman, A.N.

    1981-12-01

    The nonlinear nonresonant interaction of plasma waves and particles is formulated in a Hamiltonian kinetic theory which treats the wave-action and particle distributions on an equal footing, thereby displaying reciprocity relations. In the quasistatic limit, a nonlinear wave-kinetic equation is obtained. The generality of the formalism allows for applications to arbitrary geometry, with the nonlinear effects expressed in terms of the linear susceptibility

  8. Hamiltonian kinetic theory of plasma ponderomotive processes

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    McDonald, S.W.; Kaufman, A.N.

    1982-01-01

    The nonlinear nonresonant interaction of plasma waves and particles is formulated in Hamiltonian kinetic theory which treats the wave-action and particle distributions on an equal footing, thereby displaying reciprocity relations. In the quasistatic limit, a nonlinear wave-kinetic equation is obtained. The generality of the formalism allows for applications to arbitrary geometry, with the nonlinear effects expressed in terms of the linear susceptibility

  9. The Schroedinger equation and canonical perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Graffi, S.; Paul, T.

    1987-01-01

    Let T 0 (ℎ,ω)+εV be the Schroedinger operator corresponding to the classical Hamiltonian H 0 (ω)+εV, where H 0 (ω) is the d-dimensional harmonic oscillator with non-resonant frequencies ω=(ω 1 ..., ω d ) and the potential V(q 1 , ..., q d ) is an entire function of order (d+l) -1 . We prove that the algorithm of classical, canonical perturbation theory can be applied to the Schroedinger equation in the Bargmann representation. As a consequence, each term of the Rayleigh-Schroedinger series near any eigenvalue of T 0 (ℎ,ω) admits a convergent expansion in powers of ℎ of initial point the corresponding term of the classical Birkhoff expansion. Moreover if V is an even polynomial, the above result and the KAM theorem show that all eigenvalues λ n (ℎ,ε) of T 0 +εV such that nℎ coincides with a KAM torus are given, up to order ε ∞ , by a quantization formula which reduces to the Bohr-Sommerfeld one up to first order terms in ℎ. (orig.)

  10. Spectral zeta function and non-perturbative effects in ABJM Fermi-gas

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hatsuda, Yasuyuki

    2015-03-01

    The exact partition function in ABJM theory on three-sphere can be regarded as a canonical partition function of a non-interacting Fermi-gas with an unconventional Hamiltonian. All the information on the partition function is encoded in the discrete spectrum of this Hamiltonian. We explain how (quantum mechanical) non-perturbative corrections in the Fermi-gas system appear from a spectral consideration. Basic tools in our analysis are a Mellin-Barnes type integral representation and a spectral zeta function. From a consistency with known results, we conjecture that the spectral zeta function in the ABJM Fermi-gas has an infinite number of ''non-perturbative'' poles, which are invisible in the semi-classical expansion of the Planck constant. We observe that these poles indeed appear after summing up perturbative corrections. As a consequence, the perturbative resummation of the spectral zeta function causes non-perturbative corrections to the grand canonical partition function. We also present another example associated with a spectral problem in topological string theory. A conjectured non-perturbative free energy on the resolved conifold is successfully reproduced in this framework.

  11. Operator Decomposition Framework for Perturbation Theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Abdel-Khalik, Hany S.; Wang, Congjian; Bang, Young Suk [North Carolina State University, Raleigh (United States)

    2012-05-15

    This summary describes a new framework for perturbation theory intended to improve its performance, in terms of the associated computational cost and the complexity of implementation, for routine reactor calculations in support of design, analysis, and regulation. Since its first introduction in reactor analysis by Winger, perturbation theory has assumed an aura of sophistication with regard to its implementation and its capabilities. Only few reactor physicists, typically mathematically proficient, have contributed to its development, with the general body of the nuclear engineering community remaining unaware of its current status, capabilities, and challenges. Given its perceived sophistication and the small body of community users, the application of perturbation theory has been limited to investigatory analyses only. It is safe to say that the nuclear community is split into two groups, a small one which understands the theory and, and a much bigger group with the perceived notion that perturbation theory is nothing but a fancy mathematical approach that has very little use in practice. Over the past three years, research has demonstrated two goals. First, reduce the computational cost of perturbation theory in order to enable its use for routine reactor calculations. Second, expose some of the myth about perturbation theory and present it in a form that is simple and relatable in order to stimulate the interest of nuclear practitioners, especially those who are currently working on the development of next generation reactor design and analysis tools. The operator decomposition approach has its roots in linear algebra and can be easily understood by code developers, especially those involved in the design of iterative numerical solution strategies

  12. 't Hooft loops and perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    De Forcrand, Philippe; Noth, D; Forcrand, Philippe de; Lucini, Biagio; Noth, David

    2005-01-01

    We show that high-temperature perturbation theory describes extremely well the area law of SU(N) spatial 't Hooft loops, or equivalently the tension of the interface between different Z_N vacua in the deconfined phase. For SU(2), the disagreement between Monte Carlo data and lattice perturbation theory for sigma(T)/T^2 is less than 2%, down to temperatures O(10) T_c. For SU(N), N>3, the ratios of interface tensions, (sigma_k/sigma_1)(T), agree with perturbation theory, which predicts tiny deviations from the ratio of Casimirs, down to nearly T_c. In contrast, individual tensions differ markedly from the perturbative expression. In all cases, the required precision Monte Carlo measurements are made possible by a simple but powerful modification of the 'snake' algorithm.

  13. Paramagnetic relaxation effects in perturbed angular correlations for arbitrary electronic relaxation time

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Chopin, C.; Spanjaard, D.; Hartmann-Boutron, F.

    1975-01-01

    Previous perturbation treatments of paramagnetic relaxation effects in γγ PAC were limited to the case of very short electronic relaxation times. This limitation is circumvented by invoking a new perturbation theory recently elaborated by Hirst and others for handling relaxation effects in Moessbauer spectra. Under the assumption of spherical electronic relaxation the perturbation factors are computed as functions of certain relaxation parameters which are directly related to the microscopic relaxation Hamiltonian. The results are compared to those of the stochastic theory of Scherer and Blume [fr

  14. Effective Hamiltonian and low-lying eigenenergy clustering patterns of four-sublattice antiferromagnets

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Zhang, N.G.; Henley, C.L.; Rischel, C.

    2002-01-01

    We study the low-lying eigenenergy clustering patterns of quantum antiferromagnets with p sublattices (in particular p = 4). We treat each sublattice as a large spin, and using second-order degenerate perturbation theory, we derive the effective (biquadratic) Hamiltonian coupling the p large spins....... In order to compare with exact diagonalizations, the Hamiltonian is explicitly written for a finite-size lattice, and it contains information on energies of excited states as well as the ground state. The result is applied to the face-centered-cubic Type-I antiferromagnet of spin 1/2, including second...

  15. Coupling-parameter expansion in thermodynamic perturbation theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ramana, A Sai Venkata; Menon, S V G

    2013-02-01

    An approach to the coupling-parameter expansion in the liquid state theory of simple fluids is presented by combining the ideas of thermodynamic perturbation theory and integral equation theories. This hybrid scheme avoids the problems of the latter in the two phase region. A method to compute the perturbation series to any arbitrary order is developed and applied to square well fluids. Apart from the Helmholtz free energy, the method also gives the radial distribution function and the direct correlation function of the perturbed system. The theory is applied for square well fluids of variable ranges and compared with simulation data. While the convergence of perturbation series and the overall performance of the theory is good, improvements are needed for potentials with shorter ranges. Possible directions for further developments in the coupling-parameter expansion are indicated.

  16. Treatment of the intrinsic Hamiltonian in particle-number nonconserving theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hergert, H.; Roth, R.

    2009-01-01

    We discuss the implications of using an intrinsic Hamiltonian in theories without particle-number conservation, e.g., the Hartree-Fock-Bogoliubov approximation, where the Hamiltonian's particle-number dependence leads to discrepancies if one naively replaces the particle-number operator by its expectation value. We develop a systematic expansion that fixes this problem and leads to an a posteriori justification of the widely-used one- plus two-body form of the intrinsic kinetic energy in nuclear self-consistent field methods. The expansion's convergence properties as well as its practical applications are discussed for several sample nuclei.

  17. Perturbative spacetimes from Yang-Mills theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Luna, Andrés [School of Physics and Astronomy, University of Glasgow,Glasgow G12 8QQ, Scotland (United Kingdom); Monteiro, Ricardo [Theoretical Physics Department, CERN,Geneva (Switzerland); Nicholson, Isobel; Ochirov, Alexander; O’Connell, Donal [Higgs Centre for Theoretical Physics,School of Physics and Astronomy, The University of Edinburgh,Edinburgh EH9 3JZ, Scotland (United Kingdom); Westerberg, Niclas [Institute of Photonics and Quantum Sciences,School of Engineering and Physical Sciences, Heriot-Watt University,Edinburgh (United Kingdom); Higgs Centre for Theoretical Physics,School of Physics and Astronomy, The University of Edinburgh,Edinburgh EH9 3JZ, Scotland (United Kingdom); White, Chris D. [Centre for Research in String Theory,School of Physics and Astronomy, Queen Mary University of London,327 Mile End Road, London E1 4NS (United Kingdom)

    2017-04-12

    The double copy relates scattering amplitudes in gauge and gravity theories. In this paper, we expand the scope of the double copy to construct spacetime metrics through a systematic perturbative expansion. The perturbative procedure is based on direct calculation in Yang-Mills theory, followed by squaring the numerator of certain perturbative diagrams as specified by the double-copy algorithm. The simplest spherically symmetric, stationary spacetime from the point of view of this procedure is a particular member of the Janis-Newman-Winicour family of naked singularities. Our work paves the way for applications of the double copy to physically interesting problems such as perturbative black-hole scattering.

  18. Hamiltonian description of the ideal fluid

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Morrison, P.J.

    1998-01-01

    The Hamiltonian viewpoint of fluid mechanical systems with few and infinite number of degrees of freedom is described. Rudimentary concepts of finite-degree-of-freedom Hamiltonian dynamics are reviewed, in the context of the passive advection of a scalar or tracer field by a fluid. The notions of integrability, invariant-tori, chaos, overlap criteria, and invariant-tori breakup are described in this context. Preparatory to the introduction of field theories, systems with an infinite number of degrees of freedom, elements of functional calculus and action principles of mechanics are reviewed. The action principle for the ideal compressible fluid is described in terms of Lagrangian or material variables. Hamiltonian systems in terms of noncanonical variables are presented, including several examples of Eulerian or inviscid fluid dynamics. Lie group theory sufficient for the treatment of reduction is reviewed. The reduction from Lagrangian to Eulerian variables is treated along with Clebsch variable decompositions. Stability in the canonical and noncanonical Hamiltonian contexts is described. Sufficient conditions for stability, such as Rayleigh-like criteria, are seen to be only sufficient in the general case because of the existence of negative-energy modes, which are possessed by interesting fluid equilibria. Linearly stable equilibria with negative energy modes are argued to be unstable when nonlinearity or dissipation is added. The energy-Casimir method is discussed and a variant of it that depends upon the notion of dynamical accessibility is described. The energy content of a perturbation about a general fluid equilibrium is calculated using three methods. copyright 1998 The American Physical Society

  19. On the resolvents methods in quantum perturbation calculations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Burzynski, A.

    1979-01-01

    This paper gives a systematic review of resolvent methods in quantum perturbation calculations. The case of discrete spectrum of hamiltonian is considered specially (in the literature this is the fewest considered case). The topics of calculations of quantum transitions by using of the resolvent formalism, quantum transitions between states from particular subspaces, the shifts of energy levels, are shown. The main ideas of stationary perturbation theory developed by Lippmann and Schwinger are considered too. (author)

  20. Perturbation Theory for Open Two-Level Nonlinear Quantum Systems

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Zhang Zhijie; Jiang Dongguang; Wang Wei

    2011-01-01

    Perturbation theory is an important tool in quantum mechanics. In this paper, we extend the traditional perturbation theory to open nonlinear two-level systems, treating decoherence parameter γ as a perturbation. By this virtue, we give a perturbative solution to the master equation, which describes a nonlinear open quantum system. The results show that for small decoherence rate γ, the ratio of the nonlinear rate C to the tunneling coefficient V (i.e., r = C/V) determines the validity of the perturbation theory. For small ratio r, the perturbation theory is valid, otherwise it yields wrong results. (general)

  1. BRST quantization of Yang-Mills theory: A purely Hamiltonian approach on Fock space

    Science.gov (United States)

    Öttinger, Hans Christian

    2018-04-01

    We develop the basic ideas and equations for the BRST quantization of Yang-Mills theories in an explicit Hamiltonian approach, without any reference to the Lagrangian approach at any stage of the development. We present a new representation of ghost fields that combines desirable self-adjointness properties with canonical anticommutation relations for ghost creation and annihilation operators, thus enabling us to characterize the physical states on a well-defined Fock space. The Hamiltonian is constructed by piecing together simple BRST invariant operators to obtain a minimal invariant extension of the free theory. It is verified that the evolution equations implied by the resulting minimal Hamiltonian provide a quantum version of the classical Yang-Mills equations. The modifications and requirements for the inclusion of matter are discussed in detail.

  2. Higher order perturbation theory - An example for discussion

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Lewins, J.D.; Parks, G.; Babb, A.L.

    1986-01-01

    Higher order perturbation theory is developed in the form of a Taylor series expansion to third order to calculate the thermal utilization of a nonuniform cell. The development takes advantage of the self-adjoint property of the diffusion operator to provide a simple development of this illustration of generalized perturbation theory employing scalar perturbation parameters. The results show how a designer might employ a second-order theory to quantify proposed design improvements, together with the limitations of second- and third-order theory. The chosen example has an exact optimization solution and thus provides a clear understanding of the role of perturbation theory at its various orders. Convergence and the computational advantages and disadvantages of the method are discussed

  3. Instantaneous stochastic perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Lüscher, Martin

    2015-01-01

    A form of stochastic perturbation theory is described, where the representative stochastic fields are generated instantaneously rather than through a Markov process. The correctness of the procedure is established to all orders of the expansion and for a wide class of field theories that includes all common formulations of lattice QCD.

  4. On perturbation theory for distance dependent statistics.

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Mashkevich, S V

    1994-12-31

    It is known that perturbation theory for anyons has to be modified near Bose statistics in order to get correct finite results. For ``distance dependent statistics`` or anyons with smeared flux tubes, perturbation theory is in principle applicable directly but gives results which hold for too small values of the statistical parameter and, in particular, are not valid as the flux tube radius tends to zero. In this paper we discuss the way to modify perturbation theory for this situation, which allows to obtain the appropriate results. (author). 6 refs.

  5. Generalized perturbation theory using two-dimensional, discrete ordinates transport theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Childs, R.L.

    1979-01-01

    Perturbation theory for changes in linear and bilinear functionals of the forward and adjoint fluxes in a critical reactor has been implemented using two-dimensional discrete ordinates transport theory. The computer program DOT IV was modified to calculate the generalized functions Λ and Λ*. Demonstration calculations were performed for changes in a reaction-rate ratio and a reactivity worth caused by system perturbations. The perturbation theory predictions agreed with direct calculations to within about 2%. A method has been developed for calculating higher lambda eigenvalues and eigenfunctions using techniques similar to those developed for generalized functions. Demonstration calculations have been performed to obtain these eigenfunctions

  6. Many-body perturbation theory for ab initio nuclear structure

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Tichai, Alexander

    2017-01-01

    The solution of the quantum many-body problem for medium-mass nuclei using realistic nuclear interactions poses a superbe challenge for nuclear structure research. Because an exact solution can only be provided for the lightest nuclei, one has to rely on approximate solutions when proceeding to heavier systems. Over the past years, tremendous progress has been made in the development and application of systematically improvable expansion methods and an accurate description of nuclear observables has become viable up to mass number A ∼ 100. While closed-shell systems are consistently described via a plethora of different many-body methods, the extension to genuine open-shell systems still remains a major challenge and up to now there is no ab initio many-body method which applies equally well to systems with even and odd mass numbers. The goal of this thesis is the development and implementation of innovative perturbative approaches with genuine open-shell capabilities. This requires the extension of well-known single-reference approaches to more general vacua. In this work we choose two complementary routes for the usage of generalized reference states. First, we derive a new ab initio approach based on multi-configurational reference states that are conveniently derived from a prior no-core shell model calculation. Perturbative corrections are derived via second-order many-body perturbation theory, thus, merging configuration interaction and many-body perturbation theory. The generality of this ansatz enables for a treatment of medium-mass systems with arbitrary mass number, as well as the extension to low-lying excited states such that ground and excited states are treated on an equal footing. In a complementary approach, we use reference states that break a symmetry of the underlying Hamiltonian. In the simplest case this corresponds to the expansion around a particle-number-broken Hartree-Fock-Bogolyubov vacuum which is obtained from a mean-field calculation

  7. Perturbation Theory of the Cosmological Log-Density Field

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Wang, Xin; Neyrinck, Mark; Szapudi, István

    2011-01-01

    , motivating an analytic study of it. In this paper, we develop cosmological perturbation theory for the power spectrum of this field. Our formalism is developed in the context of renormalized perturbation theory, which helps to regulate the convergence behavior of the perturbation series, and of the Taylor...

  8. Second-order perturbation theory with a density matrix renormalization group self-consistent field reference function: theory and application to the study of chromium dimer.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kurashige, Yuki; Yanai, Takeshi

    2011-09-07

    We present a second-order perturbation theory based on a density matrix renormalization group self-consistent field (DMRG-SCF) reference function. The method reproduces the solution of the complete active space with second-order perturbation theory (CASPT2) when the DMRG reference function is represented by a sufficiently large number of renormalized many-body basis, thereby being named DMRG-CASPT2 method. The DMRG-SCF is able to describe non-dynamical correlation with large active space that is insurmountable to the conventional CASSCF method, while the second-order perturbation theory provides an efficient description of dynamical correlation effects. The capability of our implementation is demonstrated for an application to the potential energy curve of the chromium dimer, which is one of the most demanding multireference systems that require best electronic structure treatment for non-dynamical and dynamical correlation as well as large basis sets. The DMRG-CASPT2/cc-pwCV5Z calculations were performed with a large (3d double-shell) active space consisting of 28 orbitals. Our approach using large-size DMRG reference addressed the problems of why the dissociation energy is largely overestimated by CASPT2 with the small active space consisting of 12 orbitals (3d4s), and also is oversensitive to the choice of the zeroth-order Hamiltonian. © 2011 American Institute of Physics

  9. Perturbation theory and collision probability formalism. Vol. 2

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Nasr, M [National Center for Nuclear Safety and Radiation Control, Atomic Energy Authority, Cairo (Egypt)

    1996-03-01

    Perturbation theory is commonly used in evaluating the activity effects, particularly those resulting from small and localized perturbation in multiplying media., e.g. in small sample reactivity measurements. The Boltzmann integral transport equation is generally used for evaluating the direct and adjoint fluxes in the heterogenous lattice cells to be used in the perturbation equations. When applying perturbation theory in this formalism, a term involving the perturbation effects on the special transfer kernel arises. This term is difficult to evaluate correctly, since it involves an integration all over the entire system. The main advantage of the perturbation theory which is the limitation of the integration procedure on the perturbation region is found to be of no practical use in such cases. In the present work, the perturbation equation in the collision probability formalism is analyzed. A mathematical treatment of the term in question is performed. A new mathematical expression for this term is derived. The new expression which can be estimated easily is derived.

  10. Riemannian geometry of Hamiltonian chaos: hints for a general theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cerruti-Sola, Monica; Ciraolo, Guido; Franzosi, Roberto; Pettini, Marco

    2008-10-01

    We aim at assessing the validity limits of some simplifying hypotheses that, within a Riemmannian geometric framework, have provided an explanation of the origin of Hamiltonian chaos and have made it possible to develop a method of analytically computing the largest Lyapunov exponent of Hamiltonian systems with many degrees of freedom. Therefore, a numerical hypotheses testing has been performed for the Fermi-Pasta-Ulam beta model and for a chain of coupled rotators. These models, for which analytic computations of the largest Lyapunov exponents have been carried out in the mentioned Riemannian geometric framework, appear as paradigmatic examples to unveil the reason why the main hypothesis of quasi-isotropy of the mechanical manifolds sometimes breaks down. The breakdown is expected whenever the topology of the mechanical manifolds is nontrivial. This is an important step forward in view of developing a geometric theory of Hamiltonian chaos of general validity.

  11. String perturbation theory diverges

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Gross, D.J.; Periwal, V.

    1988-01-01

    We prove that perturbation theory for the bosonic string diverges for arbitrary values of the coupling constant and is not Borel summable. This divergence is independent of the existence of the infinities that occur in the theory due to the presence of tachyons and dilaton tadpoles. We discuss the physical implications of such a divergence

  12. Perturbative coherence in field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Aldrovandi, R.; Kraenkel, R.A.

    1987-01-01

    A general condition for coherent quantization by perturbative methods is given, because the basic field equations of a fild theory are not always derivable from a Lagrangian. It's seen that non-lagrangian models way have well defined vertices, provided they satisfy what they call the 'coherence condition', which is less stringent than the condition for the existence of a Lagrangian. They note that Lagrangian theories are perturbatively coherent, in the sense that they have well defined vertices, and that they satisfy automatically that condition. (G.D.F.) [pt

  13. Hamiltonian study of improved U(1) lattice gauge theory in three dimensions

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Loan, Mushtaq; Hamer, Chris

    2004-01-01

    A comprehensive analysis of the Symanzik improved anisotropic three-dimensional U(1) lattice gauge theory in the Hamiltonian limit is made. Monte Carlo techniques are used to obtain numerical results for the static potential, ratio of the renormalized and bare anisotropies, the string tension, lowest glueball masses and the mass ratio. Evidence that rotational symmetry is established more accurately for the Symanzik improved anisotropic action is presented. The discretization errors in the static potential and the renormalization of the bare anisotropy are found to be only a few percent compared to errors of about 20-25 % for the unimproved gauge action. Evidence of scaling in the string tension, antisymmetric mass gap and the mass ratio is observed in the weak coupling region and the behavior is tested against analytic and numerical results obtained in various other Hamiltonian studies of the theory. We find that more accurate determination of the scaling coefficients of the string tension and the antisymmetric mass gap has been achieved, and the agreement with various other Hamiltonian studies of the theory is excellent. The improved action is found to give faster convergence to the continuum limit. Very clear evidence is obtained that in the continuum limit the glueball ratio M S /M A approaches exactly 2, as expected in a theory of free, massive bosons

  14. Fermion Bag Approach to Lattice Hamiltonian Field Theories

    Science.gov (United States)

    Huffman, Emilie

    2018-03-01

    Using a model in the Gross-Neveu Ising universality class, we show how the fermion bag idea can be applied to develop algorithms to Hamiltonian lattice field theories. We argue that fermion world lines suggest an alternative method to the traditional techniques for calculating ratios of determinants in a stable manner. We show the power behind these ideas by extracting the physics of the model on large lattices.

  15. Discrete state perturbation theory via Green's functions

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Rubinson, W.

    1975-01-01

    The exposition of stationary-state perturbation theory via the Green's function method in Goldberger and Watson's Collision Theory is reworked in a way that makes explicit its mathematical basis. It is stressed that the theory consists of the construction of, and manipulations on, a mathematical identity. The perturbation series fall out of the identity almost immediately. The logical status of the method is commented on

  16. Effective field theory of cosmological perturbations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Piazza, Federico; Vernizzi, Filippo

    2013-01-01

    The effective field theory of cosmological perturbations stems from considering a cosmological background solution as a state displaying spontaneous breaking of time translations and (adiabatic) perturbations as the related Nambu–Goldstone modes. With this insight, one can systematically develop a theory for the cosmological perturbations during inflation and, with minor modifications, also describe in full generality the gravitational interactions of dark energy, which are relevant for late-time cosmology. The formalism displays a unique set of Lagrangian operators containing an increasing number of cosmological perturbations and derivatives. We give an introductory description of the unitary gauge formalism for theories with broken gauge symmetry—that allows us to write down the most general Lagrangian—and of the Stückelberg ‘trick’—that allows to recover gauge invariance and to make the scalar field explicit. We show how to apply this formalism to gravity and cosmology and we reproduce the detailed analysis of the action in the ADM variables. We also review some basic applications to inflation and dark energy. (paper)

  17. Effective field theory of cosmological perturbations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Piazza, Federico; Vernizzi, Filippo

    2013-11-01

    The effective field theory of cosmological perturbations stems from considering a cosmological background solution as a state displaying spontaneous breaking of time translations and (adiabatic) perturbations as the related Nambu-Goldstone modes. With this insight, one can systematically develop a theory for the cosmological perturbations during inflation and, with minor modifications, also describe in full generality the gravitational interactions of dark energy, which are relevant for late-time cosmology. The formalism displays a unique set of Lagrangian operators containing an increasing number of cosmological perturbations and derivatives. We give an introductory description of the unitary gauge formalism for theories with broken gauge symmetry—that allows us to write down the most general Lagrangian—and of the Stückelberg ‘trick’—that allows to recover gauge invariance and to make the scalar field explicit. We show how to apply this formalism to gravity and cosmology and we reproduce the detailed analysis of the action in the ADM variables. We also review some basic applications to inflation and dark energy.

  18. A mathematical approach to the effective Hamiltonian in perturbed periodic problems

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Gerard, C.; Martinez, A.; Sjoestrand, J.

    1991-01-01

    We describe a rigorous mathematical reduction of the spectral study for a class of periodic problems with perturbations which gives a justification of the method of effective Hamiltonians in solid state physics. We study the partial differential operators of the form P=P(hy, y, D y +A(hy)) on R n (when h>0 is small enough), where P(x, y, η) is elliptic, periodic in y with respect to some lattice Γ, and admits smooth bounded coefficients in (x, y). A(x) is a magnetic potential with bounded derivatives. We show that the spectral study of P near any fixed energy level can be reduced to the study of a finite system of h-pseudodifferential operators ε(x, hD x , h), acting on some Hilbert space depending on Γ. We then apply it to the study of the Schroedinger operator when the electric potential is periodic, and to some quasiperiodic potentials with vanishing magnetic field. (orig.)

  19. Cosmological Perturbation Theory Using the Schrödinger Equation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Szapudi, István; Kaiser, Nick

    2003-01-01

    We introduce the theory of nonlinear cosmological perturbations using the correspondence limit of the Schrödinger equation. The resulting formalism is equivalent to using the collisionless Boltzmann (or Vlasov) equations, which remain valid during the whole evolution, even after shell crossing. Other formulations of perturbation theory explicitly break down at shell crossing, e.g., Eulerean perturbation theory, which describes gravitational collapse in the fluid limit. This Letter lays the groundwork by introducing the new formalism, calculating the perturbation theory kernels that form the basis of all subsequent calculations. We also establish the connection with conventional perturbation theories, by showing that third-order tree-level results, such as bispectrum, skewness, cumulant correlators, and three-point function, are exactly reproduced in the appropriate expansion of our results. We explicitly show that cumulants up to N=5 predicted by Eulerian perturbation theory for the dark matter field δ are exactly recovered in the corresponding limit. A logarithmic mapping of the field naturally arises in the Schrödinger context, which means that tree-level perturbation theory translates into (possibly incomplete) loop corrections for the conventional perturbation theory. We show that the first loop correction for the variance is σ2=σ2L+(-1.14- n)σ4L for a field with spectral index n. This yields 1.86 and 0.86 for n=-3 and -2, respectively, to be compared with the exact loop order corrections 1.82 and 0.88. Thus, our tree-level theory recovers the dominant part of first-order loop corrections of the conventional theory, while including (partial) loop corrections to infinite order in terms of δ.

  20. Intramolecular symmetry-adapted perturbation theory with a single-determinant wavefunction

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Pastorczak, Ewa; Prlj, Antonio; Corminboeuf, Clémence, E-mail: clemence.corminboeuf@epfl.ch [Laboratory for Computational Molecular Design, Institut des Sciences et Ingénierie Chimiques, École Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne, CH-1015 Lausanne (Switzerland); Gonthier, Jérôme F. [Center for Computational Molecular Science and Technology, School of Chemistry and Biochemistry, School of Computational Science and Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia 30332-0400 (United States)

    2015-12-14

    We introduce an intramolecular energy decomposition scheme for analyzing non-covalent interactions within molecules in the spirit of symmetry-adapted perturbation theory (SAPT). The proposed intra-SAPT approach is based upon the Chemical Hamiltonian of Mayer [Int. J. Quantum Chem. 23(2), 341–363 (1983)] and the recently introduced zeroth-order wavefunction [J. F. Gonthier and C. Corminboeuf, J. Chem. Phys. 140(15), 154107 (2014)]. The scheme decomposes the interaction energy between weakly bound fragments located within the same molecule into physically meaningful components, i.e., electrostatic-exchange, induction, and dispersion. Here, we discuss the key steps of the approach and demonstrate that a single-determinant wavefunction can already deliver a detailed and insightful description of a wide range of intramolecular non-covalent phenomena such as hydrogen bonds, dihydrogen contacts, and π − π stacking interactions. Intra-SAPT is also used to shed the light on competing intra- and intermolecular interactions.

  1. Higher-Order Hamiltonian Model for Unidirectional Water Waves

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bona, J. L.; Carvajal, X.; Panthee, M.; Scialom, M.

    2018-04-01

    Formally second-order correct, mathematical descriptions of long-crested water waves propagating mainly in one direction are derived. These equations are analogous to the first-order approximations of KdV- or BBM-type. The advantage of these more complex equations is that their solutions corresponding to physically relevant initial perturbations of the rest state may be accurate on a much longer timescale. The initial value problem for the class of equations that emerges from our derivation is then considered. A local well-posedness theory is straightforwardly established by a contraction mapping argument. A subclass of these equations possess a special Hamiltonian structure that implies the local theory can be continued indefinitely.

  2. The theory of singular perturbations

    CERN Document Server

    De Jager, E M

    1996-01-01

    The subject of this textbook is the mathematical theory of singular perturbations, which despite its respectable history is still in a state of vigorous development. Singular perturbations of cumulative and of boundary layer type are presented. Attention has been given to composite expansions of solutions of initial and boundary value problems for ordinary and partial differential equations, linear as well as quasilinear; also turning points are discussed. The main emphasis lies on several methods of approximation for solutions of singularly perturbed differential equations and on the mathemat

  3. A perturbative DFT approach for magnetic anisotropy

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Khoo, Khoong Hong; Laskowski, Robert, E-mail: rolask@ihpc.a-star.edu.sg

    2017-04-15

    We develop a perturbative formalism for computing magnetocrystalline anisotropy within density functional theory and the magnetic force theorem. Instead of computing eigenvalues of the spin–orbit Hamiltonian for selected spin polarizations, as in the conventional “force theorem” approach, we show that the effect can be cast into a redefined form of the spin–orbit operator. This allows to separate the large eigenvalue shift due to spin-orbit interaction common for both polarizations from the much smaller magnetic anisotropy splitting. As a consequence the anisotropy splitting may by considered as a perturbation.

  4. Application of linear and higher perturbation theory in reactor physics

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Woerner, D.

    1978-01-01

    For small perturbations in the material composition of a reactor according to the first approximation of perturbation theory the eigenvalue perturbation is proportional to the perturbation of the system. This assumption is true for the neutron flux not influenced by the perturbance. The two-dimensional code LINESTO developed for such problems in this paper on the basis of diffusion theory determines the relative change of the multiplication constant. For perturbations varying the neutron flux in the space of energy and position the eigenvalue perturbation is also influenced by this changed neutron flux. In such cases linear perturbation theory yields larger errors. Starting from the methods of calculus of variations there is additionally developed in this paper a perturbation method of calculation permitting in a quick and simple manner to assess the influence of flux perturbation on the eigenvalue perturbation. While the source of perturbations is evaluated in isotropic approximation of diffusion theory the associated inhomogeneous equation may be used to determine the flux perturbation by means of diffusion or transport theory. Possibilities of application and limitations of this method are studied in further systematic investigations on local perturbations. It is shown that with the integrated code system developed in this paper a number of local perturbations may be checked requiring little computing time. With it flux perturbations in first approximation and perturbations of the multiplication constant in second approximation can be evaluated. (orig./RW) [de

  5. Superfield perturbation theory and renormalization

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Delbourgo, R.

    1975-01-01

    The perturbation theory graphs and divergences in super-symmetric Lagrangian models are studied by using superfield techniques. In super PHI 3 -theory very little effort is needed to arrive at the single infinite (wave function) renormalization counterterm, while in PHI 4 -theory the method indicates the counter-Lagrangians needed at the one-loop level and possibly beyond

  6. Massive states in chiral perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Mallik, S [Saha Inst. of Nuclear Physics, Calcutta (India)

    1995-08-01

    It is shown that the chiral nonanalytic terms generated by {Delta}{sub 33} resonance in the nucleon self-energy is reproduced in chiral perturbation theory by perturbing appropriate local operators contained in the pion-nucleon effective Lagrangian itself. (orig.)

  7. Hamiltonian description of toroidal magnetic fields in vacuum

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Lewis, H.R.; Bates, J.W.

    1996-01-01

    An investigation of vacuum magnetic fields in toroidal geometry has been initiated. Previously, the general form of the magnetic scalar potential for fields regular at the poloidal axis was given. Here, these results have been expanded to obtain the magnetic scalar potential in a vacuum region that may surround a toroidal current distribution. Using this generalized magnetic scalar potential in conjunction with Boozer's canonical representation of a magnetic field, a field-line Hamiltonian for nonaxisymmetric vacuum fields has been derived. These fields axe being examined using a novel, open-quotes time-dependentclose quotes perturbation theory, which permits the iterative construction of invariants associated with magnetic field-line Hamiltonians that consist of an axisymmetric zeroth-order term, plus a nonaxisymmetric perturbation. By choosing appropriate independent variables, an explicit constructive procedure is developed which involves only a single canonical transformation. Such invariants are of interest because they provide a means of investigating the topology of magnetic field lines. Our objective is to elucidate the existence of magnetic surfaces for nonaxisymmetric vacuum configurations, as well as to provide an approach for studying the onset of stochastic behavior

  8. Hamiltonian theory of vacuum helical torus lines of magnetic force

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Gnudi, Giovanni; Hatori, Tadatsugu

    1994-01-01

    For making plasma into equilibrium state, the lines of magnetic force must have magnetic surfaces. However in a helical system, space is divided into the region having magnetic surface structure and the region that does not have it. Accordingly, it is an important basic research for the plasma confinement in a helical system to examine where is the boundary of both regions and how is the large area structure of the lines of magnetic force in the boundary region. The lines of magnetic force can be treated as a Hamilton mechanics system, and it has been proved that the Hamiltonian for the lines of magnetic force can be expressed by a set of canonical variables and the function of time. In this research, the Hamiltonian that describes the lines of magnetic force of helical system torus coordination in vacuum was successfully determined concretely. Next, the development of new linear symplectic integration method was carried out. The important supports for the theory of determining Hamiltonian are Lie transformation and paraxial expansion. The procedure is explained. In Appendix, Lie transformation, Hamiltonian for the lines of magnetic force, magnetic potential, Taylor expansion of the potential, cylindrical limit approximation, helical toroidal potential and integrable model are described. (K.I.)

  9. Non-hard sphere thermodynamic perturbation theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhou, Shiqi

    2011-08-21

    A non-hard sphere (HS) perturbation scheme, recently advanced by the present author, is elaborated for several technical matters, which are key mathematical details for implementation of the non-HS perturbation scheme in a coupling parameter expansion (CPE) thermodynamic perturbation framework. NVT-Monte Carlo simulation is carried out for a generalized Lennard-Jones (LJ) 2n-n potential to obtain routine thermodynamic quantities such as excess internal energy, pressure, excess chemical potential, excess Helmholtz free energy, and excess constant volume heat capacity. Then, these new simulation data, and available simulation data in literatures about a hard core attractive Yukawa fluid and a Sutherland fluid, are used to test the non-HS CPE 3rd-order thermodynamic perturbation theory (TPT) and give a comparison between the non-HS CPE 3rd-order TPT and other theoretical approaches. It is indicated that the non-HS CPE 3rd-order TPT is superior to other traditional TPT such as van der Waals/HS (vdW/HS), perturbation theory 2 (PT2)/HS, and vdW/Yukawa (vdW/Y) theory or analytical equation of state such as mean spherical approximation (MSA)-equation of state and is at least comparable to several currently the most accurate Ornstein-Zernike integral equation theories. It is discovered that three technical issues, i.e., opening up new bridge function approximation for the reference potential, choosing proper reference potential, and/or using proper thermodynamic route for calculation of f(ex-ref), chiefly decide the quality of the non-HS CPE TPT. Considering that the non-HS perturbation scheme applies for a wide variety of model fluids, and its implementation in the CPE thermodynamic perturbation framework is amenable to high-order truncation, the non-HS CPE 3rd-order or higher order TPT will be more promising once the above-mentioned three technological advances are established. © 2011 American Institute of Physics

  10. Very high order lattice perturbation theory for Wilson loops

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Horsley, R.

    2010-10-01

    We calculate perturbativeWilson loops of various sizes up to loop order n=20 at different lattice sizes for pure plaquette and tree-level improved Symanzik gauge theories using the technique of Numerical Stochastic Perturbation Theory. This allows us to investigate the behavior of the perturbative series at high orders. We observe differences in the behavior of perturbative coefficients as a function of the loop order. Up to n=20 we do not see evidence for the often assumed factorial growth of the coefficients. Based on the observed behavior we sum this series in a model with hypergeometric functions. Alternatively we estimate the series in boosted perturbation theory. Subtracting the estimated perturbative series for the average plaquette from the non-perturbative Monte Carlo result we estimate the gluon condensate. (orig.)

  11. Divergence of perturbation theory in large scale structures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pajer, Enrico; van der Woude, Drian

    2018-05-01

    We make progress towards an analytical understanding of the regime of validity of perturbation theory for large scale structures and the nature of some non-perturbative corrections. We restrict ourselves to 1D gravitational collapse, for which exact solutions before shell crossing are known. We review the convergence of perturbation theory for the power spectrum, recently proven by McQuinn and White [1], and extend it to non-Gaussian initial conditions and the bispectrum. In contrast, we prove that perturbation theory diverges for the real space two-point correlation function and for the probability density function (PDF) of the density averaged in cells and all the cumulants derived from it. We attribute these divergences to the statistical averaging intrinsic to cosmological observables, which, even on very large and "perturbative" scales, gives non-vanishing weight to all extreme fluctuations. Finally, we discuss some general properties of non-perturbative effects in real space and Fourier space.

  12. Quantum Monte Carlo studies in Hamiltonian lattice gauge theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hamer, C.J.; Samaras, M.; Bursill, R.J.

    2000-01-01

    Full text: The application of Monte Carlo methods to the 'Hamiltonian' formulation of lattice gauge theory has been somewhat neglected, and lags at least ten years behind the classical Monte Carlo simulations of Euclidean lattice gauge theory. We have applied a Green's Function Monte Carlo algorithm to lattice Yang-Mills theories in the Hamiltonian formulation, combined with a 'forward-walking' technique to estimate expectation values and correlation functions. In this approach, one represents the wave function in configuration space by a discrete ensemble of random walkers, and application of the time development operator is simulated by a diffusion and branching process. The approach has been used to estimate the ground-state energy and Wilson loop values in the U(1) theory in (2+1)D, and the SU(3) Yang-Mills theory in (3+1)D. The finite-size scaling behaviour has been explored, and agrees with the predictions of effective Lagrangian theory, and weak-coupling expansions. Crude estimates of the string tension are derived, which agree with previous results at intermediate couplings; but more accurate results for larger loops will be required to establish scaling behaviour at weak couplings. A drawback to this method is that it is necessary to introduce a 'trial' or 'guiding wave function' to guide the walkers towards the most probable regions of configuration space, in order to achieve convergence and accuracy. The 'forward-walking' estimates should be independent of this guidance, but in fact for the SU(3) case they turn out to be sensitive to the choice of trial wave function. It would be preferable to use some sort of Metropolis algorithm instead to produce a correct distribution of walkers: this may point in the direction of a Path Integral Monte Carlo approach

  13. Modular Hamiltonians for deformed half-spaces and the averaged null energy condition

    Science.gov (United States)

    Faulkner, Thomas; Leigh, Robert G.; Parrikar, Onkar; Wang, Huajia

    2016-09-01

    We study modular Hamiltonians corresponding to the vacuum state for deformed half-spaces in relativistic quantum field theories on {{R}}^{1,d-1} . We show that in addition to the usual boost generator, there is a contribution to the modular Hamiltonian at first order in the shape deformation, proportional to the integral of the null components of the stress tensor along the Rindler horizon. We use this fact along with monotonicity of relative entropy to prove the averaged null energy condition in Minkowski space-time. This subsequently gives a new proof of the Hofman-Maldacena bounds on the parameters appearing in CFT three-point functions. Our main technical advance involves adapting newly developed perturbative methods for calculating entanglement entropy to the problem at hand. These methods were recently used to prove certain results on the shape dependence of entanglement in CFTs and here we generalize these results to excited states and real time dynamics. We also discuss the AdS/CFT counterpart of this result, making connection with the recently proposed gravitational dual for modular Hamiltonians in holographic theories.

  14. New Approaches and Applications for Monte Carlo Perturbation Theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Aufiero, Manuele; Bidaud, Adrien; Kotlyar, Dan; Leppänen, Jaakko; Palmiotti, Giuseppe; Salvatores, Massimo; Sen, Sonat; Shwageraus, Eugene; Fratoni, Massimiliano

    2017-02-01

    This paper presents some of the recent and new advancements in the extension of Monte Carlo Perturbation Theory methodologies and application. In particular, the discussed problems involve Brunup calculation, perturbation calculation based on continuous energy functions, and Monte Carlo Perturbation Theory in loosely coupled systems.

  15. Analytic approximations to hamiltonian lattice field theories. Pt. 2

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Surany, P.

    1983-01-01

    It is shown that at weak coupling physical quantities in hamiltonian U(1) lattice gauge (or global symmetric) theories of arbitrary dimension are provided as expectation values in a d - 1 dimensional lagrangian Z(2) gauge (or spin) theory with calculable long-range interactions. Confinement and the existence of a magnetic mass gap are equivalent to the existence of infinite-range plaquette-plaquette (or link-link) correlations in the spin field. The existence of infinite range correlations is simply related to the dimension of the lattice and the transformation property of the order parameter. As expected, only the d = 2 + 1 U(1) gauge theory confines electric charges at all non-vanishing coupling. (orig.)

  16. Faddeev-Jackiw Hamiltonian reduction for free and gauged Rarita-Schwinger theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dengiz, Suat [Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Center for Theoretical Physics, Cambridge, MA (United States)

    2016-10-15

    We study the Faddeev-Jackiw symplectic Hamiltonian reduction for 3 + 1-dimensional free and Abelian gauged Rarita-Schwinger theories that comprise Grassmannian fermionic fields. We obtain the relevant fundamental brackets and find that they are in convenient forms for quantization. The brackets are independent of whether the theories contain mass or gauge fields, and the structures of constraints and symplectic potentials largely determine characteristic behaviors of the theories. We also note that, in contrast to the free massive theory, the Dirac field equations for free massless Rarita-Schwinger theory cannot be obtained in a covariant way. (orig.)

  17. Evolution of curvature perturbation in generalized gravity theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Matsuda, Tomohiro

    2009-01-01

    Using the cosmological perturbation theory in terms of the δN formalism, we find the simple formulation of the evolution of the curvature perturbation in generalized gravity theories. Compared with the standard gravity theory, a crucial difference appears in the end-boundary of the inflationary stage, which is due to the non-ideal form of the energy-momentum tensor that depends explicitly on the curvature scalar. Recent study shows that ultraviolet-complete quantum theory of gravity (Horava-Lifshitz gravity) can be approximated by using a generalized gravity action. Our paper may give an important step in understanding the evolution of the curvature perturbation during inflation, where the energy-momentum tensor may not be given by the ideal form due to the corrections from the fundamental theory.

  18. Perturbation theory from stochastic quantization

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hueffel, H.

    1984-01-01

    By using a diagrammatical method it is shown that in scalar theories the stochastic quantization method of Parisi and Wu gives the usual perturbation series in Feynman diagrams. It is further explained how to apply the diagrammatical method to gauge theories, discussing the origin of ghost effects. (Author)

  19. Closed form bound-state perturbation theory

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ollie J. Rose

    1980-01-01

    Full Text Available The perturbed Schrödinger eigenvalue problem for bound states is cast into integral form using Green's Functions. A systematic algorithm is developed and applied to the resulting equation giving rise to approximate solutions expressed as functions of the given perturbation parameter. As a by-product, convergence radii for the traditional Rayleigh-Schrödinger and Brillouin-Wigner perturbation theories emerge in a natural way.

  20. Perturbation theory for continuous stochastic equations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Chechetkin, V.R.; Lutovinov, V.S.

    1987-01-01

    The various general perturbational schemes for continuous stochastic equations are considered. These schemes have many analogous features with the iterational solution of Schwinger equation for S-matrix. The following problems are discussed: continuous stochastic evolution equations for probability distribution functionals, evolution equations for equal time correlators, perturbation theory for Gaussian and Poissonian additive noise, perturbation theory for birth and death processes, stochastic properties of systems with multiplicative noise. The general results are illustrated by diffusion-controlled reactions, fluctuations in closed systems with chemical processes, propagation of waves in random media in parabolic equation approximation, and non-equilibrium phase transitions in systems with Poissonian breeding centers. The rate of irreversible reaction X + X → A (Smoluchowski process) is calculated with the use of general theory based on continuous stochastic equations for birth and death processes. The threshold criterion and range of fluctuational region for synergetic phase transition in system with Poissonian breeding centers are also considered. (author)

  1. Asymptotic Completeness for a Renormalized Nonrelativistic Hamiltonian in Quantum Field Theory: The Nelson Model

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Ammari, Zied

    2000-01-01

    Scattering theory for the Nelson model is studied. We show Rosen estimates and we prove the existence of a ground state for the Nelson Hamiltonian. Also we prove that it has a locally finite pure point spectrum outside its thresholds. We study the asymptotic fields and the existence of the wave operators. Finally we show asymptotic completeness for the Nelson Hamiltonian

  2. Application of spectral distributions in effective interaction theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Chang, B.D.

    1980-01-01

    The calculation of observable quantities in a large many-particle space is very complicated and often impractical. In effective interaction theory, to simplify the calculation, the full many-particle space is truncated to a small, manageable model space and the operators associated with the observables are renormalized to accommodate the truncation effects. The operator that has been most extensively studied for renormalization is the Hamiltonian. The renormalized Hamiltonian, often called the effective Hamiltonian, can be defined such that it not only gives the eigenvalues, but also the projections of the full-space (true) eigen-functions onto the model space. These projected wave functions then provide a convenient basis for renormalization of other operators. The usual framework for renormalization is perturbation theory. Unfortunately, the conventional perturbation series for effective Hamiltonians have problems with convergence and their high order terms (especially 4th or higher) are also difficult to calculate. The characteristics of spectral distributions can be helptul in determining the model space and calculating the effective Hamiltonian. In this talk applications of spectral distributions are discussed in the following areas: (1) truncation of many particle spaces by selection of configurations; (2) orthogonal polynomial expansions for the effective Hamiltonian; and (3) establishing new criteria for the effective Hamiltonian

  3. The power of perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Serone, Marco [SISSA International School for Advanced Studies and INFN Trieste, Via Bonomea 265, 34136, Trieste (Italy); Abdus Salam International Centre for Theoretical Physics, Strada Costiera 11, 34151, Trieste (Italy); Spada, Gabriele [SISSA International School for Advanced Studies and INFN Trieste, Via Bonomea 265, 34136, Trieste (Italy); Villadoro, Giovanni [Abdus Salam International Centre for Theoretical Physics, Strada Costiera 11, 34151, Trieste (Italy)

    2017-05-10

    We study quantum mechanical systems with a discrete spectrum. We show that the asymptotic series associated to certain paths of steepest-descent (Lefschetz thimbles) are Borel resummable to the full result. Using a geometrical approach based on the Picard-Lefschetz theory we characterize the conditions under which perturbative expansions lead to exact results. Even when such conditions are not met, we explain how to define a different perturbative expansion that reproduces the full answer without the need of transseries, i.e. non-perturbative effects, such as real (or complex) instantons. Applications to several quantum mechanical systems are presented.

  4. Structure of the two-neutrino double-β decay matrix elements within perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Štefánik, Dušan; Šimkovic, Fedor; Faessler, Amand

    2015-06-01

    The two-neutrino double-β Gamow-Teller and Fermi transitions are studied within an exactly solvable model, which allows a violation of both spin-isospin SU(4) and isospin SU(2) symmetries, and is expressed with generators of the SO(8) group. It is found that this model reproduces the main features of realistic calculation within the quasiparticle random-phase approximation with isospin symmetry restoration concerning the dependence of the two-neutrino double-β decay matrix elements on isovector and isoscalar particle-particle interactions. By using perturbation theory an explicit dependence of the two-neutrino double-β decay matrix elements on the like-nucleon pairing, particle-particle T =0 and T =1 , and particle-hole proton-neutron interactions is obtained. It is found that double-β decay matrix elements do not depend on the mean field part of Hamiltonian and that they are governed by a weak violation of both SU(2) and SU(4) symmetries by the particle-particle interaction of Hamiltonian. It is pointed out that there is a dominance of two-neutrino double-β decay transition through a single state of intermediate nucleus. The energy position of this state relative to energies of initial and final ground states is given by a combination of strengths of residual interactions. Further, energy-weighted Fermi and Gamow-Teller sum rules connecting Δ Z =2 nuclei are discussed. It is proposed that these sum rules can be used to study the residual interactions of the nuclear Hamiltonian, which are relevant for charge-changing nuclear transitions.

  5. Numerical stochastic perturbation theory in the Schroedinger functional

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Brambilla, Michele; Di Renzo, Francesco; Hesse, Dirk; Dalla Brida, Mattia; Sint, Stefan; Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron

    2013-11-01

    The Schroedinger functional (SF) is a powerful and widely used tool for the treatment of a variety of problems in renormalization and related areas. Albeit offering many conceptual advantages, one major downside of the SF scheme is the fact that perturbative calculations quickly become cumbersome with the inclusion of higher orders in the gauge coupling and hence the use of an automated perturbation theory framework is desirable. We present the implementation of the SF in numerical stochastic perturbation theory (NSPT) and compare first results for the running coupling at two loops in pure SU(3) Yang-Mills theory with the literature.

  6. Numerical stochastic perturbation theory in the Schroedinger functional

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Brambilla, Michele; Di Renzo, Francesco; Hesse, Dirk [Parma Univ. (Italy); INFN, Parma (Italy); Dalla Brida, Mattia [Trinity College Dublin (Ireland). School of Mathematics; Sint, Stefan [Trinity College Dublin (Ireland). School of Mathematics; Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC

    2013-11-15

    The Schroedinger functional (SF) is a powerful and widely used tool for the treatment of a variety of problems in renormalization and related areas. Albeit offering many conceptual advantages, one major downside of the SF scheme is the fact that perturbative calculations quickly become cumbersome with the inclusion of higher orders in the gauge coupling and hence the use of an automated perturbation theory framework is desirable. We present the implementation of the SF in numerical stochastic perturbation theory (NSPT) and compare first results for the running coupling at two loops in pure SU(3) Yang-Mills theory with the literature.

  7. Hamiltonian reductions in plasma physics about intrinsic gyrokinetic

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Guillebon de Resnes, L. de

    2013-01-01

    Gyrokinetic is a key model for plasma micro-turbulence, commonly used for fusion plasmas or small-scale astrophysical turbulence, for instance. The model still suffers from several issues, which could imply to reconsider the equations. This thesis dissertation clarifies three of them. First, one of the coordinates caused questions, both from a physical and from a mathematical point of view; a suitable constrained coordinate is introduced, which removes the issues from the theory and explains the intrinsic structures underlying the questions. Second, the perturbative coordinate transformation for gyrokinetic was computed only at lowest orders; explicit induction relations are obtained to go arbitrary order in the expansion. Third, the introduction of the coupling between the plasma and the electromagnetic field was not completely satisfactory; using the Hamiltonian structure of the dynamics, it is implemented in a more appropriate way, with strong consequences on the gyrokinetic equations, especially about their Hamiltonian structure. In order to address these three main points, several other results are obtained, for instance about the origin of the guiding-center adiabatic invariant, about a very efficient minimal guiding center transformation, or about an intermediate Hamiltonian model between Vlasov-Maxwell and gyrokinetic, where the characteristics include both the slow guiding-center dynamics and the fast gyro-angle dynamics. In addition, various reduction methods are used, introduced or developed, e.g. a Lie-transform of the equations of motion, a lifting method to transfer particle reductions to the corresponding Hamiltonian field dynamics, or a truncation method related both to Dirac's theory of constraints and to a projection onto a Lie-subalgebra. Besides gyrokinetic, this is useful to clarify other Hamiltonian reductions in plasma physics, for instance for incompressible or electrostatic dynamics, for magnetohydrodynamics, or for fluid closures including

  8. Admissible perturbations and false instabilities in PT -symmetric quantum systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Znojil, Miloslav

    2018-03-01

    One of the most characteristic mathematical features of the PT -symmetric quantum mechanics is the explicit Hamiltonian dependence of its physical Hilbert space of states H =H (H ) . Some of the most important physical consequences are discussed, with emphasis on the dynamical regime in which the system is close to phase transition. Consistent perturbation treatment of such a regime is proposed. An illustrative application of the innovated perturbation theory to a non-Hermitian but PT -symmetric user-friendly family of J -parametric "discrete anharmonic" quantum Hamiltonians H =H (λ ⃗) is provided. The models are shown to admit the standard probabilistic interpretation if and only if the parameters remain compatible with the reality of the spectrum, λ ⃗∈D(physical ) . In contradiction to conventional wisdom, the systems are then shown to be stable with respect to admissible perturbations, inside the domain D(physical ), even in the immediate vicinity of the phase-transition boundaries ∂ D(physical ) .

  9. Calculations of the electronic levels, spin-Hamiltonian parameters and vibrational spectra for the CrCl{sub 3} layered crystals

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Avram, C.N. [Faculty of Physics, West University of Timisoara, Bd. V. Parvan No. 4, 300223 Timisoara (Romania); Gruia, A.S., E-mail: adigruia@yahoo.com [Faculty of Physics, West University of Timisoara, Bd. V. Parvan No. 4, 300223 Timisoara (Romania); Brik, M.G. [College of Sciences, Chongqing University of Posts and Telecommunications, Chongqing 400065 (China); Institute of Physics, University of Tartu, Ravila 14C, Tartu 50411 (Estonia); Institute of Physics, Jan Dlugosz University, Armii Krajowej 13/15, PL-42200 Czestochowa (Poland); Institute of Physics, Polish Academy of Sciences, Al. Lotników 32/46, 02-668 Warsaw (Poland); Barb, A.M. [Faculty of Physics, West University of Timisoara, Bd. V. Parvan No. 4, 300223 Timisoara (Romania)

    2015-12-01

    Calculations of the Cr{sup 3+} energy levels, spin-Hamiltonian parameters and vibrational spectra for the layered CrCl{sub 3} crystals are reported for the first time. The crystal field parameters and the energy level scheme were calculated in the framework of the Exchange Charge Model of crystal field. The spin-Hamiltonian parameters (zero-field splitting parameter D and g-factors) for Cr{sup 3+} ion in CrCl{sub 3} crystals were obtained using two independent techniques: i) semi-empirical crystal field theory and ii) density functional theory (DFT)-based model. In the first approach, the spin-Hamiltonian parameters were calculated from the perturbation theory method and the complete diagonalization (of energy matrix) method. The infrared (IR) and Raman frequencies were calculated for both experimental and fully optimized geometry of the crystal structure, using CRYSTAL09 software. The obtained results are discussed and compared with the experimental available data.

  10. A primer for chiral perturbation theory

    CERN Document Server

    Scherer, Stefan

    2012-01-01

    Chiral Perturbation Theory, as effective field theory, is a commonly accepted and well established working tool, approximating quantum chromodynamics at energies well below typical hadron masses. This volume, based on a number of lectures and supplemented with additional material, provides a pedagogical introduction for graduate students and newcomers entering the field from related areas of nuclear and particle physics. Starting with the the Lagrangian of the strong interactions and general symmetry principles, the basic concepts of Chiral Perturbation Theory in the mesonic and baryonic sectors are developed. The application of these concepts is then illustrated with a number of examples. A large number of exercises (81, with complete solutions) are included to familiarize the reader with helpful calculational techniques.

  11. Lattice field theories: non-perturbative methods of analysis

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Weinstein, M.

    1978-01-01

    A lecture is given on the possible extraction of interesting physical information from quantum field theories by studying their semiclassical versions. From the beginning the problem of solving for the spectrum states of any given continuum quantum field theory is considered as a giant Schroedinger problem, and then some nonperturbative methods for diagonalizing the Hamiltonian of the theory are explained without recourse to semiclassical approximations. The notion of a lattice appears as an artifice to handle the problems associated with the familiar infrared and ultraviolet divergences of continuum quantum field theory and in fact for all but gauge theories. 18 references

  12. Theory of superconducting tunneling without the tunneling Hamiltonian

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Arnold, G.B.

    1987-01-01

    When a tunneling barrier is nearly transparent, the standard tunneling (or transfer) Hamiltonian approximation fails. The author describes the theory which is necessary for calculating the tunneling current in these cases, and illustrate it by comparing theory and experiment on superconductor/insulator/superconductor (SIS) junctions have ultra-thin tunnel barriers. This theory accurately explains the subgap structure which appears in the dynamical resistance of such SIS junctions, including many observed details which no previous theory has reproduced. The expression for the current through an SIS junction with an ultrathin barrier is given by I(t) = Re{Sigma/sub n/ J/sub n/ (omega/sub o/)e/sup in omega/o/sup t/} where omega/sub o/ = 2eV/h is the Josephson frequency, V is the bias voltage, and the J/sub n/ are voltage dependent coefficients, one for each positive or negative integer, n, and n=0. The relative sign of the terms involving cos(n omega/sub o/t) and sin(n omega/sub o/t) agrees with experiment, in contrast to previous theories of Josephson tunneling

  13. Infrared problems in field perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    David, Francois.

    1982-12-01

    The work presented mainly covers questions related to the presence of ''infrared'' divergences in perturbation expansions of the Green functions of certain massless field theories. It is important to determine the mathematical status of perturbation expansions in field theory in order to define the region in which they are valid. Renormalization and the symmetry of a theory are important factors in infrared problems. The main object of this thesis resides in the mathematical techniques employed: integral representations of the Feynman amplitudes; methods for desingularization, regularization and dimensional renormalization. Nonlinear two dimensional space-time sigma models describing Goldstone's low energy boson dynamics associated with a breaking of continuous symmetry are studied. Random surface models are then investigated followed by infrared divergences in super-renormalizable theories. Finally, nonperturbation effects in massless theories are studied by expanding the two-dimensional nonlinear sigma model in 1/N [fr

  14. Perturbative algebraic quantum field theory at finite temperature

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lindner, Falk

    2013-08-15

    We present the algebraic approach to perturbative quantum field theory for the real scalar field in Minkowski spacetime. In this work we put a special emphasis on the inherent state-independence of the framework and provide a detailed analysis of the state space. The dynamics of the interacting system is constructed in a novel way by virtue of the time-slice axiom in causal perturbation theory. This method sheds new light in the connection between quantum statistical dynamics and perturbative quantum field theory. In particular it allows the explicit construction of the KMS and vacuum state for the interacting, massive Klein-Gordon field which implies the absence of infrared divergences of the interacting theory at finite temperature, in particular for the interacting Wightman and time-ordered functions.

  15. Perturbative algebraic quantum field theory at finite temperature

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Lindner, Falk

    2013-08-01

    We present the algebraic approach to perturbative quantum field theory for the real scalar field in Minkowski spacetime. In this work we put a special emphasis on the inherent state-independence of the framework and provide a detailed analysis of the state space. The dynamics of the interacting system is constructed in a novel way by virtue of the time-slice axiom in causal perturbation theory. This method sheds new light in the connection between quantum statistical dynamics and perturbative quantum field theory. In particular it allows the explicit construction of the KMS and vacuum state for the interacting, massive Klein-Gordon field which implies the absence of infrared divergences of the interacting theory at finite temperature, in particular for the interacting Wightman and time-ordered functions.

  16. Homological perturbation theory and the algebraic structure of the antifield-antibracket formalism for gauge theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Fisch, J.M.L.

    1990-01-01

    The algebraic structure of the antifield-antibracket formalism for both reducible and irreducible gauge theories is clarified. This is done by using the methods of Homological Perturbation Theory (HPT). A crucial ingredient of the construction is the Koszul-Tate complex associated with the stationary surface of the classical extremals. The Koszul-Tate differential acts on the antifields and is graded by the antighost number. It provides a resolution of the algebra A of functions defined on the stationary surface, namely, it is acyclic except at degree zero where its homology group reduces to A. Acyclicity only holds because of the introduction of the ghosts of ghosts and provides an alternative criterion for what is meant by a proper solution of the master equation. The existence of the BRST symmetry follows from the techniques of HPT. The classical Lagrangian BRST cohomology is completely worked out and shown to be isomorphic with the cohomology of the exterior derivative along the gauge orbits on the stationary surface. The algebraic structure of the formalism is identical with the structure of the Hamiltonian BRST construction. The role played there by the constraint surface is played here by the stationary surface. Only elementary quantum questions (general properties of the measure) are addressed. (orig.)

  17. Chiral perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Harada, Masayasu

    2009-01-01

    Chiral perturbation theory has been used for great number of phenomenological analyses in low energy QCD as well as the lattice QCD analyses since the creation of the theory by Weinberg in 1979 followed by its consolidation by Gasser and Leutwyler in 1984 and 85. The theory is now the highly established one as the approach based on the effective field theory to search for Green function including quantum correlations in the frame of the systematic expansion technique using Lagrangian which includes all of the terms allowed by the symmetry. This review has been intended to describe how systematically physical quantities are calculated in the framework of the chiral symmetry. Consequently many of the various phenomenological analyses are not taken up here for which other reports are to be referred. Further views are foreseen to be developed based on the theory in addition to numbers of results reported up to the present. Finally π-π scattering is taken up to discuss to what energy scale the theory is available. (S. Funahashi)

  18. Finding a nonlinear lattice with improved integrability using Lie transform perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Sonnad, Kiran G.; Cary, John R.

    2004-01-01

    A condition for improved dynamic aperture for nonlinear, alternating gradient transport systems is derived using Lie transform perturbation theory. The Lie transform perturbation method is used here to perform averaging over fast oscillations by canonically transforming to slowly oscillating variables. This is first demonstrated for a linear sinusoidal focusing system. This method is then employed to average the dynamics over a lattice period for a nonlinear focusing system, provided by the use of higher order poles such as sextupoles and octupoles along with alternate gradient quadrupoles. Unlike the traditional approach, the higher order focusing is not treated as a perturbation. The Lie transform method is particularly advantageous for such a system where the form of the Hamiltonian is complex. This is because the method exploits the property of canonical invariance of Poisson brackets so that the change of variables is accomplished by just replacing the old ones with the new. The analysis shows the existence of a condition in which the system is azimuthally symmetric in the transformed, slowly oscillating frame. Such a symmetry in the time averaged frame renders the system nearly integrable in the laboratory frame. This condition leads to reduced chaos and improved confinement when compared to a system that is not close to integrability. Numerical calculations of single-particle trajectories and phase space projections of the dynamic aperture performed for a lattice with quadrupoles and sextupoles confirm that this is indeed the case

  19. Basics of QCD perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Soper, D.E.

    1997-01-01

    This is an introduction to the use of QCD perturbation theory, emphasizing generic features of the theory that enable one to separate short-time and long-time effects. The author also covers some important classes of applications: electron-positron annihilation to hadrons, deeply inelastic scattering, and hard processes in hadron-hadron collisions. 31 refs., 38 figs

  20. Basics of QCD perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Soper, D.E. [Univ. of Oregon, Eugene, OR (United States). Inst. of Theoretical Science

    1997-06-01

    This is an introduction to the use of QCD perturbation theory, emphasizing generic features of the theory that enable one to separate short-time and long-time effects. The author also covers some important classes of applications: electron-positron annihilation to hadrons, deeply inelastic scattering, and hard processes in hadron-hadron collisions. 31 refs., 38 figs.

  1. The accuracy of QCD perturbation theory at high energies

    CERN Document Server

    Dalla Brida, Mattia; Korzec, Tomasz; Ramos, Alberto; Sint, Stefan; Sommer, Rainer

    2016-01-01

    We discuss the determination of the strong coupling $\\alpha_\\mathrm{\\overline{MS}}^{}(m_\\mathrm{Z})$ or equivalently the QCD $\\Lambda$-parameter. Its determination requires the use of perturbation theory in $\\alpha_s(\\mu)$ in some scheme, $s$, and at some energy scale $\\mu$. The higher the scale $\\mu$ the more accurate perturbation theory becomes, owing to asymptotic freedom. As one step in our computation of the $\\Lambda$-parameter in three-flavor QCD, we perform lattice computations in a scheme which allows us to non-perturbatively reach very high energies, corresponding to $\\alpha_s = 0.1$ and below. We find that perturbation theory is very accurate there, yielding a three percent error in the $\\Lambda$-parameter, while data around $\\alpha_s \\approx 0.2$ is clearly insufficient to quote such a precision. It is important to realize that these findings are expected to be generic, as our scheme has advantageous properties regarding the applicability of perturbation theory.

  2. On the use of the autonomous Birkhoff equations in Lie series perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Boronenko, T. S.

    2017-02-01

    In this article, we present the Lie transformation algorithm for autonomous Birkhoff systems. Here, we are referring to Hamiltonian systems that obey a symplectic structure of the general form. The Birkhoff equations are derived from the linear first-order Pfaff-Birkhoff variational principle, which is more general than the Hamilton principle. The use of 1-form in formulating the equations of motion in dynamics makes the Birkhoff method more universal and flexible. Birkhoff's equations have a tensorial character, so their form is independent of the coordinate system used. Two examples of normalization in the restricted three-body problem are given to illustrate the application of the algorithm in perturbation theory. The efficiency of this algorithm for problems of asymptotic integration in dynamics is discussed for the case where there is a need to use non-canonical variables in phase space.

  3. Review of chiral perturbation theory

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    Abstract. A review of chiral perturbation theory and recent developments on the comparison of its predictions with experiment is presented. Some interesting topics with scope for further elaboration are touched upon.

  4. A primer for Chiral Perturbative Theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Scherer, Stefan; Schindler, Matthias R.; George Washington Univ., Washington, DC

    2012-01-01

    Chiral Perturbation Theory, as effective field theory, is a commonly accepted and well established working tool, approximating quantum chromodynamics at energies well below typical hadron masses. This volume, based on a number of lectures and supplemented with additional material, provides a pedagogical introduction for graduate students and newcomers entering the field from related areas of nuclear and particle physics. Starting with the the Lagrangian of the strong interactions and general symmetry principles, the basic concepts of Chiral Perturbation Theory in the mesonic and baryonic sectors are developed. The application of these concepts is then illustrated with a number of examples. A large number of exercises (81, with complete solutions) are included to familiarize the reader with helpful calculational techniques. (orig.)

  5. Convergent perturbation expansions for Euclidean quantum field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Mack, G.; Pordt, A.

    1984-09-01

    Mayer perturbation theory is designed to provide computable convergent expansions which permit calculation of Greens functions in Euclidean Quantum Field Theory to arbitrary accuracy, including 'nonperturbative' contributions from large field fluctuations. Here we describe the expansions at the example of 3-dimensional lambdaphi 4 -theory (in continuous space). They are not essentially more complicated than standard perturbation theory. The n-th order term is expressed in terms of 0(n)-dimensional integrals, and is of order lambda 4 if 4k-3<=n<=4k. (orig.)

  6. Field-strength formulation of gauge theories. The Hamiltonian approach in the Abelian theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Mendel, E.; Durand, L.

    1984-01-01

    We develop a Hamiltonian approach to the field-strength or dual formation of the Abelian gauge theory in which the potential A/sup μ/ is eliminated as a dynamical variable. Our work is based on the covariant gauge x/sup μ/A/sub μ/(x) = 0 which allows a simple elimination of A/sup μ/ in terms of the field strengths F/sup munu/. We obtain complete results for the generating functional for the Green's functions of the theory, Z = Z[f,g], where f and g are nonlocal currents coupled to E and B, and illustrate some unfamiliar aspects of the new formalism

  7. Topological color codes and two-body quantum lattice Hamiltonians

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kargarian, M.; Bombin, H.; Martin-Delgado, M. A.

    2010-02-01

    Topological color codes are among the stabilizer codes with remarkable properties from the quantum information perspective. In this paper, we construct a lattice, the so-called ruby lattice, with coordination number 4 governed by a two-body Hamiltonian. In a particular regime of coupling constants, in a strong coupling limit, degenerate perturbation theory implies that the low-energy spectrum of the model can be described by a many-body effective Hamiltonian, which encodes the color code as its ground state subspace. Ground state subspace corresponds to a vortex-free sector. The gauge symmetry Z2×Z2 of the color code could already be realized by identifying three distinct plaquette operators on the ruby lattice. All plaquette operators commute with each other and with the Hamiltonian being integrals of motion. Plaquettes are extended to closed strings or string-net structures. Non-contractible closed strings winding the space commute with Hamiltonian but not always with each other. This gives rise to exact topological degeneracy of the model. A connection to 2-colexes can be established via the coloring of the strings. We discuss it at the non-perturbative level. The particular structure of the two-body Hamiltonian provides a fruitful interpretation in terms of mapping onto bosons coupled to effective spins. We show that high-energy excitations of the model have fermionic statistics. They form three families of high-energy excitations each of one color. Furthermore, we show that they belong to a particular family of topological charges. The emergence of invisible charges is related to the string-net structure of the model. The emerging fermions are coupled to nontrivial gauge fields. We show that for particular 2-colexes, the fermions can see the background fluxes in the ground state. Also, we use the Jordan-Wigner transformation in order to test the integrability of the model via introducing Majorana fermions. The four-valent structure of the lattice prevents the

  8. Finite-size scaling theory and quantum hamiltonian Field theory: the transverse Ising model

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hamer, C.J.; Barber, M.N.

    1979-01-01

    Exact results for the mass gap, specific heat and susceptibility of the one-dimensional transverse Ising model on a finite lattice are generated by constructing a finite matrix representation of the Hamiltonian using strong-coupling eigenstates. The critical behaviour of the limiting infinite chain is analysed using finite-size scaling theory. In this way, excellent estimates (to within 1/2% accuracy) are found for the critical coupling and the exponents α, ν and γ

  9. Fermion bag approach to Hamiltonian lattice field theories in continuous time

    Science.gov (United States)

    Huffman, Emilie; Chandrasekharan, Shailesh

    2017-12-01

    We extend the idea of fermion bags to Hamiltonian lattice field theories in the continuous time formulation. Using a class of models we argue that the temperature is a parameter that splits the fermion dynamics into small spatial regions that can be used to identify fermion bags. Using this idea we construct a continuous time quantum Monte Carlo algorithm and compute critical exponents in the 3 d Ising Gross-Neveu universality class using a single flavor of massless Hamiltonian staggered fermions. We find η =0.54 (6 ) and ν =0.88 (2 ) using lattices up to N =2304 sites. We argue that even sizes up to N =10 ,000 sites should be accessible with supercomputers available today.

  10. Invariant exchange perturbation theory for multicenter systems: Time-dependent perturbations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Orlenko, E. V.; Evstafev, A. V.; Orlenko, F. E.

    2015-01-01

    A formalism of exchange perturbation theory (EPT) is developed for the case of interactions that explicitly depend on time. Corrections to the wave function obtained in any order of perturbation theory and represented in an invariant form include exchange contributions due to intercenter electron permutations in complex multicenter systems. For collisions of atomic systems with an arbitrary type of interaction, general expressions are obtained for the transfer (T) and scattering (S) matrices in which intercenter electron permutations between overlapping nonorthogonal states belonging to different centers (atoms) are consistently taken into account. The problem of collision of alpha particles with lithium atoms accompanied by the redistribution of electrons between centers is considered. The differential and total charge-exchange cross sections of lithium are calculated

  11. Combinatorial quantization of the Hamiltonian Chern-Simons theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Alekseev, A.Yu.; Grosse, H.; Schomerus, V.

    1996-01-01

    This paper further develops the combinatorial approach to quantization of the Hamiltonian Chern Simons theory. Using the theory of quantum Wilson lines, we show how the Verlinde algebra appears within the context of quantum group gauge theory. This allows to discuss flatness of quantum connections so that we can give a mathematically rigorous definition of the algebra of observables A CS of the Chern Simons model. It is a *-algebra of ''functions on the quantum moduli space of flat connections'' and comes equipped with a positive functional ω (''integration''). We prove that this data does not depend on the particular choices which have been made in the construction. The algebra A CS provides a deformation quantization of the algebra of functions on the moduli space along the natural Poisson bracket induced by the Chern Simons action. We evaluate a volume of the quantized moduli space and prove that it coincides with the Verlinde number. This answer is also interpreted as a partition partition function of the lattice Yang-Mills theory corresponding to a quantum gauge group. (orig.). With 1 fig

  12. Perturbation theory and importance functions in integral transport formulations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Greenspan, E.

    1976-01-01

    Perturbation theory expressions for the static reactivity derived from the flux, collision density, birth-rate density, and fission-neutron density formulations of integral transport theory, and from the integro-differential formulation, are intercompared. The physical meaning and relation of the adjoint functions corresponding to each of the five formulations are established. It is found that the first-order approximation of the perturbation expressions depends on the transport theory formulation and on the adjoint function used. The approximations of the integro-differential formulation corresponding to different first-order approximations of the integral transport theory formulations are identified. It is found that the accuracy of all first-order approximations of the integral transport formulations examined is superior to the accuracy of first-order integro-differential perturbation theory

  13. Where does cosmological perturbation theory break down?

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Armendariz-Picon, Cristian; Fontanini, Michele; Penco, Riccardo; Trodden, Mark

    2009-01-01

    It is often assumed that initial conditions for the evolution of a cosmological mode should be set at the time its physical wavelength reaches a cut-off of the order of the Planck length. Beyond that scale, trans-Planckian corrections to the dispersion relation are supposed to become dominant, leading to the breakdown of cosmological perturbation theory. In this paper, we apply the effective field theory approach to the coupled metric-inflaton system in order to calculate the corrections to the power spectrum of scalar and tensor perturbations induced by higher-dimension operators at short wavelengths. These corrections can be interpreted as modifications of the dispersion relation, and thus open a window to probe the validity of cosmological perturbation theory. Both for scalars and tensors, the modifications become important when the Hubble parameter is of the order of the Planck mass, or when the physical wave number of a cosmological perturbation mode approaches the square of the Planck mass divided by the Hubble constant. Thus, the cut-off length at which such a breakdown occurs is finite, but much smaller than the Planck length.

  14. Second-order generalized perturbation theory for source-driven systems

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Greenspan, E.; Gilai, D.; Oblow, E.M.

    1978-01-01

    A second-order generalized perturbation theory (GPT) for the effect of multiple system variations on a general flux functional in source-driven systems is derived. The derivation is based on a functional Taylor series in which second-order derivatives are retained. The resulting formulation accounts for the nonlinear effect of a given variation accurate to third order in the flux and adjoint perturbations. It also accounts for the effect of interaction between any number of variations. The new formulation is compared with exact perturbation theory as well as with perturbation theory for altered systems. The usefulnes of the second-order GPT formulation is illustrated by applying it to optimization problems. Its applicability to areas of cross-section sensitivity analysis and system design and evaluation is also discussed

  15. The tension as perturbative parameter in string theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Gamboa, J.

    1990-01-01

    We propose an approach to string theory where the zero theory is the null string. We find an explicit form of the propagator for the null string in the momentum space. We show that considering the tension as perturbative parameter, the perturbative series is completely summable and we find the propagator of the bosonic open string with tension T. (author) [pt

  16. Single-particle dynamics - Hamiltonian formulation

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Montague, B.W.

    1977-01-01

    In this paper the Hamiltonian formalism is applied to the linear theory of accelerator dynamics. The reasons for the introduction of this method rather than the more straightforward use of second order differential equations of motion are briefly discussed. An outline of Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalism is given, some properties of the Hamiltonian are discussed and canonical transformations are illustrated. The methods are demonstrated using elementary examples such as the simple pendulum and the procedures adopted to handle specific problems in accelerator theory are indicated. (B.D.)

  17. Transport perturbation theory in nuclear reactor analysis

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Nishigori, Takeo; Takeda, Toshikazu; Selvi, S.

    1985-01-01

    Perturbation theory is formulated on the basis of transport theory to obtain a formula for the reactivity changes due to possible variations of cross sections. Useful applications to cell homogenization are presented for the whole core calculation in transport and in diffusion theories. (author)

  18. Quantum Hamiltonian Physics with Supercomputers

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Vary, James P.

    2014-01-01

    The vision of solving the nuclear many-body problem in a Hamiltonian framework with fundamental interactions tied to QCD via Chiral Perturbation Theory is gaining support. The goals are to preserve the predictive power of the underlying theory, to test fundamental symmetries with the nucleus as laboratory and to develop new understandings of the full range of complex quantum phenomena. Advances in theoretical frameworks (renormalization and many-body methods) as well as in computational resources (new algorithms and leadership-class parallel computers) signal a new generation of theory and simulations that will yield profound insights into the origins of nuclear shell structure, collective phenomena and complex reaction dynamics. Fundamental discovery opportunities also exist in such areas as physics beyond the Standard Model of Elementary Particles, the transition between hadronic and quark–gluon dominated dynamics in nuclei and signals that characterize dark matter. I will review some recent achievements and present ambitious consensus plans along with their challenges for a coming decade of research that will build new links between theory, simulations and experiment. Opportunities for graduate students to embark upon careers in the fast developing field of supercomputer simulations is also discussed

  19. Quantum Hamiltonian Physics with Supercomputers

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Vary, James P.

    2014-06-15

    The vision of solving the nuclear many-body problem in a Hamiltonian framework with fundamental interactions tied to QCD via Chiral Perturbation Theory is gaining support. The goals are to preserve the predictive power of the underlying theory, to test fundamental symmetries with the nucleus as laboratory and to develop new understandings of the full range of complex quantum phenomena. Advances in theoretical frameworks (renormalization and many-body methods) as well as in computational resources (new algorithms and leadership-class parallel computers) signal a new generation of theory and simulations that will yield profound insights into the origins of nuclear shell structure, collective phenomena and complex reaction dynamics. Fundamental discovery opportunities also exist in such areas as physics beyond the Standard Model of Elementary Particles, the transition between hadronic and quark–gluon dominated dynamics in nuclei and signals that characterize dark matter. I will review some recent achievements and present ambitious consensus plans along with their challenges for a coming decade of research that will build new links between theory, simulations and experiment. Opportunities for graduate students to embark upon careers in the fast developing field of supercomputer simulations is also discussed.

  20. Wilson loops in very high order lattice perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Ilgenfritz, E.M.; Nakamura, Y.; Perlt, H.; Schiller, A.; Rakow, P.E.L.; Schierholz, G.; Regensburg Univ.

    2009-10-01

    We calculate Wilson loops of various sizes up to loop order n=20 for lattice sizes of L 4 (L=4,6,8,12) using the technique of Numerical Stochastic Perturbation Theory in quenched QCD. This allows to investigate the behaviour of the perturbative series at high orders. We discuss three models to estimate the perturbative series: a renormalon inspired fit, a heuristic fit based on an assumed power-law singularity and boosted perturbation theory. We have found differences in the behavior of the perturbative series for smaller and larger Wilson loops at moderate n. A factorial growth of the coefficients could not be confirmed up to n=20. From Monte Carlo measured plaquette data and our perturbative result we estimate a value of the gluon condensate left angle (α)/(π)GG right angle. (orig.)

  1. Perturbative Quantum Gravity and its Relation to Gauge Theory

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Bern Zvi

    2002-01-01

    Full Text Available In this review we describe a non-trivial relationship between perturbative gauge theory and gravity scattering amplitudes. At the semi-classical or tree-level, the scattering amplitudes of gravity theories in flat space can be expressed as a sum of products of well defined pieces of gauge theory amplitudes. These relationships were first discovered by Kawai, Lewellen, and Tye in the context of string theory, but hold more generally. In particular, they hold for standard Einstein gravity. A method based on $D$-dimensional unitarity can then be used to systematically construct all quantum loop corrections order-by-order in perturbation theory using as input thegravity tree amplitudes expressed in terms of gauge theory ones. More generally, the unitarity method provides a means for perturbatively quantizing massless gravity theories without the usual formal apparatus associated with the quantization of constrained systems. As one application, this method was used to demonstrate that maximally supersymmetric gravity is less divergent in the ultraviolet than previously thought.

  2. Canonical perturbation theory in linearized general relativity theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Gonzales, R.; Pavlenko, Yu.G.

    1986-01-01

    Canonical perturbation theory in linearized general relativity theory is developed. It is shown that the evolution of arbitrary dynamic value, conditioned by the interaction of particles, gravitation and electromagnetic fields, can be presented in the form of a series, each member of it corresponding to the contribution of certain spontaneous or induced process. The main concepts of the approach are presented in the approximation of a weak gravitational field

  3. Blocking Radial Diffusion in a Double-Waved Hamiltonian Model

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Martins, Caroline G L; De Carvalho, R Egydio; Marcus, F A; Caldas, I L

    2011-01-01

    A non-twist Hamiltonian system perturbed by two waves with particular wave numbers can present Robust Tori, barriers created by the vanishing of the perturbing Hamiltonian at some defined positions. When Robust Tori exist, any trajectory in phase space passing close to them is blocked by emergent invariant curves that prevent the chaotic transport. We analyze the breaking up of the RT as well the transport dependence on the wave numbers and on the wave amplitudes. Moreover, we report the chaotic web formation in the phase space and how this pattern influences the transport.

  4. Perturbative quantum field theory via vertex algebras

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hollands, Stefan; Olbermann, Heiner

    2009-01-01

    In this paper, we explain how perturbative quantum field theory can be formulated in terms of (a version of) vertex algebras. Our starting point is the Wilson-Zimmermann operator product expansion (OPE). Following ideas of a previous paper (S. Hollands, e-print arXiv:0802.2198), we consider a consistency (essentially associativity) condition satisfied by the coefficients in this expansion. We observe that the information in the OPE coefficients can be repackaged straightforwardly into 'vertex operators' and that the consistency condition then has essentially the same form as the key condition in the theory of vertex algebras. We develop a general theory of perturbations of the algebras that we encounter, similar in nature to the Hochschild cohomology describing the deformation theory of ordinary algebras. The main part of the paper is devoted to the question how one can calculate the perturbations corresponding to a given interaction Lagrangian (such as λφ 4 ) in practice, using the consistency condition and the corresponding nonlinear field equation. We derive graphical rules, which display the vertex operators (i.e., OPE coefficients) in terms of certain multiple series of hypergeometric type.

  5. Scalar Quantum Electrodynamics: Perturbation Theory and Beyond

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bashir, A.; Gutierrez-Guerrero, L. X.; Concha-Sanchez, Y.

    2006-01-01

    In this article, we calculate scalar propagator in arbitrary dimensions and gauge and the three-point scalar-photon vertex in arbitrary dimensions and Feynman gauge, both at the one loop level. We also discuss constraints on their non perturbative structure imposed by requirements of gauge invariance and perturbation theory

  6. Introduction to non-perturbative heavy quark effective theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Sommer, R.

    2010-08-01

    My lectures on the effective field theory for heavy quarks, an expansion around the static limit, concentrate on the motivation and formulation of HQET, its renormalization and discretization. This provides the basis for understanding that and how this effective theory can be formulated fully non-perturbatively in the QCD coupling, while by the very nature of an effective field theory, it is perturbative in the expansion parameter 1/m. After the couplings in the effective theory have been determined, the result at a certain order in 1/m is unique up to higher order terms in 1/m. In particular the continuum limit of the lattice regularized theory exists and leaves no trace of how it was regularized. In other words, the theory yields an asymptotic expansion of the QCD observables in 1/m - as usual in a quantum field theory modified by powers of logarithms. None of these properties has been shown rigorously (e.g. to all orders in perturbation theory) but perturbative computations and recently also non-perturbative lattice results give strong support to this ''standard wisdom''. A subtle issue is that a theoretically consistent formulation of the theory is only possible through a non-perturbative matching of its parameters with QCD at finite values of 1/m. As a consequence one finds immediately that the splitting of a result for a certain observable into, for example, lowest order and first order is ambiguous. Depending on how the matching between effective theory and QCD is done, a first order contribution may vanish and appear instead in the lowest order. For example, the often cited phenomenological HQET parameters anti Λ and λ 1 lack a unique non-perturbative definition. But this does not affect the precision of the asymptotic expansion in 1/m. The final result for an observable is correct up to order (1/m) n+1 if the theory was treated including (1/m) n terms. Clearly, the weakest point of HQET is that it intrinsically is an expansion. In practise, carrying it

  7. Status of chiral perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Ecker, G.

    1996-10-01

    A survey is made of semileptonic and nonleptonic kaon decays in the framework of chiral perturbation theory. The emphasis is on what has been done rather than how it was done. The theoretical predictions are compared with available experimental results. (author)

  8. Theory of deep inelastic neutron scattering: Hard-core perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Silver, R.N.

    1988-01-01

    Details are presented of a new many-body theory for deep inelastic neutron scattering (DINS) experiments to measure momentum distributions in quantum fluids and solids. The high-momentum and energy-transfer scattering law in helium is shown to be a convolution of the impulse approximation with a final-state broadening function which depends on the scattering phase shifts and the radial distribution function. The predicted broadening satisfies approximate Y scaling, is neither Lorentzian nor Gaussian, and obeys the f, ω 2 , and ω 3 sum rules. The derivation uses a combination of Liouville perturbation theory, projection superoperators, and semiclassical methods which I term ''hard-core perturbation theory.'' A review is presented of the predictions of prior theories for DINS experiments in relation to the present work. A subsequent paper will present massive numerical predictions and a discussion of DINS experiments on superfluid 4 He

  9. Chiral perturbation theory approach to hadronic weak amplitudes

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Rafael, E. de

    1989-01-01

    We are concerned with applications to the non-leptonic weak interactions in the sector of light quark flavors: u, d and s. Both strangeness changing ΔS=1 and ΔS=2 non-leptonic transitions can be described as weak perturbations to the strong effective chiral Lagrangian; the chiral structure of the weak effective Lagrangian being dictated by the transformation properties of the weak non-leptonic Hamiltonian of the Standard Model under global SU(3) Left xSU(3) Right rotations of the quark-fields. These lectures are organized as follows. Section 2 gives a review of the basic properties of chiral symmetry. Section 3 explains the effective chiral realization of the non-leptonic weak Hamiltonian of the Standard Model to lowest order in derivatives and masses. Section 4 deals with non-leptonic weak transitions in the presence of electromagnetism. Some recent applications to radiative kaon decays are reviewed and the effect of the so called electromagnetic penguin like diagrams is also discussed. Section 5 explains the basic ideas of the QCD-hadronic duality approach to the evaluation of coupling constants of the non-leptonic chiral weak Lagrangian. (orig./HSI)

  10. Relativistic Dirac-Fock and many-body perturbation calculations on He, He-like ions, Ne, and Ar

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Ishikawa, Y.

    1990-01-01

    Relativistic Dirac-Fock and diagrammatic many-body perturbation-theory calculations have been performed on He, several He-like ions, Ne, and Ar. The no-pair Dirac-Coulomb Hamiltonian is taken as the starting point. A solution of the Dirac-Fock equations is obtained by analytic expansion in basis sets of Gaussian-type functions. Many-body perturbation improvements of Coulomb correlation are done to third order

  11. Spinor matter fields in SL(2,C) gauge theories of gravity: Lagrangian and Hamiltonian approaches

    Science.gov (United States)

    Antonowicz, Marek; Szczyrba, Wiktor

    1985-06-01

    We consider the SL(2,C)-covariant Lagrangian formulation of gravitational theories with the presence of spinor matter fields. The invariance properties of such theories give rise to the conservation laws (the contracted Bianchi identities) having in the presence of matter fields a more complicated form than those known in the literature previously. A general SL(2,C) gauge theory of gravity is cast into an SL(2,C)-covariant Hamiltonian formulation. Breaking the SL(2,C) symmetry of the system to the SU(2) symmetry, by introducing a spacelike slicing of spacetime, we get an SU(2)-covariant Hamiltonian picture. The qualitative analysis of SL(2,C) gauge theories of gravity in the SU(2)-covariant formulation enables us to define the dynamical symplectic variables and the gauge variables of the theory under consideration as well as to divide the set of field equations into the dynamical equations and the constraints. In the SU(2)-covariant Hamiltonian formulation the primary constraints, which are generic for first-order matter Lagrangians (Dirac, Weyl, Fierz-Pauli), can be reduced. The effective matter symplectic variables are given by SU(2)-spinor-valued half-forms on three-dimensional slices of spacetime. The coupled Einstein-Cartan-Dirac (Weyl, Fierz-Pauli) system is analyzed from the (3+1) point of view. This analysis is complete; the field equations of the Einstein-Cartan-Dirac theory split into 18 gravitational dynamical equations, 8 dynamical Dirac equations, and 7 first-class constraints. The system has 4+8=12 independent degrees of freedom in the phase space.

  12. Spinor matter fields in SL(2,C) gauge theories of gravity: Lagrangian and Hamiltonian approaches

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Antonowicz, M.; Szczyrba, W.

    1985-01-01

    We consider the SL(2,C)-covariant Lagrangian formulation of gravitational theories with the presence of spinor matter fields. The invariance properties of such theories give rise to the conservation laws (the contracted Bianchi identities) having in the presence of matter fields a more complicated form than those known in the literature previously. A general SL(2,C) gauge theory of gravity is cast into an SL(2,C)-covariant Hamiltonian formulation. Breaking the SL(2,C) symmetry of the system to the SU(2) symmetry, by introducing a spacelike slicing of spacetime, we get an SU(2)-covariant Hamiltonian picture. The qualitative analysis of SL(2,C) gauge theories of gravity in the SU(2)-covariant formulation enables us to define the dynamical symplectic variables and the gauge variables of the theory under consideration as well as to divide the set of field equations into the dynamical equations and the constraints. In the SU(2)-covariant Hamiltonian formulation the primary constraints, which are generic for first-order matter Lagrangians (Dirac, Weyl, Fierz-Pauli), can be reduced. The effective matter symplectic variables are given by SU(2)-spinor-valued half-forms on three-dimensional slices of spacetime. The coupled Einstein-Cartan-Dirac (Weyl, Fierz-Pauli) system is analyzed from the (3+1) point of view. This analysis is complete; the field equations of the Einstein-Cartan-Dirac theory split into 18 gravitational dynamical equations, 8 dynamical Dirac equations, and 7 first-class constraints. The system has 4+8 = 12 independent degrees of freedom in the phase space

  13. Hamiltonian and Algebraic Theories of Gapped Boundaries in Topological Phases of Matter

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cong, Iris; Cheng, Meng; Wang, Zhenghan

    2017-10-01

    We present an exactly solvable lattice Hamiltonian to realize gapped boundaries of Kitaev's quantum double models for Dijkgraaf-Witten theories. We classify the elementary excitations on the boundary, and systematically describe the bulk-to-boundary condensation procedure. We also present the parallel algebraic/categorical structure of gapped boundaries.

  14. Analysis of observables in Chern-Simons perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Alvarez, M.; Labastida, J.M.F.

    1993-01-01

    Chern-Simons theory with gauge group SU(N) is analyzed from a perturbation theory point of view. Computations up to order g 6 of the vacuum expectation value of the unknot are carried out and it is shown that agreement with the exact result by Witten implies no quantum correction at two loops for the two-point function. In addition, it is shown from a perturbation theory point of view that the framing dependence of the vacuum expectation value of an arbitrary knot factorizes in the form predicted by Witten. (orig.)

  15. A finite element formulation for perturbation theory calculations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Ozgener, B.; Kaluc, S.

    2004-01-01

    Full text: When the introduced change in the configuration of a nuclear system is neutronically not too significant, the use of the perturbation theory approximation ('the perturbation theory method' or PTM) is usually considered as an alternative to the recalculation of the effective multiplication factor (K eff ) of the modified system ('the diffusion theory method' or DTM) for the determination of the ensuing change in reactivity. In the DTM, the change in reactivity due to the introduced change can be calculated by the multigroup diffusion theory by performing two K eff determinations, one for the original and one for the modified system. The accuracy of this method is only limited by the approximations inherent in the multigroup diffusion theory and the numerical method employed for its solution. The error stemming from the numerical approximation can be nearly eliminated by utilizing a fine enough spatial mesh ad an 'exact' solution is nearly possible. Its basic disadvantage relative to the PTM is the necessity of a new K eff calculation for every change in the configuration no matter how small. On the other hand, if we use PTM, with an only one-time calculation of the flux and the adjoint flux of the original system, the change in reactivity due to any kind of perturbation can be approximately calculated using the changes in the cross section data in the perturbation theory reactivity formula. The accuracy of the PTM is restricted by the size and location of the induced change. In this work, our aim is to assess the accuracy of PTM relative to the DTM and determine criteria for the justification of its use. For all required solutions of the normal and adjoint multigroup diffusion equations, we choose the finite element method (FEM) as our numerical method and a 1-D cylindrical geometry model. The underlying theory is implemented in our FORTRAN program PERTURB. The validation of PERTURB is carried out via comparisons with analytical solutions for bare and

  16. In what sense the canonical perturbation theory is gauge-invariant

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Chen, C.Y.

    1992-07-01

    It is shown that the time-dependent canonical perturbation theory in classical mechanics has unsatisfactory features when dealing with electromagnetic perturbed fields (the perturbed vector potential A-tilde ≠ 0). As a numerical apparatus, the theory relates to gauge-dependent vectors larger than expected. As an analytic apparatus, the theory is involved in unphysical concepts and yields inherently non-gauge-invariant formalisms. By defining the root cause of the problem, an alternative approach is accordingly introduced. (author). 8 refs, 2 figs

  17. On the domain of string perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Davis, S.

    1989-06-01

    For a large class of effectively closed surfaces, it is shown that the only divergences in string scattering amplitudes at each order in perturbation theory are those associated with the coincidence of vertex operators and the boundary of moduli space. This class includes all closed surfaces of finite genus, and infinite-genus surfaces which can be uniformized by a group of Schottky type. While the computation is done explicitly for bosonic strings in their ground states, it can also be extended to excited states and to superstrings. The properties of these amplitudes lead to a definition of the domain of perturbation theory as the set of effectively closed surfaces. The implications of the restriction to effectively closed surfaces on the behavior of the perturbation series are discussed. (author). 20 refs, 6 figs

  18. Hamiltonian theory of wave and particle in quantum mechanics 2. Hamilton-Jacobi theory and particle back-reaction

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Holland, P.

    2001-01-01

    Pursuing the Hamiltonian formulation of the De Broglie-Bohm (deBB) theory presented in the preceding paper, the Hamilton-Jacobi (HJ) theory of the wave-particle system is developed. It is shown how to derive a HJ equation for the particle, which enables trajectories to be computed algebraically using Jacobi's method. Using Liouville's equation in the HJ representation it was found the restriction on the Jacobi solutions which implies the quantal distribution. This gives a first method for interpreting the deBB theory in HJ terms. A second method proceeds via an explicit solution of the field+particle HJ equation. Both methods imply that the quantum phase may be interpreted as an incomplete integral. Using these results and those of the first paper it is shown how Schroedinger's equation can be represented in Liouvilian terms, and vice versa. The general theory of canonical transformations that represent quantum unitary transformations is given, and it is shown in principle how the trajectory theory may be expressed in other quantum representations. Using the solution found for the total HJ equation, an explicit solution for the additional field containing a term representing the particle back-reaction is found. The conservation of energy and momentum in the model is established, and weak form of the action-reaction principle is shown to hold. Alternative forms for the Hamiltonian are explored and it is shown that, within this theoretical context, the deBB theory is not unique. The theory potentially provides an alternative way of obtaining the classical limit

  19. Perturbation theory for water with an associating reference fluid

    Science.gov (United States)

    Marshall, Bennett D.

    2017-11-01

    The theoretical description of the thermodynamics of water is challenged by the structural transition towards tetrahedral symmetry at ambient conditions. As perturbation theories typically assume a spherically symmetric reference fluid, they are incapable of accurately describing the liquid properties of water at ambient conditions. In this paper we address this problem by introducing the concept of an associated reference perturbation theory (APT). In APT we treat the reference fluid as an associating hard sphere fluid which transitions to tetrahedral symmetry in the fully hydrogen bonded limit. We calculate this transition in a theoretically self-consistent manner without appealing to molecular simulations. This associated reference provides the reference fluid for a second order Barker-Henderson perturbative treatment of the long-range attractions. We demonstrate that this approach gives a significantly improved description of water as compared to standard perturbation theories.

  20. Degenerate Perturbation Theory for Electronic g Tensors: Leading-Order Relativistic Effects.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rinkevicius, Zilvinas; de Almeida, Katia Julia; Oprea, Cornel I; Vahtras, Olav; Ågren, Hans; Ruud, Kenneth

    2008-11-11

    A new approach for the evaluation of the leading-order relativistic corrections to the electronic g tensors of molecules with a doublet ground state is presented. The methodology is based on degenerate perturbation theory and includes all relevant contributions to the g tensor shift up to order O(α(4)) originating from the one-electron part of the Breit-Pauli Hamiltonian-that is, it allows for the treatment of scalar relativistic, spin-orbit, and mixed corrections to the spin and orbital Zeeman effects. This approach has been implemented in the framework of spin-restricted density functional theory and is in the present paper, as a first illustration of the theory, applied to study relativistic effects on electronic g tensors of dihalogen anion radicals X2(-) (X = F, Cl, Br, I). The results indicate that the spin-orbit interaction is responsible for the large parallel component of the g tensor shift of Br2(-) and I2(-), and furthermore that both the leading-order scalar relativistic and spin-orbit corrections are of minor importance for the perpendicular component of the g tensor in these molecules since they effectively cancel each other. In addition to investigating the g tensors of dihalogen anion radicals, we also critically examine the importance of various relativistic corrections to the electronic g tensor of linear molecules with Σ-type ground states and present a two-state model suitable for an approximate estimation of the g tensor in such molecules.

  1. The iteration formula of the Maslov-type index theory with applications to nonlinear Hamiltonian systems

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Di Dong; Yiming Long.

    1994-10-01

    In this paper, the iteration formula of the Maslov-type index theory for linear Hamiltonian systems with continuous periodic and symmetric coefficients is established. This formula yields a new method to determine the minimality of the period for solutions of nonlinear autonomous Hamiltonian systems via their Maslov-type indices. Applications of this formula give new results on the existence of periodic solutions with prescribed minimal period for such systems. (author). 40 refs

  2. Generalized perturbation theory (GPT) methods. A heuristic approach

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Gandini, A.

    1987-01-01

    Wigner first proposed a perturbation theory as early as 1945 to study fundamental quantities such as the reactivity worths of different materials. The first formulation, CPT, for conventional perturbation theory is based on universal quantum mechanics concepts. Since that early conception, significant contributions have been made to CPT, in particular, Soodak, who rendered a heuristic interpretation of the adjoint function, (referred to as the GPT method for generalized perturbation theory). The author illustrates the GPT methodology in a variety of linear and nonlinear domains encountered in nuclear reactor analysis. The author begins with the familiar linear neutron field and then generalizes the methodology to other linear and nonlinear fields, using heuristic arguments. The author believes that the inherent simplicity and elegance of the heuristic derivation, although intended here for reactor physics problems might be usefully adopted in collateral fields and includes such examples

  3. Momentum and hamiltonian in complex action theory

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Nagao, Keiichi; Nielsen, Holger Frits Bech

    2012-01-01

    $-parametrized wave function, which is a solution to an eigenvalue problem of a momentum operator $\\hat{p}$, in FPI with a starting Lagrangian. Solving the eigenvalue problem, we derive the momentum and Hamiltonian. Oppositely, starting from the Hamiltonian we derive the Lagrangian in FPI, and we are led...

  4. Form factor of relativistic two-particle system and covariant hamiltonian formulation of quantum field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Skachkov, N.; Solovtsov, I.

    1979-01-01

    Based on the hamiltonian formulation of quantum field theory proposed by Kadyshevsky the three-dimensional relativistic approach is developed for describing the form factors of composite systems. The main features of the diagram technique appearing in the covariant hamiltonian formulation of field theory are discussed. The three-dimensional relativistic equation for the vertex function is derived and its connection with that for the quasipotential wave function is found. The expressions are obtained for the form factor of the system through equal-time two-particle wave functions both in momentum and relativistic configurational representations. An explicit expression for the form factor is found for the case of two-particle interaction through the Coulomb potential

  5. Introduction to non-perturbative heavy quark effective theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Sommer, R. [DESY, Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC

    2010-08-15

    My lectures on the effective field theory for heavy quarks, an expansion around the static limit, concentrate on the motivation and formulation of HQET, its renormalization and discretization. This provides the basis for understanding that and how this effective theory can be formulated fully non-perturbatively in the QCD coupling, while by the very nature of an effective field theory, it is perturbative in the expansion parameter 1/m. After the couplings in the effective theory have been determined, the result at a certain order in 1/m is unique up to higher order terms in 1/m. In particular the continuum limit of the lattice regularized theory exists and leaves no trace of how it was regularized. In other words, the theory yields an asymptotic expansion of the QCD observables in 1/m - as usual in a quantum field theory modified by powers of logarithms. None of these properties has been shown rigorously (e.g. to all orders in perturbation theory) but perturbative computations and recently also non-perturbative lattice results give strong support to this ''standard wisdom''. A subtle issue is that a theoretically consistent formulation of the theory is only possible through a non-perturbative matching of its parameters with QCD at finite values of 1/m. As a consequence one finds immediately that the splitting of a result for a certain observable into, for example, lowest order and first order is ambiguous. Depending on how the matching between effective theory and QCD is done, a first order contribution may vanish and appear instead in the lowest order. For example, the often cited phenomenological HQET parameters anti {lambda} and {lambda}{sub 1} lack a unique non-perturbative definition. But this does not affect the precision of the asymptotic expansion in 1/m. The final result for an observable is correct up to order (1/m){sup n+1} if the theory was treated including (1/m){sup n} terms. Clearly, the weakest point of HQET is that it

  6. Beatification: Flattening Poisson brackets for plasma theory and computation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Morrison, P. J.; Viscondi, T. F.; Caldas, I.

    2017-10-01

    A perturbative method called beatification is presented for producing nonlinear Hamiltonian fluid and plasma theories. Plasma Hamiltonian theories, fluid and kinetic, are naturally described in terms of noncanonical variables. The beatification procedure amounts to finding a transformation that removes the explicit variable dependence from a noncanonical Poisson bracket and replaces it with a fixed dependence on a chosen state in the phase space. As such, beatification is a major step toward casting the Hamiltonian system in its canonical form, thus enabling or facilitating the use of analytical and numerical techniques that require or favor a representation in terms of canonical, or beatified, Hamiltonian variables. Examples will be given. U.S. D.O.E No. #DE-FG02-04ER-54742.

  7. Criteria for first- and second-order vibrational resonances and correct evaluation of the Darling-Dennison resonance coefficients using the canonical Van Vleck perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Krasnoshchekov, Sergey V.; Isayeva, Elena V.; Stepanov, Nikolay F.

    2014-01-01

    The second-order vibrational Hamiltonian of a semi-rigid polyatomic molecule when resonances are present can be reduced to a quasi-diagonal form using second-order vibrational perturbation theory. Obtaining exact vibrational energy levels requires subsequent numerical diagonalization of the Hamiltonian matrix including the first- and second-order resonance coupling coefficients. While the first-order Fermi resonance constants can be easily calculated, the evaluation of the second-order Darling-Dennison constants requires more complicated algebra for seven individual cases with different numbers of creation-annihilation vibrational quanta. The difficulty in precise evaluation of the Darling-Dennison coefficients is associated with the previously unrecognized interference with simultaneously present Fermi resonances that affect the form of the canonically transformed Hamiltonian. For the first time, we have presented the correct form of the general expression for the evaluation of the Darling-Dennison constants that accounts for the underlying effect of Fermi resonances. The physically meaningful criteria for selecting both Fermi and Darling-Dennison resonances are discussed and illustrated using numerical examples

  8. On Distributed Port-Hamiltonian Process Systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Lopezlena, Ricardo; Scherpen, Jacquelien M.A.

    2004-01-01

    In this paper we use the term distributed port-Hamiltonian Process Systems (DPHPS) to refer to the result of merging the theory of distributed Port-Hamiltonian systems (DPHS) with the theory of process systems (PS). Such concept is useful for combining the systematic interconnection of PHS with the

  9. Betatron coupling: Merging Hamiltonian and matrix approaches

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    R. Calaga

    2005-03-01

    Full Text Available Betatron coupling is usually analyzed using either matrix formalism or Hamiltonian perturbation theory. The latter is less exact but provides a better physical insight. In this paper direct relations are derived between the two formalisms. This makes it possible to interpret the matrix approach in terms of resonances, as well as use results of both formalisms indistinctly. An approach to measure the complete coupling matrix and its determinant from turn-by-turn data is presented. Simulations using methodical accelerator design MAD-X, an accelerator design and tracking program, were performed to validate the relations and understand the scope of their application to real accelerators such as the Relativistic Heavy Ion Collider.

  10. Hamiltonian term for a uniform dc electric field under the adiabatic approximation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Siu, Zhuo Bin; Jalil, Mansoor B. A.; Tan, Seng Ghee

    2018-02-01

    In this work, we show that the disorder-free Kubo formula for the nonequilibrium value of an observable due to a dc electric field, represented by Exx ̂ in the Hamiltonian, can be interpreted as the standard time-independent theory response of the observable due to a time- and position-independent perturbation HMF. We derive the explicit expression for HMF and show that it originates from the adiabatic approximation to Kubo formula and the time-independent perturbation theory, as well as the Sundaram-Niu wave-packet formalism, we show that HMF reproduces the effect of the E field, i.e., Exx ̂ , up to the first order. This replacement suggests the emergence of a spin current term that is not captured by the standard Kubo formula spin current calculation. We illustrate this via the exemplary spin current for the heavy-hole spin-3/2 Luttinger system.

  11. de Sitter limit of inflation and nonlinear perturbation theory

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    R. Jarnhus, Philip; Sloth, Martin Snoager

    2007-01-01

    We study the fourth order action of the comoving curvature perturbation in an inflationary universe in order to understand more systematically the de Sitter limit in nonlinear cosmological perturbation theory. We derive the action of the curvature perturbation to fourth order in the comoving gaug...

  12. Non-integrability of the Armbruster-Guckenheimer-Kim quartic Hamiltonian through Morales-Ramis theory

    OpenAIRE

    Acosta-Humánez, P.; Alvarez-Ramírez, M.; Stuchi, T.

    2017-01-01

    We show the non-integrability of the three-parameter Armburster-Guckenheimer-Kim quartic Hamiltonian using Morales-Ramis theory, with the exception of the three already known integrable cases. We use Poincar\\'e sections to illustrate the breakdown of regular motion for some parameter values.

  13. Consistency of the Hamiltonian formulation of the lowest-order effective action of the complete Horava theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bellorin, Jorge; Restuccia, Alvaro

    2011-01-01

    We perform the Hamiltonian analysis for the lowest-order effective action, up to second order in derivatives, of the complete Horava theory. The model includes the invariant terms that depend on ∂ i lnN proposed by Blas, Pujolas, and Sibiryakov. We show that the algebra of constraints closes. The Hamiltonian constraint is of second-class behavior and it can be regarded as an elliptic partial differential equation for N. The linearized version of this equation is a Poisson equation for N that can be solved consistently. The preservation in time of the Hamiltonian constraint yields an equation that can be consistently solved for a Lagrange multiplier of the theory. The model has six propagating degrees of freedom in the phase space, corresponding to three even physical modes. When compared with the λR model studied by us in a previous paper, it lacks two second-class constraints, which leads to the extra even mode.

  14. Model Hamiltonian Calculations of the Nonlinear Polarizabilities of Conjugated Molecules.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Risser, Steven Michael

    This dissertation advances the theoretical knowledge of the nonlinear polarizabilities of conjugated molecules. The unifying feature of these molecules is an extended delocalized pi electron structure. The pi electrons dominate the electronic properties of the molecules, allowing prediction of molecular properties based on the treatment of just the pi electrons. Two separate pi electron Hamiltonians are used in the research. The principal Hamiltonian used is the non-interacting single-particle Huckel Hamiltonian, which replaces the Coulomb interaction among the pi electrons with a mean field interaction. The simplification allows for exact solution of the Hamiltonian for large molecules. The second Hamiltonian used for this research is the interacting multi-particle Pariser-Parr-Pople (PPP) Hamiltonian, which retains explicit Coulomb interactions. This limits exact solutions to molecules containing at most eight electrons. The molecular properties being investigated are the linear polarizability, and the second and third order hyperpolarizabilities. The hyperpolarizabilities determine the nonlinear optical response of materials. These molecular parameters are determined by two independent approaches. The results from the Huckel Hamiltonian are obtained through first, second and third order perturbation theory. The results from the PPP Hamiltonian are obtained by including the applied field directly in the Hamiltonian and determining the ground state energy at a series of field strengths. By fitting the energy to a polynomial in field strength, the polarizability and hyperpolarizabilities are determined. The Huckel Hamiltonian is used to calculate the third order hyperpolarizability of polyenes. These calculations were the first to show the average hyperpolarizability of the polyenes to be positive, and also to show the saturation of the hyperpolarizability. Comparison of these Huckel results to those from the PPP Hamiltonian shows the lack of explicit Coulomb

  15. Nonautonomous linear Hamiltonian systems oscillation, spectral theory and control

    CERN Document Server

    Johnson, Russell; Novo, Sylvia; Núñez, Carmen; Fabbri, Roberta

    2016-01-01

    This monograph contains an in-depth analysis of the dynamics given by a linear Hamiltonian system of general dimension with nonautonomous bounded and uniformly continuous coefficients, without other initial assumptions on time-recurrence. Particular attention is given to the oscillation properties of the solutions as well as to a spectral theory appropriate for such systems. The book contains extensions of results which are well known when the coefficients are autonomous or periodic, as well as in the nonautonomous two-dimensional case. However, a substantial part of the theory presented here is new even in those much simpler situations. The authors make systematic use of basic facts concerning Lagrange planes and symplectic matrices, and apply some fundamental methods of topological dynamics and ergodic theory. Among the tools used in the analysis, which include Lyapunov exponents, Weyl matrices, exponential dichotomy, and weak disconjugacy, a fundamental role is played by the rotation number for linear Hami...

  16. Hamiltonian formalism at light front for two-dimensional quantum electrodynamics equivalent to lorentz-covariant approach

    CERN Document Server

    Paston, S A; Prokhvatilov, E V

    2002-01-01

    The Hamiltonian, reproducing the results of the two-dimensional quantum electrodynamics in the Lorentz coordinates, is constructed on the light front. The procedure of bosonization and analysis of the boson perturbation theory in all the orders by the fermions mass are applied for this purpose. Besides the common terms, originating by the naive quantization on the light front, the obtained Hamiltonian contains an additional counterterm. It is proportional to the linear combination of the fermion zero modes (multiplied by a certain factor compensating the charge and fermion number). The coefficient before this counterterm has no ultraviolet divergence, depends on the value of the fermion condensate in the theta-vacuum and by the small fermion mass is linear by it

  17. Unitarity condition in covariant quantum field theory with indefinite metric

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Slavnov, A.A.

    1989-01-01

    Conditions that ensure the existence of a unitarity S matrix acting on the subspace of states with positive norm are formulated. A study is made of BRST quantization. The only restriction on the class of theories is that the author assumes asymptotic linearization of the theory, namely, that the asymptotic dynamics is determined by a quadratic Hamiltonian. In field theory this is always the case in the framework of standard perturbation theory. However, in some models, for example, string models, and also outside the framework of perturbation theory, this condition need not be satisfied

  18. Dimensional versus lattice regularization within Luescher's Yang Mills theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Diekmann, B.; Langer, M.; Schuette, D.

    1993-01-01

    It is pointed out that the coefficients of Luescher's effective model space Hamiltonian, which is based upon dimensional regularization techniques, can be reproduced by applying folded diagram perturbation theory to the Kogut Susskind Hamiltonian and by performing a lattice continuum limit (keeping the volume fixed). Alternative cutoff regularizations of the Hamiltonian are in general inconsistent, the critical point beeing the correct prediction for Luescher's tadpole coefficient which is formally quadratically divergent and which has to become a well defined (negative) number. (orig.)

  19. A partial Hamiltonian approach for current value Hamiltonian systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Naz, R.; Mahomed, F. M.; Chaudhry, Azam

    2014-10-01

    We develop a partial Hamiltonian framework to obtain reductions and closed-form solutions via first integrals of current value Hamiltonian systems of ordinary differential equations (ODEs). The approach is algorithmic and applies to many state and costate variables of the current value Hamiltonian. However, we apply the method to models with one control, one state and one costate variable to illustrate its effectiveness. The current value Hamiltonian systems arise in economic growth theory and other economic models. We explain our approach with the help of a simple illustrative example and then apply it to two widely used economic growth models: the Ramsey model with a constant relative risk aversion (CRRA) utility function and Cobb Douglas technology and a one-sector AK model of endogenous growth are considered. We show that our newly developed systematic approach can be used to deduce results given in the literature and also to find new solutions.

  20. Perturbation theory instead of large scale shell model calculations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Feldmeier, H.; Mankos, P.

    1977-01-01

    Results of large scale shell model calculations for (sd)-shell nuclei are compared with a perturbation theory provides an excellent approximation when the SU(3)-basis is used as a starting point. The results indicate that perturbation theory treatment in an SU(3)-basis including 2hω excitations should be preferable to a full diagonalization within the (sd)-shell. (orig.) [de

  1. Perturbation of self-adjoint operators by Dirac distributions

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Zorbas, J.

    1980-01-01

    The existence of a family of self-adjoint Hamiltonians H/sub theta/, theta element of [0, 2π), corresponding to the formal expression H 0 +νdelta (x) is shown for a general class of self-adjoint operators H 0 . Expressions for the Green's function and wavefunction corresponding to H/sub theta/ are obtained in terms of the Green's function and wavefunction corresponding to H 0 . Similar results are shown for the perturbation of H 0 by a finite sum of Dirac distributions. A prescription is given for obtaining H/sub theta/ as the strong resolvent limit of a family of momentum cutoff Hamiltonians H/sup N/. The relationship between the scattering theories corresponding to H/sup N/ and H/sub theta/ is examined

  2. Non-Perturbative Asymptotic Improvement of Perturbation Theory and Mellin-Barnes Representation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Samuel Friot

    2010-10-01

    Full Text Available Using a method mixing Mellin-Barnes representation and Borel resummation we show how to obtain hyperasymptotic expansions from the (divergent formal power series which follow from the perturbative evaluation of arbitrary ''N-point'' functions for the simple case of zero-dimensional φ4 field theory. This hyperasymptotic improvement appears from an iterative procedure, based on inverse factorial expansions, and gives birth to interwoven non-perturbative partial sums whose coefficients are related to the perturbative ones by an interesting resurgence phenomenon. It is a non-perturbative improvement in the sense that, for some optimal truncations of the partial sums, the remainder at a given hyperasymptotic level is exponentially suppressed compared to the remainder at the preceding hyperasymptotic level. The Mellin-Barnes representation allows our results to be automatically valid for a wide range of the phase of the complex coupling constant, including Stokes lines. A numerical analysis is performed to emphasize the improved accuracy that this method allows to reach compared to the usual perturbative approach, and the importance of hyperasymptotic optimal truncation schemes.

  3. Extended Krenciglowa-Kuo method and perturbation expansion of Q-box

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Shimizu, Genki; Otsuka, Takaharu; Takayanagi, Kazuo

    2015-01-01

    The Extended Krenciglowa-Kuo (EKK) method is a microscopic method to construct the energy-independent effective Hamiltonian H eff ; provided with an exact Q-box of the system, we can show which eigenstates are described by H eff given by the EKK method. In actual calculations, however, we can calculate the Q-box only up to a finite order in the perturbation theory. In this work, we examine the EKK method with the approximate Q-box, and show that the perturbative calculation of the Q-box does not harm the convergence properties of the EKK iterative method. (author)

  4. Thermal gluons beyond pure perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Reinbach, J.

    2000-01-01

    The perturbative treatment of non-abelian gauge theory at high temperature leads to a threshold in calculation because of chromomagnetic effects. Infinitely many terms of the same order of magnitude arise. The numerical series to be summed is contained in the part of the theory reduced on 3D, which was recently treated non-perturbative as 2+1D Yang-Mills theory at T=0 by Karabali, Kim and Nair. In the thesis in question the exact 3D results are combined with the thermal 4D diagrammatic. In particular the splitting of the space-part of the transverse self-energy in the static limit is treated. As expected, the 3D subsystem can separate as regularized 3D Yang-Mills theory from the 4D structure. In 1-loop order the regulators are received explicit. For 2-loop order it can be shown amongst other things, that the generic contribution with hard inner momenta vanishes. It is examined, how the magnetic mass could follow. Under pressure it is possible to separate the 3D part in 1- and 2-loop order and to receive regulators [de

  5. Singular perturbation theory for interacting fermions in two dimensions

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Chubukov, A.V.; Maslov, D.L.; Gangadharaiah, S.; Glazman, L.I.

    2004-11-01

    We consider a system of interacting fermions in two dimensions beyond the second-order perturbation theory in the interaction. It is shown that the mass-shell singularities in the self-energy, arising already at the second order of the perturbation theory, manifest a nonperturbative effect: an interaction with the zero-sound mode. Resuming the perturbation theory for a weak, short-range interaction and accounting for a finite curvature of the fermion spectrum, we eliminate the singularities and obtain the results for the quasi-particle self-energy and the spectral function to all orders in the interaction with the zero-sound mode. A threshold for emission of zero-sound waves leads a non-monotonic variation of the self-energy with energy (or momentum) near the mass shell. Consequently, the spectral function has a kink-like feature. We also study in detail a non-analytic temperature dependence of the specific heat, C(T) ∝T 2 . It turns out that although the interaction with the collective mode results in an enhancement of the fermion self-energy, this interaction does not affect the non-analytic term in C(T) due to a subtle cancellation between the contributions from the real and imaginary parts of the self-energy. For a short-range and weak interaction, this implies that the second-order perturbation theory suffices to determine the non-analytic part of C(T). We also obtain a general form of the non-analytic term in C(T), valid for the case of a generic Fermi liquid, i.e., beyond the perturbation theory. (author)

  6. Statistics of Smoothed Cosmic Fields in Perturbation Theory. I. Formulation and Useful Formulae in Second-Order Perturbation Theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Matsubara, Takahiko

    2003-02-01

    We formulate a general method for perturbative evaluations of statistics of smoothed cosmic fields and provide useful formulae for application of the perturbation theory to various statistics. This formalism is an extensive generalization of the method used by Matsubara, who derived a weakly nonlinear formula of the genus statistic in a three-dimensional density field. After describing the general method, we apply the formalism to a series of statistics, including genus statistics, level-crossing statistics, Minkowski functionals, and a density extrema statistic, regardless of the dimensions in which each statistic is defined. The relation between the Minkowski functionals and other geometrical statistics is clarified. These statistics can be applied to several cosmic fields, including three-dimensional density field, three-dimensional velocity field, two-dimensional projected density field, and so forth. The results are detailed for second-order theory of the formalism. The effect of the bias is discussed. The statistics of smoothed cosmic fields as functions of rescaled threshold by volume fraction are discussed in the framework of second-order perturbation theory. In CDM-like models, their functional deviations from linear predictions plotted against the rescaled threshold are generally much smaller than that plotted against the direct threshold. There is still a slight meatball shift against rescaled threshold, which is characterized by asymmetry in depths of troughs in the genus curve. A theory-motivated asymmetry factor in the genus curve is proposed.

  7. On the meaning of perturbation expansions in quantum field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Burdik, C.; Chyla, J.

    1987-01-01

    We reformulate perturbation expansions in renormalized quantum field theories in a way that allows straightforward handling of situations when in the conventional approach (i.e. in fixed renormalization scheme) these expansions are divergent. In our approach the results of perturbation calculations of physical quantities appear in the form of (under certain circumstances) convergent expansions in powers of a free parameter χ, characterising the procedure involved. This inherent ambiguity of perturbative calculations is conjectures to be an expression of the underlaying ambiguity in the separation of the full theory into its perturbative and nonperturbative parts. The close connection of our results with the Borel summation technique is demonstrated and their relation to conventional perturbation expansions in fixed renormalization scheme is clarified

  8. Perturbation Theory of Massive Yang-Mills Fields

    Science.gov (United States)

    Veltman, M.

    1968-08-01

    Perturbation theory of massive Yang-Mills fields is investigated with the help of the Bell-Treiman transformation. Diagrams containing one closed loop are shown to be convergent if there are more than four external vector boson lines. The investigation presented does not exclude the possibility that the theory is renormalizable.

  9. Domain walls and perturbation theory in high-temperature gauge theory: SU(2) in 2+1 dimensions

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Korthals Altes, C.; Michels, A.; Teper, M.; Stephanov, M.

    1997-01-01

    We study the detailed properties of Z 2 domain walls in the deconfined high-temperature phase of the d=2+1 SU(2) gauge theory. These walls are studied both by computer simulations of the lattice theory and by one-loop perturbative calculations. The latter are carried out both in the continuum and on the lattice. We find that leading order perturbation theory reproduces the detailed properties of these domain walls remarkably accurately even at temperatures where the effective dimensionless expansion parameter g 2 /T is close to unity. The quantities studied include the surface tension, the action density profiles, roughening, and the electric screening mass. It is only for the last quantity that we find an exception to the precocious success of perturbation theory. All this shows that, despite the presence of infrared divergences at higher orders, high-T perturbation theory can be an accurate calculational tool. copyright 1997 The American Physical Society

  10. Non-perturbative aspects of string theory from elliptic curves

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Reuter, Jonas

    2015-08-01

    We consider two examples for non-perturbative aspects of string theory involving elliptic curves. First, we discuss F-theory on genus-one fibered Calabi-Yau manifolds with the fiber being a hypersurface in a toric fano variety. We discuss in detail the fiber geometry in order to find the gauge groups, matter content and Yukawa couplings of the corresponding supergravity theories for the four examples leading to gauge groups SU(3) x SU(2) x U(1), SU(4) x SU(2) x SU(2)/Z 2 , U(1) and Z 3 . The theories are connected by Higgsings on the field theory side and conifold transitions on the geometry side. We extend the discussion to the network of Higgsings relating all theories stemming from the 16 hypersurface fibrations. For the models leading to gauge groups SU(3) x SU(2) x U(1), SU(4) x SU(2) x SU(2)/Z 2 and U(1) we discuss the construction of vertical G 4 fluxes. Via the D3-brane tadpole cancelation condition we can restrict the minimal number of families in the first two of these models to be at least three. As a second example for non-perturbative aspects of string theory we discuss a proposal for a non-perturbative completion of topological string theory on local B-model geometries. We discuss in detail the computation of quantum periods for the examples of local F 1 , local F 2 and the resolution of C 3 /Z 5 . The quantum corrections are calculated order by order using second order differential operators acting on the classical periods. Using quantum geometry we calculate the refined free energies in the Nekrasov-Shatashvili limit. Finally we check the non-perturbative completion of topological string theory for the geometry of local F 2 against numerical calculations.

  11. Construction of Hamiltonians by supervised learning of energy and entanglement spectra

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fujita, Hiroyuki; Nakagawa, Yuya O.; Sugiura, Sho; Oshikawa, Masaki

    2018-02-01

    Correlated many-body problems ubiquitously appear in various fields of physics such as condensed matter, nuclear, and statistical physics. However, due to the interplay of the large number of degrees of freedom, it is generically impossible to treat these problems from first principles. Thus the construction of a proper model, namely, effective Hamiltonian, is essential. Here, we propose a simple supervised learning algorithm for constructing Hamiltonians from given energy or entanglement spectra. We apply the proposed scheme to the Hubbard model at the half-filling, and compare the obtained effective low-energy spin model with several analytic results based on the high-order perturbation theory, which have been inconsistent with each other. We also show that our approach can be used to construct the entanglement Hamiltonian of a quantum many-body state from its entanglement spectrum as well. We exemplify this using the ground states of the S =1 /2 two-leg Heisenberg ladders. We observe a qualitative difference between the entanglement Hamiltonians of the two phases (the Haldane and the rung singlet phase) of the model due to the different origin of the entanglement. In the Haldane phase, we find that the entanglement Hamiltonian is nonlocal by nature, and the locality can be restored by introducing the anisotropy and turning the ground state into the large-D phase. Possible applications to the model construction from experimental data and to various problems of strongly correlated systems are discussed.

  12. Perturbative Gravity and Gauge Theory Relations: A Review

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Thomas Søndergaard

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper is dedicated to the amazing Kawai-Lewellen-Tye relations, connecting perturbative gravity and gauge theories at tree level. The main focus is on n-point derivations and general properties both from a string theory and pure field theory point of view. In particular, the field theory part is based on some very recent developments.

  13. Absence of level-repulsion in a two-state Hamiltonian

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Ahmed, Zafar

    2007-01-01

    But for the inclusion of scattering states, we point out that the two-state method (the so called perturbation method of nearly degenerate levels) for a perturbed two-state Hamiltonian is exact , yet the prediction of the level-repulsion by this method could be contradicted by the exact quantal eigenvalues. (author)

  14. Perturbing the ground ring of 2D string theory

    CERN Document Server

    Barbón, José L F

    1992-01-01

    We use free field techniques in D=2 string theory to calculate the perturbation of the special state algebras when the cosmologi- cal constant is turned on. In particular, we find that the "ground cone" preserved by the ring structure is promoted to a three dimen- sional hyperboloid as conjectured by Witten. On the other hand, the perturbed (1,1) a three dimensional hyperboloid as conjectured by Witten. On the other hand, the perturbed (1,1) current algebra of moduli deformations is computed completely, and no simple geometrical inter- pretation is found. We also quote some facts concerning the Liouville/matrix model dictio- nary in this class of theories.

  15. Acoustic anisotropic wavefields through perturbation theory

    KAUST Repository

    Alkhalifah, Tariq Ali

    2013-01-01

    these restrictions are the inability to handle media with η<0 and the presence of shear-wave artifacts in the solution. Both limitations do not exist in the solution of the elliptical anisotropic acoustic wave equation. Using perturbation theory in developing

  16. Principles of chiral perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Leutwyler, H.

    1995-01-01

    An elementary discussion of the main concepts used in chiral perturbation theory is given in textbooks and a more detailed picture of the applications may be obtained from the reviews. Concerning the foundations of the method, the literature is comparatively scarce. So, I will concentrate on the basic concepts and explain why the method works. (author)

  17. Toric codes and quantum doubles from two-body Hamiltonians

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Brell, Courtney G; Bartlett, Stephen D; Doherty, Andrew C [Centre for Engineered Quantum Systems, School of Physics, University of Sydney, Sydney (Australia); Flammia, Steven T, E-mail: cbrell@physics.usyd.edu.au [Perimeter Institute for Theoretical Physics, Waterloo (Canada)

    2011-05-15

    We present here a procedure to obtain the Hamiltonians of the toric code and Kitaev quantum double models as the low-energy limits of entirely two-body Hamiltonians. Our construction makes use of a new type of perturbation gadget based on error-detecting subsystem codes. The procedure is motivated by a projected entangled pair states (PEPS) description of the target models, and reproduces the target models' behavior using only couplings that are natural in terms of the original Hamiltonians. This allows our construction to capture the symmetries of the target models.

  18. Excitation energies from Görling-Levy perturbation theory along the range-separated adiabatic connection

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rebolini, Elisa; Teale, Andrew M.; Helgaker, Trygve; Savin, Andreas; Toulouse, Julien

    2018-06-01

    A Görling-Levy (GL)-based perturbation theory along the range-separated adiabatic connection is assessed for the calculation of electronic excitation energies. In comparison with the Rayleigh-Schrödinger (RS)-based perturbation theory this GL-based perturbation theory keeps the ground-state density constant at each order and thus gives the correct ionisation energy at each order. Excitation energies up to first order in the perturbation have been calculated numerically for the helium and beryllium atoms and the hydrogen molecule without introducing any density-functional approximations. In comparison with the RS-based perturbation theory, the present GL-based perturbation theory gives much more accurate excitation energies for Rydberg states but similar excitation energies for valence states.

  19. The Hamiltonian formulation of regular rth-order Lagrangian field theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Shadwick, W.F.

    1982-01-01

    A Hamiltonian formulation of regular rth-order Lagrangian field theories over an m-dimensional manifold is presented in terms of the Hamilton-Cartan formalism. It is demonstrated that a uniquely determined Cartan m-form may be associated to an rth-order Lagrangian by imposing conditions of congruence modulo a suitably defined system of contact m-forms. A geometric regularity condition is given and it is shown that, for a regular Lagrangian, the momenta defined by the Hamilton-Cartan formalism, together with the coordinates on the (r-1)st-order jet bundle, are a minimal set of local coordinates needed to express the Euler-Lagrange equations. When r is greater than one, the number of variables required is strictly less than the dimension of the (2r-1)st order jet bundle. It is shown that, in these coordinates, the Euler-Lagrange equations take the first-order Hamiltonian form given by de Donder. It is also shown that the geometrically natural generalization of the Hamilton-Jacobi procedure for finding extremals is equivalent to de Donder's Hamilton-Jacobi equation. (orig.)

  20. Theory of Perturbed Equilibria for Solving the Grad-Shafranov Equation

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Pletzer, A.; Zakharov, L.E.

    1999-01-01

    The theory of perturbed magnetohydrodynamic equilibria is presented for different formulations of the tokamak equilibrium problem. For numerical codes, it gives an explicit Newton scheme for solving the Grad-Shafranov equation subject to different constraints. The problem of stability of axisymmetric modes is shown to be a particular case of the equilibrium perturbation theory

  1. Energy momentum tensor in local causal perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Prange, D.

    2001-01-01

    We study the energy momentum tensor in the Bogolyubov-Epstein-Glaser approach to perturbation theory. It is found to be locally conserved for a class of theories containing to derivated fields in the interaction. For the massless φ 4 -theory we derive the trace anomaly of the improved tensor. (orig.)

  2. Cumulants in perturbation expansions for non-equilibrium field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Fauser, R.

    1995-11-01

    The formulation of perturbation expansions for a quantum field theory of strongly interacting systems in a general non-equilibrium state is discussed. Non-vanishing initial correlations are included in the formulation of the perturbation expansion in terms of cumulants. The cumulants are shown to be the suitable candidate for summing up the perturbation expansion. Also a linked-cluster theorem for the perturbation series with cumulants is presented. Finally a generating functional of the perturbation series with initial correlations is studied. We apply the methods to a simple model of a fermion-boson system. (orig.)

  3. Perturbative and global anomalies in supergravity theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Sezgin, E.

    1986-09-01

    Perturbative and global anomalies in supergravity theories are reviewed. The existence of a matter and gauge coupled supergravity theory in six dimensions with E 6 xE 7 xU(1) symmetry and highly nontrivial anomaly cancellations is emphasised. The possible string origin of this theory is posed as an open problem, study of which may lead to discovery of new ways to construct/compactify heterotic superstrings. (author)

  4. Gravitational perturbation theory and synchrotron radiation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Breuer, R A [Max-Planck-Institut fuer Physik und Astrophysik, Muenchen (F.R. Germany). Inst. fuer Astrophysik

    1975-01-01

    This article presents methods and results for a gravitational perturbation theory which treats massless fields as linearized perturbations of an arbitrary gravitational vacuum background spacetime. The formalism is outlined for perturbations of type (22) spacetimes. As an application, high-frequency radiation emitted by particles moving approximately on relativistic circular geodesic orbits is computed. More precisely, the test particle assumption is made; throughout it is therefore assumed that the reaction of the radiation on the particle motion is negligible. In particular, these orbits are studied in the gravitational field of a spherically symmetric (Schwarzschild-) black hole as well as of a rotating (Kerr-) black hole. In this model, the outgoing radiation is highly focussed and of much higher fequency than the orbital frequency, i.e. one is dealing with 'gravitational synchrotron radiation'.

  5. Gribov ambiguity, perturbation theory, and confinement

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Greensite, J.P.

    1978-01-01

    The generating functional proposed for gauge theories by Bender, Eguchi, and Pagels (BEP) is shown to be equivalent to a truncated form of the functional integral, in which only one field configuration from each gauge-equivalent Gribov set contributes to the functional integration. The standard perturbation technique provides a method of realizing this truncation condition. It is shown that any gauge-covariant quantity (such as the quark N-point functions), evaluated by perturbating around a field configuration gauge-equivalent to A = 0, is related by a gauge transformation to the same quantity evaluated perturbatively around the trivial vacuum. It follows that, contrary to the conclusion of BEP, the existence of degeneracies in the Coulomb gauge-fixing condition (the Gribov ambiguity) is not directly related to the physics of confinement

  6. Photoionization cross sections and Auger rates calculated by many-body perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kelly, H.P.

    1976-01-01

    Methods for applying the many body perturbation theory to atomic calculations are discussed with particular emphasis on calculation of photoionization cross sections and Auger rates. Topics covered include: Rayleigh--Schroedinger theory; many body perturbation theory; calculations of photoionization cross sections; and Auger rates

  7. Entanglement entropy with a time-dependent Hamiltonian

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sivaramakrishnan, Allic

    2018-03-01

    The time evolution of entanglement tracks how information propagates in interacting quantum systems. We study entanglement entropy in CFT2 with a time-dependent Hamiltonian. We perturb by operators with time-dependent source functions and use the replica trick to calculate higher-order corrections to entanglement entropy. At first order, we compute the correction due to a metric perturbation in AdS3/CFT2 and find agreement on both sides of the duality. Past first order, we find evidence of a universal structure of entanglement propagation to all orders. The central feature is that interactions entangle unentangled excitations. Entanglement propagates according to "entanglement diagrams," proposed structures that are motivated by accessory spacetime diagrams for real-time perturbation theory. To illustrate the mechanisms involved, we compute higher-order corrections to free fermion entanglement entropy. We identify an unentangled operator, one which does not change the entanglement entropy to any order. Then, we introduce an interaction and find it changes entanglement entropy by entangling the unentangled excitations. The entanglement propagates in line with our conjecture. We compute several entanglement diagrams. We provide tools to simplify the computation of loop entanglement diagrams, which probe UV effects in entanglement propagation in CFT and holography.

  8. Strong coupling expansion for scattering phases in hamiltonian lattice field theories. Pt. 1. The (d+1)-dimensional Ising model

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Dahmen, Bernd

    1994-01-01

    A systematic method to obtain strong coupling expansions for scattering quantities in hamiltonian lattice field theories is presented. I develop the conceptual ideas for the case of the hamiltonian field theory analogue of the Ising model, in d space and one time dimension. The main result is a convergent series representation for the scattering states and the transition matrix. To be explicit, the special cases of d=1 and d=3 spatial dimensions are discussed in detail. I compute the next-to-leading order approximation for the phase shifts. The application of the method to investigate low-energy scattering phenomena in lattice gauge theory and QCD is proposed. ((orig.))

  9. Combining symmetry collective states with coupled-cluster theory: Lessons from the Agassi model Hamiltonian

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hermes, Matthew R.; Dukelsky, Jorge; Scuseria, Gustavo E.

    2017-06-01

    The failures of single-reference coupled-cluster theory for strongly correlated many-body systems is flagged at the mean-field level by the spontaneous breaking of one or more physical symmetries of the Hamiltonian. Restoring the symmetry of the mean-field determinant by projection reveals that coupled-cluster theory fails because it factorizes high-order excitation amplitudes incorrectly. However, symmetry-projected mean-field wave functions do not account sufficiently for dynamic (or weak) correlation. Here we pursue a merger of symmetry projection and coupled-cluster theory, following previous work along these lines that utilized the simple Lipkin model system as a test bed [J. Chem. Phys. 146, 054110 (2017), 10.1063/1.4974989]. We generalize the concept of a symmetry-projected mean-field wave function to the concept of a symmetry projected state, in which the factorization of high-order excitation amplitudes in terms of low-order ones is guided by symmetry projection and is not exponential, and combine them with coupled-cluster theory in order to model the ground state of the Agassi Hamiltonian. This model has two separate channels of correlation and two separate physical symmetries which are broken under strong correlation. We show how the combination of symmetry collective states and coupled-cluster theory is effective in obtaining correlation energies and order parameters of the Agassi model throughout its phase diagram.

  10. Merging symmetry projection methods with coupled cluster theory: Lessons from the Lipkin model Hamiltonian

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wahlen-Strothman, J. M. [Rice Univ., Houston, TX (United States); Henderson, T. H. [Rice Univ., Houston, TX (United States); Hermes, M. R. [Rice Univ., Houston, TX (United States); Degroote, M. [Rice Univ., Houston, TX (United States); Qiu, Y. [Rice Univ., Houston, TX (United States); Zhao, J. [Rice Univ., Houston, TX (United States); Dukelsky, J. [Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Cientificas (CSIC), Madrid (Spain). Inst. de Estructura de la Materia; Scuseria, G. E. [Rice Univ., Houston, TX (United States)

    2018-01-03

    Coupled cluster and symmetry projected Hartree-Fock are two central paradigms in electronic structure theory. However, they are very different. Single reference coupled cluster is highly successful for treating weakly correlated systems, but fails under strong correlation unless one sacrifices good quantum numbers and works with broken-symmetry wave functions, which is unphysical for finite systems. Symmetry projection is effective for the treatment of strong correlation at the mean-field level through multireference non-orthogonal configuration interaction wavefunctions, but unlike coupled cluster, it is neither size extensive nor ideal for treating dynamic correlation. We here examine different scenarios for merging these two dissimilar theories. We carry out this exercise over the integrable Lipkin model Hamiltonian, which despite its simplicity, encompasses non-trivial physics for degenerate systems and can be solved via diagonalization for a very large number of particles. We show how symmetry projection and coupled cluster doubles individually fail in different correlation limits, whereas models that merge these two theories are highly successful over the entire phase diagram. Despite the simplicity of the Lipkin Hamiltonian, the lessons learned in this work will be useful for building an ab initio symmetry projected coupled cluster theory that we expect to be accurate in the weakly and strongly correlated limits, as well as the recoupling regime.

  11. Inflation and the theory of cosmological perturbations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Riotto, A.

    2003-01-01

    These lectures provide a pedagogical introduction to inflation and the theory of cosmological perturbations generated during inflation which are thought to be the origin of structure in the universe. (author)

  12. Instability in Hamiltonian systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    A. Pumarino

    2005-11-01

    Besides proving the existence of Arnold diffusion for a new family of three degrees of freedom Hamiltonian systems, another goal of this book is not only to show how Arnold-like results can be extended to substantially larger sets of parameters, but also how to obtain effective estimates on the splitting of separatrices size when the frequency of the perturbation belongs to open real sets.

  13. Wilson loops to 20th order numerical stochastic perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Horsley, R. [Edinburgh Univ. (United Kingdom). School of Physics; Hotzel, G.; Perlt, H.; Schiller, A. [Leipzig Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Ilgenfritz, E.M. [Humboldt-Universitaet, Berlin (Germany). Inst. fuer Physik; Joint Institute for Nuclear Research, VBLHEP, Dubna (Russian Federation); Millo, R.; Rakow, P.E.L. [Liverpool Univ. (Germany). Theoretical Physics Div.; Nakamura, Y. [RIKEN Advanced Institute for Computational Science, Kobe, Hyogo (Japan); Schierholz, G. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Hamburg (Germany)

    2012-05-15

    We calculate Wilson loops of various sizes up to 20 loops in SU(3) pure lattice gauge theory at different lattice sizes for Wilson gauge action using the technique of numerical stochastic perturbation theory. This allows us to investigate the perturbative series for various Wilson loops at high loop orders. We observe differences in the behavior of those series as function of the loop order. Up to n=20 we do not find evidence for the factorial growth of the expansion coefficients often assumed to characterize an asymptotic series. Based on the actually observed behavior we sum the series in a model parametrized by hypergeometric functions. Alternatively we estimate the total series in boosted perturbation theory using information from the first 14 loops. We introduce generalized ratios of Wilson loops of different sizes. Together with the corresponding Wilson loops from standard Monte Carlo measurements they enable us to assess their non-perturbative parts.

  14. Generalized quantum sine-Gordon equation and its relation to the Thirring model in quantum field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Skagerstam, B.K.

    1976-01-01

    We discuss a generalization of the conventional sine-Gordon quantum field theory by using methods recently developed by Coleman. As a result we can argue that the equivalence between the sine-Gordon theory and the massive Thirring model is unaffected if we perturb the sine-Gordon Hamiltonian by a bounded perturbation consisting of a continuous sum of sine-Gordon type interactions

  15. ON HAMILTONIAN FORMULATIONS AND CONSERVATION LAWS FOR PLATE THEORIES OF VEKUA-AMOSOV TYPE

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Sergey I. Zhavoronok

    2017-12-01

    Full Text Available Some variants of the generalized Hamiltonian formulation of the plate theory of I. N. Vekua – A. A. Amosov type are presented. The infinite dimensional formulation with one evolution variable, or an “instantaneous” formalism, as well as the de Donder – Weyl one are considered, and their application to the numerical simulation of shell and plate dynamics is briefly discussed. The main conservation laws are formulated for the general plate theory of Nth order, and the possible motion integrals are introduced

  16. M-momentum transfer between gravitons, membranes, and fivebranes as perturbative gauge theory processes

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Keski-Vakkuri, E.; Kraus, P.

    1998-01-01

    Polchinski and Pouliot have shown that M-momentum transfer between membranes in supergravity can be understood as a non-perturbative instanton effect in gauge theory. Here we consider a dual process: electric flux transmission between D-branes. We show that this process can be described in perturbation theory as virtual string pair creation, and is closely related to Schwinger's treatment of the pair creation of charged particles in a uniform electric field. Through the application of dualities, our perturbative calculation gives results for various non-perturbative amplitudes, including M-momentum transfer between gravitons, membranes and longitudinal fivebranes. Thus perturbation theory plus dualities are sufficient to demonstrate agreement between supergravity and gauge theory for a number of M-momentum transferring processes. A variety of other processes where branes are transmitted between branes, e.g. (p,q)-string transmission in IIB theory, can also be studied. We discuss the implications of our results for proving the eleven-dimensional Lorentz invariance of matrix theory. (orig.)

  17. Long-range interactions in lattice field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Rabin, J.M.

    1981-06-01

    Lattice quantum field theories containing fermions can be formulated in a chirally invariant way provided long-range interactions are introduced. It is established that in weak-coupling perturbation theory such a lattice theory is renormalizable when the corresponding continuum theory is, and that the continuum theory is indeed recovered in the perturbative continuum limit. In the strong-coupling limit of these theories one is led to study an effective Hamiltonian describing a Heisenberg antiferromagnet with long-range interactions. Block-spin renormalization group methods are used to find a critical rate of falloff of the interactions, approximately as inverse distance squared, which separates a nearest-neighbor-antiferromagnetic phase from a phase displaying identifiable long-range effects. A duality-type symmetry is present in some block-spin calculations

  18. Long-range interactions in lattice field theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rabin, J.M.

    1981-06-01

    Lattice quantum field theories containing fermions can be formulated in a chirally invariant way provided long-range interactions are introduced. It is established that in weak-coupling perturbation theory such a lattice theory is renormalizable when the corresponding continuum theory is, and that the continuum theory is indeed recovered in the perturbative continuum limit. In the strong-coupling limit of these theories one is led to study an effective Hamiltonian describing a Heisenberg antiferromagnet with long-range interactions. Block-spin renormalization group methods are used to find a critical rate of falloff of the interactions, approximately as inverse distance squared, which separates a nearest-neighbor-antiferromagnetic phase from a phase displaying identifiable long-range effects. A duality-type symmetry is present in some block-spin calculations.

  19. Factorization theorems in perturbative quantum field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Date, G.D.

    1982-01-01

    This dissertation deals with factorization properties of Green functions and cross-sections in perturbation theory. It consists of two parts. Part I deals with the factorization theorem for the Drell-Yan cross-section. The new approach developed for this purpose is based upon a renormalization group equation with a generalized anomalous dimension. Using an alternate form of factorization for the Drell-Yan cross-section, derived in perturbation theory, a corresponding generalized anomalous dimension is defined, and explicit Feynman rules for its calculation are given. The resultant renormalization group equation is solved by a formal solution which is exhibited explicitly. Simple, explicit calculations are performed which verify Mueller's conjecture for the recovery of the usual parton model results for the Drell-Yan cross-section. The approach developed in this work offers a general framework to analyze the role played by the group factors in the cancellation of the soft divergences, and study their influence on the asymptotic behavior. Part II deals with factorization properties of the Green functions in position space. In this part, a Landau equation analysis is carried out for the singularities of the position space Green fucntions, in perturbation theory with the theta 4 interaction Lagrangian. A physical picture interpretation is given for the corresponding Landau equations. It is used to suggest a light-cone expansion. Using a power counting method, a formal derivation of the light-cone expansion for the two point function, the three point function and a product of two currents, is given without assuming a short distance expansion. Possible extensions to other theories is also considered

  20. An improved thermodynamic perturbation theory for Mercedes-Benz water.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Urbic, T; Vlachy, V; Kalyuzhnyi, Yu V; Dill, K A

    2007-11-07

    We previously applied Wertheim's thermodynamic perturbation theory for associative fluids to the simple Mercedes-Benz model of water. We found that the theory reproduced well the physical properties of hot water, but was less successful in capturing the more structured hydrogen bonding that occurs in cold water. Here, we propose an improved version of the thermodynamic perturbation theory in which the effective density of the reference system is calculated self-consistently. The new theory is a significant improvement, giving good agreement with Monte Carlo simulations of the model, and predicting key anomalies of cold water, such as minima in the molar volume and large heat capacity, in addition to giving good agreement with the isothermal compressibility and thermal expansion coefficient.

  1. Perturbation theory via Feynman diagrams in classical mechanics

    OpenAIRE

    Penco, R.; Mauro, D.

    2006-01-01

    In this paper we show how Feynman diagrams, which are used as a tool to implement perturbation theory in quantum field theory, can be very useful also in classical mechanics, provided we introduce also at the classical level concepts like path integrals and generating functionals.

  2. S-matrices for perturbations of certain conformal field theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Freund, P.G.O.; Klassen, T.R.; Melzer, E.; Chicago Univ., IL

    1989-01-01

    We present a family of factorizable S-matrix theories in 1+1 dimensions with an arbitrary number N of particles of distinct masses, and find the conservation laws of these theories. An analysis of the conservation laws of the family of nonunitary CFTs with central charge c=c 2,2N+3 =-2N(6N+5)/(2N+3) perturbed by the φ (1,3) operator, leads us to conjecture the identification of these perturbed CFTs with the S-matrix theories we found. The case N=1 was treated by Cardy and Mussardo. We also present the S-matrix of an E 7 -related unitary model. (orig.)

  3. Perturbation theories for the dipolar fluids

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Lee, L.L.; Chung, T.H.

    1983-01-01

    We derive here four different perturbation equations for the calculation of the angular pair correlation functions of dipolar fluids; namely, the first order y-expansion, the modified Percus--Yevik (MPY) expansion, the modified hypernetted chain (MHNC) expansion, and the modified linearized hypernetted chain (MLHNC) equation. Both the method of the functional expansion and the method of the cluster integrals are utilized. Comparison with other perturbation theories (e.g., the Melnyk--Smith equation) is made. While none of the theories is exact, as shown by the cluster diagrams, the MLHNC and the MHNC contain more diagrams than, say, the MPY and y-expansion. The y-expansion equation can be improved by including the correction terms to the Kirkwood superposition approximation for the triplet correlation function. For example, the inclusion of the correction term rho∫d4h(14)h(24)h(34) in a formula given by Henderson, is shown to improve substantially the y-expansion equation. We examine the performance of two of the theories: the y-expansion and the MLHNC equation for a Stockmayer (dipolar) fluid with a reduced dipole moment μ/sup asterisk2/ [ = μ 2 /(epsilonsigma 3 )] = 1.0. Comparison with Monte Carlo simulation results of Adams et al. and with other theories (e.g., the QHNC equation) shows that our results are reasonable. Further improvements of the equations are also pointed out

  4. Hamiltonian approach to 1 + 1 dimensional Yang-Mills theory in Coulomb gauge

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Reinhardt, H.; Schleifenbaum, W.

    2009-01-01

    We study the Hamiltonian approach to 1 + 1 dimensional Yang-Mills theory in Coulomb gauge, considering both the pure Coulomb gauge and the gauge where in addition the remaining constant gauge field is restricted to the Cartan algebra. We evaluate the corresponding Faddeev-Popov determinants, resolve Gauss' law and derive the Hamiltonians, which differ in both gauges due to additional zero modes of the Faddeev-Popov kernel in the pure Coulomb gauge. By Gauss' law the zero modes of the Faddeev-Popov kernel constrain the physical wave functionals to zero colour charge states. We solve the Schroedinger equation in the pure Coulomb gauge and determine the vacuum wave functional. The gluon and ghost propagators and the static colour Coulomb potential are calculated in the first Gribov region as well as in the fundamental modular region, and Gribov copy effects are studied. We explicitly demonstrate that the Dyson-Schwinger equations do not specify the Gribov region while the propagators and vertices do depend on the Gribov region chosen. In this sense, the Dyson-Schwinger equations alone do not provide the full non-abelian quantum gauge theory, but subsidiary conditions must be required. Implications of Gribov copy effects for lattice calculations of the infrared behaviour of gauge-fixed propagators are discussed. We compute the ghost-gluon vertex and provide a sensible truncation of Dyson-Schwinger equations. Approximations of the variational approach to the 3 + 1 dimensional theory are checked by comparison to the 1 + 1 dimensional case

  5. Dissipative two-level system under strong ac driving: A combination of Floquet and Van Vleck perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hausinger, Johannes; Grifoni, Milena

    2010-01-01

    We study the dissipative dynamics of a two-level system (TLS) exposed to strong ac driving. By combining Floquet theory with Van Vleck perturbation theory in the TLS tunneling matrix element, we diagonalize the time-dependent Hamiltonian and provide corrections to the renormalized Rabi frequency of the TLS, which are valid for both a biased and unbiased TLS and go beyond the known high-frequency and rotating-wave results. In order to mimic environmental influences on the TLS, we couple the system weakly to a thermal bath and solve analytically the corresponding Floquet-Bloch-Redfield master equation. We give a closed expression for the relaxation and dephasing rates of the TLS and discuss their behavior under variation of the driving amplitude. Further, we examine the robustness of coherent destruction of tunneling (CDT) and driving-induced tunneling oscillations (DITO). We show that also for a moderate driving frequency an almost complete suppression of tunneling can be achieved for short times and demonstrate the sensitiveness of DITO to a change of the external parameters.

  6. Screening of Coulomb interaction and many-body perturbation theory in atoms

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Dzyuba, V.A.; Flambaum, V.V.; Sil'vestrov, P.G.; Sushkov, O.P.

    1988-01-01

    Taking into account the electron Coulomb interaction screening considerably improves the convergence of perturbation theory in residual interaction. The developed technique allows to take into account screening diagrams in all orders of perturbation theory. Calculation of the correlation corrections to the thallium energy levels is carried out as an example

  7. A new formulation of the effective theory for heavy particles

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Aglietti, U.; Capitani, S.

    1994-01-01

    We derive the effective theories for heavy particles with a functional integral approach by integrating away the states with high velocity and with high virtuality. This formulation is non-perturbative and has a close connection with the Wilson renormalization group transformation. The fixed point hamiltonian of our transformation coincides with the static hamiltonian and irrelevant operators can be identified with the usual 1/M corrections to the static theory. No matching condition has to be imposed between the full and the static theory operators with our approach. The values of the matching constants come out as a dynamical effect of the renormalization group flow. ((orig.))

  8. A new perturbative approximation applied to supersymmetric quantum field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bender, C.M.; Milton, K.A.; Pinsky, S.S.; Simmons, L.M. Jr.; Los Alamos National Lab.

    1988-01-01

    We show that a recently proposed graphical perturbative calculational scheme in quantum field theory is consistent with global supersymmetry invariance. We examine a two-dimensional supersymmetric quantum field theory in which we do not known of any other means for doing analytical calculations. We illustrate the power of this new technique by computing the ground-state energy density E to second order in this new perturbation theory. We show that there is a beautiful and delicate cancellation between infinite classes of graphs which leads to the result that E=0. (orig.)

  9. Implementation of static generalized perturbation theory for LWR design applications

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Byron, R.F.; White, J.R.

    1987-01-01

    A generalized perturbation theory (GPT) formulation is developed for application to light water reactor (LWR) design. The extensions made to standard generalized perturbation theory are the treatment of thermal-hydraulic and fission product poisoning feedbacks, and criticality reset. This formulation has been implemented into a standard LWR design code. The method is verified by comparing direct calculations with GPT calculations. Data are presented showing that feedback effects need to be considered when using GPT for LWR problems. Some specific potential applications of this theory to the field of LWR design are discussed

  10. Non-perturbative field theory/field theory on a lattice

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Ambjorn, J.

    1988-01-01

    The connection between the theory of critical phenomena in statistical mechanics and the renormalization of field theory is briefly outlined. The way of using this connection is described to get information about non-perturbative quantities in QCD and about more intelligent ways of doing the Monte Carlo (MC) simulations. The (MC) method is shown to be a viable one in high energy physics, but it is not a good substitute for an analytic understanding. MC-methods will be very valuable both for getting out hard numbers and for testing the correctness of new ideas

  11. Perturbative algebraic quantum field theory an introduction for mathematicians

    CERN Document Server

    Rejzner, Kasia

    2016-01-01

    Perturbative Algebraic Quantum Field Theory (pAQFT), the subject of this book, is a complete and mathematically rigorous treatment of perturbative quantum field theory (pQFT) that doesn’t require the use of divergent quantities. We discuss in detail the examples of scalar fields and gauge theories and generalize them to QFT on curved spacetimes. pQFT models describe a wide range of physical phenomena and have remarkable agreement with experimental results. Despite this success, the theory suffers from many conceptual problems. pAQFT is a good candidate to solve many, if not all of these conceptual problems. Chapters 1-3 provide some background in mathematics and physics. Chapter 4 concerns classical theory of the scalar field, which is subsequently quantized in chapters 5 and 6. Chapter 7 covers gauge theory and chapter 8 discusses QFT on curved spacetimes and effective quantum gravity. The book aims to be accessible researchers and graduate students interested in the mathematical foundations of pQFT are th...

  12. Symbolic derivation of high-order Rayleigh-Schroedinger perturbation energies using computer algebra: Application to vibrational-rotational analysis of diatomic molecules

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Herbert, John M. [Kansas State Univ., Manhattan, KS (United States). Dept. of Chemistry

    1997-01-01

    Rayleigh-Schroedinger perturbation theory is an effective and popular tool for describing low-lying vibrational and rotational states of molecules. This method, in conjunction with ab initio techniques for computation of electronic potential energy surfaces, can be used to calculate first-principles molecular vibrational-rotational energies to successive orders of approximation. Because of mathematical complexities, however, such perturbation calculations are rarely extended beyond the second order of approximation, although recent work by Herbert has provided a formula for the nth-order energy correction. This report extends that work and furnishes the remaining theoretical details (including a general formula for the Rayleigh-Schroedinger expansion coefficients) necessary for calculation of energy corrections to arbitrary order. The commercial computer algebra software Mathematica is employed to perform the prohibitively tedious symbolic manipulations necessary for derivation of generalized energy formulae in terms of universal constants, molecular constants, and quantum numbers. As a pedagogical example, a Hamiltonian operator tailored specifically to diatomic molecules is derived, and the perturbation formulae obtained from this Hamiltonian are evaluated for a number of such molecules. This work provides a foundation for future analyses of polyatomic molecules, since it demonstrates that arbitrary-order perturbation theory can successfully be applied with the aid of commercially available computer algebra software.

  13. Integrable Hamiltonian systems and spectral theory

    CERN Document Server

    Moser, J

    1981-01-01

    Classical integrable Hamiltonian systems and isospectral deformations ; geodesics on an ellipsoid and the mechanical system of C. Neumann ; the Schrödinger equation for almost periodic potentials ; finite band potentials ; limit cases, Bargmann potentials.

  14. Almost periodic Hamiltonians: an algebraic approach

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bellissard, J.

    1981-07-01

    We develop, by analogy with the study of periodic potential, an algebraic theory for almost periodic hamiltonians, leading to a generalized Bloch theorem. This gives rise to results concerning the spectral measures of these operators in terms of those of the corresponding Bloch hamiltonians

  15. Perturbation theory with instantons

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Carruthers, P.; Pinsky, S.S.; Zachariasen, F.

    1977-05-01

    ''Perturbation theory'' rules are developed for calculating the effect of instantons in a pure Yang-Mills theory with no fermions, in the ''dilute gas'' approximation in which the N-instanton solution is assumed to be the sum of N widely separated one-instanton solutions. These rules are then used to compute the gluon propagator and proper vertex function including all orders of the instanton interaction but only to lowest order in the gluon coupling. It is to be expected that such an approximation is valid only for momenta q larger than the physical mass μ. The result is that in this regime instantons cause variations in the propagator and vertex of the form (μ 2 /q 2 )/sup -8π 2 b/ where b is the coefficient in the expansion of the β function: β = bg 3 +...

  16. Transverse Lattice Approach to Light-Front Hamiltonian QCD

    CERN Document Server

    Dalley, S

    1999-01-01

    We describe a non-perturbative procedure for solving from first principles the light-front Hamiltonian problem of SU(N) pure gauge theory in D spacetime dimensions (D>2), based on enforcing Lorentz covariance of observables. A transverse lattice regulator and colour-dielectric link fields are employed, together with an associated effective potential. We argue that the light-front vacuum is necessarily trivial for large enough lattice spacing, and clarify why this leads to an Eguchi-Kawai dimensional reduction of observables to 1+1-dimensions in the infinite N limit. The procedure is then tested by explicit calculations for 2+1-dimensional SU(infinity) gauge theory, within a first approximation to the lattice effective potential. We identify a scaling trajectory which produces Lorentz covariant behaviour for the lightest glueballs. The predicted masses, in units of the measured string tension, are in agreement with recent results from conventional Euclidean lattice simulations. In addition, we obtain the poten...

  17. Acoustic anisotropic wavefields through perturbation theory

    KAUST Repository

    Alkhalifah, Tariq Ali

    2013-09-01

    Solving the anisotropic acoustic wave equation numerically using finite-difference methods introduces many problems and media restriction requirements, and it rarely contributes to the ability to resolve the anisotropy parameters. Among these restrictions are the inability to handle media with η<0 and the presence of shear-wave artifacts in the solution. Both limitations do not exist in the solution of the elliptical anisotropic acoustic wave equation. Using perturbation theory in developing the solution of the anisotropic acoustic wave equation allows direct access to the desired limitation-free solutions, that is, solutions perturbed from the elliptical anisotropic background medium. It also provides a platform for parameter estimation because of the ability to isolate the wavefield dependency on the perturbed anisotropy parameters. As a result, I derive partial differential equations that relate changes in the wavefield to perturbations in the anisotropy parameters. The solutions of the perturbation equations represented the coefficients of a Taylor-series-type expansion of the wavefield as a function of the perturbed parameter, which is in this case η or the tilt of the symmetry axis. The expansion with respect to the symmetry axis allows use of an acoustic transversely isotropic media with a vertical symmetry axis (VTI) kernel to estimate the background wavefield and the corresponding perturbation coefficients. The VTI extrapolation kernel is about one-fourth the cost of the transversely isotropic model with a tilt in the symmetry axis kernel. Thus, for a small symmetry axis tilt, the cost of migration using a first-order expansion can be reduced. The effectiveness of the approach was demonstrated on the Marmousi model.

  18. Regular perturbation theory for two-electron atoms

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Feranchuk, I.D.; Triguk, V.V.

    2011-01-01

    Regular perturbation theory (RPT) for the ground and excited states of two-electron atoms or ions is developed. It is shown for the first time that summation of the matrix elements from the electron-electron interaction operator over all intermediate states can be calculated in a closed form by means of the two-particle Coulomb Green's function constructed in the Letter. It is shown that the second order approximation of RPT includes the main part of the correlation energy both for the ground and excited states. This approach can be also useful for description of two-electron atoms in external fields. -- Highlights: → We develop regular perturbation theory for the two-electron atoms or ions. → We calculate the sum of the matrix elements over all intermediate states. → We construct the two-particle Coulomb Green's function.

  19. Light-Front Hamiltonian Approach to the Bound-State Problem in Quantum Electrodynamics

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jones, Billy D.

    1997-10-01

    Why is the study of the Lamb shift in hydrogen, which at the level of detail found in this paper was largely completed by Bethe in 1947, of any real interest today? While completing such a calculation using new techniques may be very interesting for formal and academic reasons, our primary motivation is to lay groundwork for precision bound-state calculations in QCD. The Lamb shift provides an excellent pedagogical tool for illustrating light-front Hamiltonian techniques, which are not widely known; but more importantly it presents three of the central dynamical and computational problems that we must face to make these techniques useful for solving QCD: How does a constituent picture emerge in a gauge field theory? How do bound-state energy scales emerge non-perturbatively? How does rotational symmetry emerge in a non-perturbative light-front calculation?

  20. Perturbation theory around the Wess-Zumino-Witten model

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hasseln, H. v.

    1991-05-01

    We consider a perturbation of the Wess-Zumino-Witten model in 2D by a current-current interaction. The β-function is computed to third order in the coupling constant and a nontrivial fixedpoint is found. By non-abelian bosonization, this perturbed WZW-model is shown to have the same β-function (at least to order g 2 ) as the fermionic theory with a four-fermion interaction. (orig.) [de

  1. Local modular Hamiltonians from the quantum null energy condition

    Science.gov (United States)

    Koeller, Jason; Leichenauer, Stefan; Levine, Adam; Shahbazi-Moghaddam, Arvin

    2018-03-01

    The vacuum modular Hamiltonian K of the Rindler wedge in any relativistic quantum field theory is given by the boost generator. Here we investigate the modular Hamiltonian for more general half-spaces which are bounded by an arbitrary smooth cut of a null plane. We derive a formula for the second derivative of the modular Hamiltonian with respect to the coordinates of the cut which schematically reads K''=Tv v . This formula can be integrated twice to obtain a simple expression for the modular Hamiltonian. The result naturally generalizes the standard expression for the Rindler modular Hamiltonian to this larger class of regions. Our primary assumptions are the quantum null energy condition—an inequality between the second derivative of the von Neumann entropy of a region and the stress tensor—and its saturation in the vacuum for these regions. We discuss the validity of these assumptions in free theories and holographic theories to all orders in 1 /N .

  2. Analysis of self-consistency effects in range-separated density-functional theory with Møller-Plesset perturbation theory

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Fromager, Emmanuel; Jensen, Hans Jørgen Aagaard

    2011-01-01

    Range-separated density-functional theory combines wave function theory for the long-range part of the two-electron interaction with density-functional theory for the short-range part. When describing the long-range interaction with non-variational methods, such as perturbation or coupled......-cluster theories, self-consistency effects are introduced in the density functional part, which for an exact solution requires iterations. They are generally assumed to be small but no detailed study has been performed so far. Here, the authors analyze self-consistency when using Møller-Plesset-type (MP......) perturbation theory for the long range interaction. The lowest-order self-consistency corrections to the wave function and the energy, that enter the perturbation expansions at the second and fourth order, respectively, are both expressed in terms of the one-electron reduced density matrix. The computational...

  3. Symmetry-adaptation and selection rules for effective crystal field Hamiltonians

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Tuszynski, J.A.

    1986-01-01

    The intention of this paper is to systematically derive an effective Hamiltonian in the presence of crystal fields in such a way as to incorporate relativistic effects and higher order perturbation corrections including configuration mixing. This Hamiltonian will then be conveniently represented as a symmetry-adapted series of one- and two-body double tensor operators whose matrix elements will be analyzed for selection rules. 16 references, 4 tables

  4. Linear Port-Hamiltonian Systems on Infinite-dimensional Spaces

    CERN Document Server

    Jacob, Birgit

    2012-01-01

    This book provides a self-contained introduction to the theory of infinite-dimensional systems theory and its applications to port-Hamiltonian systems. The textbook starts with elementary known results, then progresses smoothly to advanced topics in current research. Many physical systems can be formulated using a Hamiltonian framework, leading to models described by ordinary or partial differential equations. For the purpose of control and for the interconnection of two or more Hamiltonian systems it is essential to take into account this interaction with the environment. This book is the fir

  5. Chiral perturbation theory for lattice QCD

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Baer, Oliver

    2010-07-21

    The formulation of chiral perturbation theory (ChPT) for lattice Quantum Chromodynamics (QCD) is reviewed. We start with brief summaries of ChPT for continuum QCD as well as the Symanzik effective theory for lattice QCD. We then review the formulation of ChPT for lattice QCD. After an additional chapter on partial quenching and mixed action theories various concrete applications are discussed: Wilson ChPT, staggered ChPT and Wilson ChPT with a twisted mass term. The remaining chapters deal with the epsilon regime with Wilson fermions and selected results in mixed action ChPT. Finally, the formulation of heavy vector meson ChPT with Wilson fermions is discussed. (orig.)

  6. Chiral perturbation theory for lattice QCD

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Baer, Oliver

    2010-01-01

    The formulation of chiral perturbation theory (ChPT) for lattice Quantum Chromodynamics (QCD) is reviewed. We start with brief summaries of ChPT for continuum QCD as well as the Symanzik effective theory for lattice QCD. We then review the formulation of ChPT for lattice QCD. After an additional chapter on partial quenching and mixed action theories various concrete applications are discussed: Wilson ChPT, staggered ChPT and Wilson ChPT with a twisted mass term. The remaining chapters deal with the epsilon regime with Wilson fermions and selected results in mixed action ChPT. Finally, the formulation of heavy vector meson ChPT with Wilson fermions is discussed. (orig.)

  7. Polynomial Similarity Transformation Theory: A smooth interpolation between coupled cluster doubles and projected BCS applied to the reduced BCS Hamiltonian

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Degroote, M. [Rice Univ., Houston, TX (United States); Henderson, T. M. [Rice Univ., Houston, TX (United States); Zhao, J. [Rice Univ., Houston, TX (United States); Dukelsky, J. [Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Cientificas (CSIC), Madrid (Spain). Inst. de Estructura de la Materia; Scuseria, G. E. [Rice Univ., Houston, TX (United States)

    2018-01-03

    We present a similarity transformation theory based on a polynomial form of a particle-hole pair excitation operator. In the weakly correlated limit, this polynomial becomes an exponential, leading to coupled cluster doubles. In the opposite strongly correlated limit, the polynomial becomes an extended Bessel expansion and yields the projected BCS wavefunction. In between, we interpolate using a single parameter. The e ective Hamiltonian is non-hermitian and this Polynomial Similarity Transformation Theory follows the philosophy of traditional coupled cluster, left projecting the transformed Hamiltonian onto subspaces of the Hilbert space in which the wave function variance is forced to be zero. Similarly, the interpolation parameter is obtained through minimizing the next residual in the projective hierarchy. We rationalize and demonstrate how and why coupled cluster doubles is ill suited to the strongly correlated limit whereas the Bessel expansion remains well behaved. The model provides accurate wave functions with energy errors that in its best variant are smaller than 1% across all interaction stengths. The numerical cost is polynomial in system size and the theory can be straightforwardly applied to any realistic Hamiltonian.

  8. Probing non-perturbative effects in M-theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hatsuda, Yasuyuki; Okuyama, Kazumi

    2014-07-01

    The AdS/CFT correspondence enables us to probe M-theory on various backgrounds from the corresponding dual gauge theories. Here we investigate in detail a three-dimensional U(N) N=4 super Yang-Mills theory coupled to one adjoint hypermultiplet and N f fundamental hypermultiplets, which is large N dual to M-theory on AdS 4 x S 7 /Z N f . Using the localization and the Fermi-gas formulation, we explore non-perturbative corrections to the partition function. As in the ABJM theory, we find that there exists a non-trivial pole cancellation mechanism, which guarantees the theory to be well-defined, between worldsheet instantons and membrane instantons for all rational (in particular, physical or integral) values of N f .

  9. Perturbing the ground ring of 2D string theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Barbon, J.L.F.

    1992-01-01

    In this paper, the authors use free field techniques in D = 2 string theory t calculate the perturbation of the special state algebras when the cosmological constant is turned on. In particular, the authors find that the 'ground cone' preserved by the ring structure is promoted to a three-dimensional hyperboloid as conjectured by Witten. On the other hand, the perturbed (1,1) current algebra of moduli deformations is computed completely, and no simple geometrical interpretation is found. The authors also quote some facts concerning the Liouville matrix a model dictionary in this class of theories

  10. Modified potentials in many-body perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Silver, D.M.; Bartlett, R.J.

    1976-01-01

    Many-body perturbation-theory calculations of the pair-correlation energy within the regime of various finite expansions in two-center Slater-type basis sets are performed using a wide variety of modified potentials for the determination of unoccupied orbitals. To achieve meaningful convergence, it appears that the perturbation series must be carried through third order, using shifted denominators to include contributions from various higher-order diagrams. Moreover, certain denominator shifts are found necessary to ensure that a negative-definite resolvent accompanies the perturbation scheme when an arbitrary modified potential is employed. Through third order with denominator shifts, well-behaved modified potentials are found to give results that are equivalent, within 1 kcal/mole, to those obtained for pair-correlation energies with the standard self-consistent-field-V/sup N/ potential

  11. Nonperturbative Quantum Physics from Low-Order Perturbation Theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mera, Héctor; Pedersen, Thomas G; Nikolić, Branislav K

    2015-10-02

    The Stark effect in hydrogen and the cubic anharmonic oscillator furnish examples of quantum systems where the perturbation results in a certain ionization probability by tunneling processes. Accordingly, the perturbed ground-state energy is shifted and broadened, thus acquiring an imaginary part which is considered to be a paradigm of nonperturbative behavior. Here we demonstrate how the low order coefficients of a divergent perturbation series can be used to obtain excellent approximations to both real and imaginary parts of the perturbed ground state eigenenergy. The key is to use analytic continuation functions with a built-in singularity structure within the complex plane of the coupling constant, which is tailored by means of Bender-Wu dispersion relations. In the examples discussed the analytic continuation functions are Gauss hypergeometric functions, which take as input fourth order perturbation theory and return excellent approximations to the complex perturbed eigenvalue. These functions are Borel consistent and dramatically outperform widely used Padé and Borel-Padé approaches, even for rather large values of the coupling constant.

  12. Perturbation theory and nonperturbative effects: a happy marriage?

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Chyla, J.

    1992-01-01

    Perturbation expansions in renormalized quantum theories are reformulated in a way that permits a straightforward handling of situations when in the conventional approach, i.e. in fixed renormalization scheme, these expansions are factorially divergent and even of asymptotically constant sign. The result takes the form of convergent (under certain circumstances) expansions in a set of functions Z k (a,χ) of the couplant and the free parameter χ specifies the procedure involved. The value of χ is shown to be correlated to the basic properties of nonperturbative effects as embodied in power corrections. A close connection of this procedure to the Borel summation technique is demonstrated and its relation to conventional perturbation theory in fixed renormalization schemes elucidated. (author) 3 figs., 17 refs

  13. Perturbation methods and closure approximations in nonlinear systems

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Dubin, D.H.E.

    1984-01-01

    In the first section of this thesis, Hamiltonian theories of guiding center and gyro-center motion are developed using modern symplectic methods and Lie transformations. Littlejohn's techniques, combined with the theory of resonant interaction and island overlap, are used to explore the problem of adiabatic invariance and onset of stochasticity. As an example, the breakdown of invariance due to resonance between drift motion and gyromotion in a tokamak is considered. A Hamiltonian is developed for motion in a straight magnetic field with electrostatic perturbations in the gyrokinetic ordering, from which nonlinear gyrokinetic equations are constructed which have the property of phase-space preservation, useful for computer simulation. Energy invariants are found and various limits of the equations are considered. In the second section, statistical closure theories are applied to simple dynamical systems. The logistic map is used as an example because of its universal properties and simple quadratic nonlinearity. The first closure considered is the direct interaction approximation of Kraichnan, which is found to fail when applied to the logistic map because it cannot approximate the bounded support of the map's equilibrium distribution. By imposing a periodically constraint on a Langevin form of the DIA a new stable closure is developed

  14. Algebraic quantum field theory, perturbation theory, and the loop expansion

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Duetsch, M.; Fredenhagen, K.

    2001-01-01

    The perturbative treatment of quantum field theory is formulated within the framework of algebraic quantum field theory. We show that the algebra of interacting fields is additive, i.e. fully determined by its subalgebras associated to arbitrary small subregions of Minkowski space. We also give an algebraic formulation of the loop expansion by introducing a projective system A (n) of observables ''up to n loops'', where A (0) is the Poisson algebra of the classical field theory. Finally we give a local algebraic formulation for two cases of the quantum action principle and compare it with the usual formulation in terms of Green's functions. (orig.)

  15. Gauge-invariant perturbations in hybrid quantum cosmology

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gomar, Laura Castelló; Marugán, Guillermo A. Mena [Instituto de Estructura de la Materia, CSIC, Serrano 121, 28006 Madrid (Spain); Martín-Benito, Mercedes, E-mail: laura.castello@iem.cfmac.csic.es, E-mail: m.martin@hef.ru.nl, E-mail: mena@iem.cfmac.csic.es [Institute for Mathematics, Astrophysics and Particle Physics, Radboud University Nijmegen, Heyendaalseweg 135, NL-6525 AJ Nijmegen (Netherlands)

    2015-06-01

    We consider cosmological perturbations around homogeneous and isotropic spacetimes minimally coupled to a scalar field and present a formulation which is designed to preserve covariance. We truncate the action at quadratic perturbative order and particularize our analysis to flat compact spatial sections and a field potential given by a mass term, although the formalism can be extended to other topologies and potentials. The perturbations are described in terms of Mukhanov-Sasaki gauge invariants, linear perturbative constraints, and variables canonically conjugate to them. This set is completed into a canonical one for the entire system, including the homogeneous degrees of freedom. We find the global Hamiltonian constraint of the model, in which the contribution of the homogeneous sector is corrected with a term quadratic in the perturbations, that can be identified as the Mukhanov-Sasaki Hamiltonian in our formulation. We then adopt a hybrid approach to quantize the model, combining a quantum representation of the homogeneous sector with a more standard field quantization of the perturbations. Covariance is guaranteed in this approach inasmuch as no gauge fixing is adopted. Next, we adopt a Born-Oppenheimer ansatz for physical states and show how to obtain a Schrödinger-like equation for the quantum evolution of the perturbations. This evolution is governed by the Mukhanov-Sasaki Hamiltonian, with the dependence on the homogeneous geometry evaluated at quantum expectation values, and with a time parameter defined also in terms of suitable expectation values on that geometry. Finally, we derive effective equations for the dynamics of the Mukhanov-Sasaki gauge invariants, that include quantum contributions, but have the same ultraviolet limit as the classical equations. They provide the master equation to extract predictions about the power spectrum of primordial scalar perturbations.

  16. Gauge-invariant perturbations in hybrid quantum cosmology

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Gomar, Laura Castelló; Marugán, Guillermo A. Mena; Martín-Benito, Mercedes

    2015-01-01

    We consider cosmological perturbations around homogeneous and isotropic spacetimes minimally coupled to a scalar field and present a formulation which is designed to preserve covariance. We truncate the action at quadratic perturbative order and particularize our analysis to flat compact spatial sections and a field potential given by a mass term, although the formalism can be extended to other topologies and potentials. The perturbations are described in terms of Mukhanov-Sasaki gauge invariants, linear perturbative constraints, and variables canonically conjugate to them. This set is completed into a canonical one for the entire system, including the homogeneous degrees of freedom. We find the global Hamiltonian constraint of the model, in which the contribution of the homogeneous sector is corrected with a term quadratic in the perturbations, that can be identified as the Mukhanov-Sasaki Hamiltonian in our formulation. We then adopt a hybrid approach to quantize the model, combining a quantum representation of the homogeneous sector with a more standard field quantization of the perturbations. Covariance is guaranteed in this approach inasmuch as no gauge fixing is adopted. Next, we adopt a Born-Oppenheimer ansatz for physical states and show how to obtain a Schrödinger-like equation for the quantum evolution of the perturbations. This evolution is governed by the Mukhanov-Sasaki Hamiltonian, with the dependence on the homogeneous geometry evaluated at quantum expectation values, and with a time parameter defined also in terms of suitable expectation values on that geometry. Finally, we derive effective equations for the dynamics of the Mukhanov-Sasaki gauge invariants, that include quantum contributions, but have the same ultraviolet limit as the classical equations. They provide the master equation to extract predictions about the power spectrum of primordial scalar perturbations

  17. Theoretical calculations of spin-Hamiltonian parameters for the rhombic-like Mo5+ centers in KTiOPO4 crystal

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Yang, Mei; Wen-Chen, Zheng; Hong-Gang, Liu

    2013-01-01

    The spin-Hamiltonian parameters (g factors g i and hyperfine structure constants A i , were i=x, y and z) for Mo 5+ ion occupying the Ti(1) site with approximately rhombic symmetry in KTiOPO 4 crystal are calculated from the high-order perturbation formulas based on the two-mechanism model. In the model, not only the contribution due to the conventional crystal-field (CF) mechanism, but also those due to the charge-transfer (CT) mechanism are included. The six calculated spin-Hamiltonian parameters with four adjustable parameters are in reasonable agreement with the experimental values. The calculations show that for more accurate calculations of spin-Hamiltonian parameters of the high valence d n ions (e.g., Mo 5+ considered here) in crystals, the contribution from CT mechanism, which is ignored in the conventional crystal field theory, should be taken into account. The reasonable crystal field energy levels of Mo 5+ in KTiOPO 4 are also predicted from calculations

  18. Metastable states in parametrically excited multimode Hamiltonian systems

    CERN Document Server

    Kirr, E

    2003-01-01

    Consider a linear autonomous Hamiltonian system with time periodic bound state solutions. In this paper we study their dynamics under time almost periodic perturbations which are small, localized and Hamiltonian. The analysis proceeds through a reduction of the original infinite dimensional dynamical system to the dynamics of two coupled subsystems: a dominant m-dimensional system of ordinary differential equations (normal form), governing the projections onto the bound states and an infinite dimensional dispersive wave equation. The present work generalizes previous work of the authors, where the case of a single bound state is considered. Here, the interaction picture is considerably more complicated and requires deeper analysis, due to a multiplicity of bound states and the very general nature of the perturbation's time dependence. Parametric forcing induces coupling of bound states to continuum radiation modes, bound states directly to bound states, as well as coupling among bound states, which is mediate...

  19. Gauge-invariant variational methods for Hamiltonian lattice gauge theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Horn, D.; Weinstein, M.

    1982-01-01

    This paper develops variational methods for calculating the ground-state and excited-state spectrum of Hamiltonian lattice gauge theories defined in the A 0 = 0 gauge. The scheme introduced in this paper has the advantage of allowing one to convert more familiar tools such as mean-field, Hartree-Fock, and real-space renormalization-group approximation, which are by their very nature gauge-noninvariant methods, into fully gauge-invariant techniques. We show that these methods apply in the same way to both Abelian and non-Abelian theories, and that they are at least powerful enough to describe correctly the physics of periodic quantum electrodynamics (PQED) in (2+1) and (3+1) space-time dimensions. This paper formulates the problem for both Abelian and non-Abelian theories and shows how to reduce the Rayleigh-Ritz problem to that of computing the partition function of a classical spin system. We discuss the evaluation of the effective spin problem which one derives the PQED and then discuss ways of carrying out the evaluation of the partition function for the system equivalent to a non-Abelian theory. The explicit form of the effective partition function for the non-Abelian theory is derived, but because the evaluation of this function is considerably more complicated than the one derived in the Abelian theory no explicit evaluation of this function is presented. However, by comparing the gauge-projected Hartree-Fock wave function for PQED with that of the pure SU(2) gauge theory, we are able to show that extremely interesting differences emerge between these theories even at this simple level. We close with a discussion of fermions and a discussion of how one can extend these ideas to allow the computation of the glueball and hadron spectrum

  20. The Rise and Fall of the Cosmic String Theory for Cosmological Perturbations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Perivolaropoulos, L.

    2005-01-01

    The cosmic string theory for cosmological fluctuations is a good example of healthy scientific progress in cosmology. It is a well defined physically motivated model that has been tested by cosmological observations and has been ruled out as a primary source of primordial fluctuations. Until about fifteen years ago, the cosmic string theory of cosmological perturbations provided one of the two physically motivated candidate theories for the generation of primordial perturbations. The cosmological data that appeared during the last decade have been compared with the well defined predictions of the theory and have ruled out cosmic strings as a primary source of primordial cosmological perturbations. Since cosmic strings are predicted to form after inflation in a wide range of microphysical theories (including supersymmetric and fundamental string theories) their observational bounds may serve a source of serious constraints for these theories. This is a pedagogical review of the historical development, the main predictions of the cosmic string theory and the constraints that have been imposed on it by cosmological observations. Recent lensing events that could be attributed to lighter cosmic strings are also discussed

  1. Effective Hamiltonians, two level systems, and generalized Maxwell-Bloch equations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Sczaniecki, L.

    1981-02-01

    A new method is proposed involving a canonical transformation leading to the non-secular part of time-independent perturbation calculus. The method is used to derive expressions for effective Shen-Walls Hamiltonians which, taken in the two-level approximation and on the inclusion of non-Hamiltonian terms into the dynamics of the system, lead to generalized Maxwell-Bloch equations. The rotating wave approximation is written anew within the framework of our formalism. (author)

  2. A simple global representation for second-order normal forms of Hamiltonian systems relative to periodic flows

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Avendaño-Camacho, M; Vallejo, J A; Vorobjev, Yu

    2013-01-01

    We study the determination of the second-order normal form for perturbed Hamiltonians relative to the periodic flow of the unperturbed Hamiltonian H 0 . The formalism presented here is global, and can be easily implemented in any computer algebra system. We illustrate it by means of two examples: the Hénon–Heiles and the elastic pendulum Hamiltonians. (paper)

  3. Perturbation theory of intermolecular interactions: What is the problem, are there solutions?

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Adams, W.H.

    1990-01-01

    We review the nature of the problem in the framework of Rayleigh-Schroedinger perturbation theory (the polarization approximation) considering explicitly two examples: the interaction of two hydrogen atoms and the interaction of Li with H. We show, in agreement with the work of Claverie and of Morgan and Simon, that the LiH problem is dramatically different from the H 2 problem. In particular, the physical states of LiH are higher in energy than an infinite number of discrete, unphysical states and they are buried in a continuum of unbound, unphysical states, which starts well below the lowest physical state. Clavrie has shown that the perturbation expansion, under these circumstances, is likely to converge to an unphysical state of lower energy than the physical ground state, if it converges at all. We review, also, the application of two classes of exchange perturbation theory to LiH and larger systems. We show that the spectra of three Eisenschitz-London (EL) class, exchange perturbation theories have no continuum of unphysical states overlaying the physical states and no discrete, unphysical states below the lowest physical state. In contrast, the spectra of two Hirschfelder-Silbey class theories differ hardly at all from that found with the polarization approximation. Not one of the EL class of perturbation theories, however, eliminates all of the discrete unphysical states

  4. New perturbative approach to renormalizable field theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Dhar, A.; Gupta, V.

    1984-01-01

    A new method for obtaining perturbative predictions in quantum field theory is developed. Our method gives finite predictions, which are free from scheme ambiguities, for any quantity of interest (like a cross section or a Green's function) starting directly from the bare regularized Lagrangian. The central idea in our approach is to incorporate directly the consequences of dimensional transmutation for the predictions of the theory. We thus completely bypass the conventional renormalization procedure and the ambiguities associated with it. The case of massless theories with a single dimensionless coupling constant is treated in detail to illustrate our approach

  5. Algebraic perturbation theory for dense liquids with discrete potentials

    Science.gov (United States)

    Adib, Artur B.

    2007-06-01

    A simple theory for the leading-order correction g1(r) to the structure of a hard-sphere liquid with discrete (e.g., square-well) potential perturbations is proposed. The theory makes use of a general approximation that effectively eliminates four-particle correlations from g1(r) with good accuracy at high densities. For the particular case of discrete perturbations, the remaining three-particle correlations can be modeled with a simple volume-exclusion argument, resulting in an algebraic and surprisingly accurate expression for g1(r) . The structure of a discrete “core-softened” model for liquids with anomalous thermodynamic properties is reproduced as an application.

  6. Driven similarity renormalization group: Third-order multireference perturbation theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Chenyang; Evangelista, Francesco A

    2017-03-28

    A third-order multireference perturbation theory based on the driven similarity renormalization group (DSRG-MRPT3) approach is presented. The DSRG-MRPT3 method has several appealing features: (a) it is intruder free, (b) it is size consistent, (c) it leads to a non-iterative algorithm with O(N 6 ) scaling, and (d) it includes reference relaxation effects. The DSRG-MRPT3 scheme is benchmarked on the potential energy curves of F 2 , H 2 O 2 , C 2 H 6 , and N 2 along the F-F, O-O, C-C, and N-N bond dissociation coordinates, respectively. The nonparallelism errors of DSRG-MRPT3 are consistent with those of complete active space third-order perturbation theory and multireference configuration interaction with singles and doubles and show significant improvements over those obtained from DSRG second-order multireference perturbation theory. Our efficient implementation of the DSRG-MRPT3 based on factorized electron repulsion integrals enables studies of medium-sized open-shell organic compounds. This point is demonstrated with computations of the singlet-triplet splitting (Δ ST =E T -E S ) of 9,10-anthracyne. At the DSRG-MRPT3 level of theory, our best estimate of the adiabatic Δ ST is 3.9 kcal mol -1 , a value that is within 0.1 kcal mol -1 from multireference coupled cluster results.

  7. Application of depletion perturbation theory to fuel cycle burnup analysis

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    White, J.R.

    1979-01-01

    Over the past several years static perturbation theory methods have been increasingly used for reactor analysis in lieu of more detailed and costly direct computations. Recently, perturbation methods incorporating time dependence have also received attention, and several authors have demonstrated their applicability to fuel burnup analysis. The objective of the work described here is to demonstrate that a time-dependent perturbation method can be easily and accurately applied to realistic depletion problems

  8. Iterated Hamiltonian type systems and applications

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tiba, Dan

    2018-04-01

    We discuss, in arbitrary dimension, certain Hamiltonian type systems and prove existence, uniqueness and regularity properties, under the independence condition. We also investigate the critical case, define a class of generalized solutions and prove existence and basic properties. Relevant examples and counterexamples are also indicated. The applications concern representations of implicitly defined manifolds and their perturbations, motivated by differential systems involving unknown geometries.

  9. Exact-to-precision generalized perturbation theory for source-driven systems

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Wang Congjian; Abdel-Khalik, Hany S.

    2011-01-01

    Highlights: ► We present a new development in higher order generalized perturbation theory. ► The method addresses the explosion in the flux phase space, input parameters, and responses. ► The method hybridizes first-order GPT and proper orthogonal decomposition snapshots method. ► A simplified 1D and realistic 2D assembly models demonstrate applicability of the method. ► The accuracy of the method is compared to exact direct perturbations and first-order GPT. - Abstract: Presented in this manuscript are new developments to perturbation theory which are intended to extend its applicability to estimate, with quantifiable accuracy, the exact variations in all responses calculated by the model with respect to all possible perturbations in the model's input parameters. The new developments place high premium on reducing the associated computational overhead in order to enable the use of perturbation theory in routine reactor design calculations. By way of examples, these developments could be employed in core simulation to accurately estimate the few-group cross-sections variations resulting from perturbations in neutronics and thermal-hydraulics core conditions. These variations are currently being described using a look-up table approach, where thousands of assembly calculations are performed to capture few-group cross-sections variations for the downstream core calculations. Other applications include the efficient evaluation of surrogates for applications that require repeated model runs such as design optimization, inverse studies, uncertainty quantification, and online core monitoring. The theoretical background of these developments applied to source-driven systems and supporting numerical experiments are presented in this manuscript. Extension to eigenvalue problems will be presented in a future article.

  10. Quenched Chiral Perturbation Theory to one loop

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Colangelo, G.; Pallante, E.

    The divergences of the generating functional of quenched Chiral Perturbation theory (qCHPT) to one loop are computed in closed form. We show how the quenched chiral logarithms can be reabsorbed in the renormalization of the B0 parameter of the leading order Lagrangian. Finally, we do the chiral

  11. Equivalence of Lagrangian and Hamiltonian BRST quantizations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Grigoryan, G.V.; Grigoryan, R.P.; Tyutin, I.V.

    1992-01-01

    Two approaches to the quantization of gauge theories using BRST symmetry are widely used nowadays: the Lagrangian quantization, developed in (BV-quantization) and Hamiltonian quantization, formulated in (BFV-quantization). For all known examples of field theory (Yang-Mills theory, gravitation etc.) both schemes give equivalent results. However the equivalence of these approaches in general wasn't proved. The main obstacle in comparing of these formulations consists in the fact, that in Hamiltonian approach the number of ghost fields is equal to the number of all first-class constraints, while in the Lagrangian approach the number of ghosts is equal to the number of independent gauge symmetries, which is equal to the number of primary first-class constraints only. This paper is devoted to the proof of the equivalence of Lagrangian and Hamiltonian quantizations for the systems with first-class constraints only. This is achieved by a choice of special gauge in the Hamiltonian approach. It's shown, that after integration over redundant variables on the functional integral we come to effective action which is constructed according to rules for construction of the effective action in Lagrangian quantization scheme

  12. Non-perturbative heavy quark effective theory. Introduction and status

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Sommer, Rainer; Humboldt-Universitaet, Berlin

    2015-01-01

    We give an introduction to Heavy Quark Effective Theory (HQET). Our emphasis is on its formulation non-perturbative in the strong coupling, including the non-perturbative determination of the parameters in the HQET Lagrangian. In a second part we review the present status of HQET on the lattice, largely based on work of the ALPHA collaboration in the last few years. We finally discuss opportunities and challenges.

  13. Periodic solutions of asymptotically linear Hamiltonian systems without twist conditions

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Cheng Rong [Coll. of Mathematics and Physics, Nanjing Univ. of Information Science and Tech., Nanjing (China); Dept. of Mathematics, Southeast Univ., Nanjing (China); Zhang Dongfeng [Dept. of Mathematics, Southeast Univ., Nanjing (China)

    2010-05-15

    In dynamical system theory, especially in many fields of applications from mechanics, Hamiltonian systems play an important role, since many related equations in mechanics can be written in an Hamiltonian form. In this paper, we study the existence of periodic solutions for a class of Hamiltonian systems. By applying the Galerkin approximation method together with a result of critical point theory, we establish the existence of periodic solutions of asymptotically linear Hamiltonian systems without twist conditions. Twist conditions play crucial roles in the study of periodic solutions for asymptotically linear Hamiltonian systems. The lack of twist conditions brings some difficulty to the study. To the authors' knowledge, very little is known about the case, where twist conditions do not hold. (orig.)

  14. Perturbed soliton excitations in inhomogeneous DNA

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Daniel, M.; Vasumathi, V.

    2005-05-01

    We study nonlinear dynamics of inhomogeneous DNA double helical chain under dynamic plane-base rotator model by considering angular rotation of bases in a plane normal to the helical axis. The DNA dynamics in this case is found to be governed by a perturbed sine-Gordon equation when taking into account the interstrand hydrogen bonding energy and intrastrand inhomogeneous stacking energy and making an analogy with the Heisenberg model of the Hamiltonian for an inhomogeneous anisotropic spin ladder with ferromagnetic legs and antiferromagentic rung coupling. In the homogeneous limit the dynamics is governed by the kink-antikink soliton of the sine-Gordon equation which represents the formation of open state configuration in DNA double helix. The effect of inhomogeneity in stacking energy in the form of localized and periodic variations on the formation of open states in DNA is studied under perturbation. The perturbed soliton is obtained using a multiple scale soliton perturbation theory by solving the associated linear eigen value problem and constructing the complete set of eigen functions. The inhomogeneity in stacking energy is found to modulate the width and speed of the soliton depending on the nature of inhomogeneity. Also it introduces fluctuations in the form of train of pulses or periodic oscillation in the open state configuration (author)

  15. The (confinement) structure of Yang-Mills-theories within a Bose-BCS-theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Schuette, D.

    1984-01-01

    It is the purpose of this talk to report on a first attempt to apply (non-perturbative) techniques of many-body theory to a field-theory of the Yang-Mills-type. The procedure is in principle analogous to lattice calculations: In order to make the field-theoretical hamiltonian a well-behaved operator in the Fock-space, a phasespace-cutoff is assumed for the definition of the field operators. The coupling constant g then becomes a function of this cutoff which is fixed by some physical property like a glue-ball mass. (orig./HSI)

  16. Hamiltonian thermodynamics of charged three-dimensional dilatonic black holes

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Dias, Goncalo A. S.; Lemos, Jose P. S.

    2008-01-01

    The action for a class of three-dimensional dilaton-gravity theories, with an electromagnetic Maxwell field and a cosmological constant, can be recast in a Brans-Dicke-Maxwell type action, with its free ω parameter. For a negative cosmological constant, these theories have static, electrically charged, and spherically symmetric black hole solutions. Those theories with well formulated asymptotics are studied through a Hamiltonian formalism, and their thermodynamical properties are found out. The theories studied are general relativity (ω→±∞), a dimensionally reduced cylindrical four-dimensional general relativity theory (ω=0), and a theory representing a class of theories (ω=-3), all with a Maxwell term. The Hamiltonian formalism is set up in three dimensions through foliations on the right region of the Carter-Penrose diagram, with the bifurcation 1-sphere as the left boundary, and anti-de Sitter infinity as the right boundary. The metric functions on the foliated hypersurfaces and the radial component of the vector potential one-form are the canonical coordinates. The Hamiltonian action is written, the Hamiltonian being a sum of constraints. One finds a new action which yields an unconstrained theory with two pairs of canonical coordinates (M,P M ;Q,P Q ), where M is the mass parameter, which for ω M is the conjugate momenta of M, Q is the charge parameter, and P Q is its conjugate momentum. The resulting Hamiltonian is a sum of boundary terms only. A quantization of the theory is performed. The Schroedinger evolution operator is constructed, the trace is taken, and the partition function of the grand canonical ensemble is obtained, where the chemical potential is the scalar electric field φ. Like the uncharged cases studied previously, the charged black hole entropies differ, in general, from the usual quarter of the horizon area due to the dilaton.

  17. Chiral Schwinger model with the Faddeevian regularization in the light-front frame: construction of the gauge-invariant theory through the Stueckelberg term, Hamiltonian and BRST formulations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kulshreshtha, U.

    1998-01-01

    A chiral Schwinger model with the Faddeevian regularization a la Mitra is studied in the light-front frame. The front-form theory is found to be gauge-non-invariant. The Hamiltonian formulation of this gauge-non-invariant theory is first investigated and then the Stueckelberg term for this theory is constructed. Finally, the Hamiltonian and BRST formulations of the resulting gauge-invariant theory, obtained by the inclusion of the Stueckelberg term in the action of the above gauge-non-invariant theory, are investigated with some specific gauge choices. (orig.)

  18. Boundary Hamiltonian Theory for Gapped Topological Orders

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hu, Yuting; Wan, Yidun; Wu, Yong-Shi

    2017-06-01

    We report our systematic construction of the lattice Hamiltonian model of topological orders on open surfaces, with explicit boundary terms. We do this mainly for the Levin-Wen string-net model. The full Hamiltonian in our approach yields a topologically protected, gapped energy spectrum, with the corresponding wave functions robust under topology-preserving transformations of the lattice of the system. We explicitly present the wavefunctions of the ground states and boundary elementary excitations. The creation and hopping operators of boundary quasi-particles are constructed. It is found that given a bulk topological order, the gapped boundary conditions are classified by Frobenius algebras in its input data. Emergent topological properties of the ground states and boundary excitations are characterized by (bi-) modules over Frobenius algebras.

  19. Cosmological perturbation theory at three-loop order

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Blas, Diego [European Organization for Nuclear Research (CERN), Geneva (Switzerland); Garny, Mathias; Konstandin, Thomas [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Hamburg (Germany)

    2013-09-15

    We analyze the dark matter power spectrum at three-loop order in standard perturbation theory of large scale structure. We observe that at late times the loop expansion does not converge even for large scales (small momenta) well within the linear regime, but exhibits properties compatible with an asymptotic series. We propose a technique to restore the convergence in the limit of small momentum, and use it to obtain a perturbative expansion with improved convergence for momenta in the range where baryonic acoustic oscillations are present. Our results are compared with data from N-body simulations at different redshifts, and we find good agreement within this range.

  20. Cosmological perturbation theory at three-loop order

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Blas, Diego; Garny, Mathias; Konstandin, Thomas

    2013-09-01

    We analyze the dark matter power spectrum at three-loop order in standard perturbation theory of large scale structure. We observe that at late times the loop expansion does not converge even for large scales (small momenta) well within the linear regime, but exhibits properties compatible with an asymptotic series. We propose a technique to restore the convergence in the limit of small momentum, and use it to obtain a perturbative expansion with improved convergence for momenta in the range where baryonic acoustic oscillations are present. Our results are compared with data from N-body simulations at different redshifts, and we find good agreement within this range.

  1. A general-model-space diagrammatic perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hose, G.; Kaldor, U.

    1980-01-01

    A diagrammatic many-body perturbation theory applicable to arbitrary model spaces is presented. The necessity of having a complete model space (all possible occupancies of the partially-filled shells) is avoided. This requirement may be troublesome for systems with several well-spaced open shells, such as most atomic and molecular excited states, as a complete model space spans a very broad energy range and leaves out states within that range, leading to poor or no convergence of the perturbation series. The method presented here would be particularly useful for such states. The solution of a model problem (He 2 excited Σ + sub(g) states) is demonstrated. (Auth.)

  2. Discrete variational Hamiltonian mechanics

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Lall, S; West, M

    2006-01-01

    The main contribution of this paper is to present a canonical choice of a Hamiltonian theory corresponding to the theory of discrete Lagrangian mechanics. We make use of Lagrange duality and follow a path parallel to that used for construction of the Pontryagin principle in optimal control theory. We use duality results regarding sensitivity and separability to show the relationship between generating functions and symplectic integrators. We also discuss connections to optimal control theory and numerical algorithms

  3. Ostrogradski Hamiltonian approach for geodetic brane gravity

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Cordero, Ruben; Molgado, Alberto; Rojas, Efrain

    2010-01-01

    We present an alternative Hamiltonian description of a branelike universe immersed in a flat background spacetime. This model is named geodetic brane gravity. We set up the Regge-Teitelboim model to describe our Universe where such field theory is originally thought as a second order derivative theory. We refer to an Ostrogradski Hamiltonian formalism to prepare the system to its quantization. This approach comprize the manage of both first- and second-class constraints and the counting of degrees of freedom follows accordingly.

  4. Scheme (in?) dependence in perturbative Lagrangian quantum field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Slavnov, D.A.

    1995-01-01

    A problem of renormalization - scheme ambiguity in perturbation quantum field theory is investigated. A procedure is described that makes it possible to express uniquely all observable quantities in terms of a set base observables. Renormalization group equations for the base observable are constructed. The case of mass theory is treated. 9 refs

  5. Dimensional perturbation theory for the two-electron atom

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Goodson, D.Z.

    1987-01-01

    Perturbation theory in δ = 1/D, where D is the dimensionality of space, is applied to the two-electron atom. In Chapter 1 an efficient procedure for calculating the coefficients of the perturbation series for the ground-state energy is developed using recursion relations between the moments of the coordinate operators. Results through tenth order are presented. The series is divergent, but Pade summation gives results comparable in accuracy to the best configuration-interaction calculations. The singularity structure of the Pade approximants confirms the hypothesis that the energy as a function of δ has an infinite sequence of poles on the negative real axis that approaches an essential singularity at δ = O. The essential singularity causes the divergence of the perturbation series. There are also two poles at δ = 1 that slow the asymptotic convergence of the low-order terms. In Chapter 2, various techniques are demonstrated for removing the effect of these poles, and accurate results are thereby obtained, even at very low order. In Chapter 3, the large D limit of the correlation energy (CE) is investigated. In the limit D → infinity it is only 35% smaller than at D = 3. It can be made to vanish in the limit by modifying the Hartree-Fock (HF) wavefunction. In Chapter 4, perturbation theory is applied to the Hooke's-law model of the atom. Prospects for treating more-complicated systems are briefly discussed

  6. Two-color Fermi-liquid theory for transport through a multilevel Kondo impurity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Karki, D. B.; Mora, Christophe; von Delft, Jan; Kiselev, Mikhail N.

    2018-05-01

    We consider a quantum dot with K ≥2 orbital levels occupied by two electrons connected to two electric terminals. The generic model is given by a multilevel Anderson Hamiltonian. The weak-coupling theory at the particle-hole symmetric point is governed by a two-channel S =1 Kondo model characterized by intrinsic channels asymmetry. Based on a conformal field theory approach we derived an effective Hamiltonian at a strong-coupling fixed point. The Hamiltonian capturing the low-energy physics of a two-stage Kondo screening represents the quantum impurity by a two-color local Fermi liquid. Using nonequilibrium (Keldysh) perturbation theory around the strong-coupling fixed point we analyze the transport properties of the model at finite temperature, Zeeman magnetic field, and source-drain voltage applied across the quantum dot. We compute the Fermi-liquid transport constants and discuss different universality classes associated with emergent symmetries.

  7. Quasipotential in the fourth order of perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bojkova, N.A.; Dvoeglazov, V.V.; Tyukhtyaev, Yu.N.; Faustov, R.N.

    1992-01-01

    The quasipotential in the fourth order of perturbation theory is calculated in the Coulomb gauge for the unequal mass particles. It could be used for the future calculations of energy spectra in two-body systems. 15 refs.; 1 fig

  8. The Hamiltonian Approach to Yang-Mills (2+1): An Update and Corrections to String Tension

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Nair, V P

    2013-01-01

    Yang-Mills theories in 2+1 (or 3) dimensions are interesting as nontrivial gauge theories in their own right and as effective theories of QCD at high temperatures. I shall review the basics of our Hamiltonian approach to this theory, emphasizing symmetries with a short update on its status. We will show that the calculation of the vacuum wave function for Yang-Mills theory in 2+1 dimensions is in the lowest order of a systematic expansion. Expectation values of observables can be calculated using an effective interacting chiral boson theory, which also leads to a natural expansion as a double series in the coupling constant (to be interpreted within a resummed perturbation series) and a particular kinematical factor. The calculation of the first set of corrections in this expansion shows that the string tension is modified by about −0.3% to −2.8% compared to the lowest order value. This is in good agreement with lattice estimates

  9. Contribution from the interaction Hamiltonian to the expectation value of particle number with the non-equilibrium quantum field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hotta, Ryuuichi; Morozumi, Takuya; Takata, Hiroyuki

    2012-01-01

    We develop the method analyzing particle number non-conserving phenomena with non-equilibrium quantum field-theory. In this study, we consider a CP violating model with interaction Hamiltonian that breaks particle number conservation. To derive the quantum Boltzmann equation for the particle number, we solve Schwinger-Dyson equation, which are obtained from two particle irreducible closed-time-path (2PI CTP) effective action. In this calculation, we show the contribution from interaction Hamiltonian to the time evolution of expectation value of particle number.

  10. Application of generalized perturbation theory to flux disadvantage factor calculations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Sallam, O.H.; Akimov, I.S.; Naguib, K.; Hamouda, I.

    1979-01-01

    The possibility of using the generalized perturbation theory to calculate the perturbation of the flux disadvantage factors of reactor cell, resulting from the variation of the cell parameters, is studied. For simplicity the one-group diffusion approximation is considered. All necessary equations are derived for variations both of the cell dimensions. Numerical results are presented in the paper

  11. Communication: Random phase approximation renormalized many-body perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bates, Jefferson E.; Furche, Filipp

    2013-01-01

    We derive a renormalized many-body perturbation theory (MBPT) starting from the random phase approximation (RPA). This RPA-renormalized perturbation theory extends the scope of single-reference MBPT methods to small-gap systems without significantly increasing the computational cost. The leading correction to RPA, termed the approximate exchange kernel (AXK), substantially improves upon RPA atomization energies and ionization potentials without affecting other properties such as barrier heights where RPA is already accurate. Thus, AXK is more balanced than second-order screened exchange [A. Grüneis et al., J. Chem. Phys. 131, 154115 (2009)], which tends to overcorrect RPA for systems with stronger static correlation. Similarly, AXK avoids the divergence of second-order Møller-Plesset (MP2) theory for small gap systems and delivers a much more consistent performance than MP2 across the periodic table at comparable cost. RPA+AXK thus is an accurate, non-empirical, and robust tool to assess and improve semi-local density functional theory for a wide range of systems previously inaccessible to first-principles electronic structure calculations

  12. Relativistic many-body perturbation-theory calculations based on Dirac-Fock-Breit wave functions

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Ishikawa, Y.; Quiney, H.M.

    1993-01-01

    A relativistic many-body perturbation theory based on the Dirac-Fock-Breit wave functions has been developed and implemented by employing analytic basis sets of Gaussian-type functions. The instantaneous Coulomb and low-frequency Breit interactions are treated using a unified formalism in both the construction of the Dirac-Fock-Breit self-consistent-field atomic potential and in the evaluation of many-body perturbation-theory diagrams. The relativistic many-body perturbation-theory calculations have been performed on the helium atom and ions of the helium isoelectronic sequence up to Z=50. The contribution of the low-frequency Breit interaction to the relativistic correlation energy is examined for the helium isoelectronic sequence

  13. Advances in heuristically based generalized perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Gandini, A.

    1994-01-01

    A distinctive feature of heuristically based generalized perturbation theory methodology consists in the systematic use of importance conservation concepts. As well known, this use leads to fundamental reciprocity relationship. Instead, the alternative variational and differential one approaches make a consistent use of the properties and adjoint functions. The equivalence between the importance and the adjoint functions have been demonstrated in important cases. There are some instances, however, in which the commonly known operator governing the adjoint function are not adequate. In this paper ways proposed to generalize this rules, as adopted with the heuristic generalized perturbation theory methodology, are illustrated. When applied to the neutron/nuclide field characterizing the core evolution in a power reactor system, in which also an intensive control variable (ρ) is defined, these rules leas to an orthogonality relationship connected to this same control variable. A set of ρ-mode eigenfunctions may be correspondingly defined and an extended concept of reactivity (generalizing that commonly associated with the multiplication factor) proposed as more directly indicative of the controllability of a critical reactor system. (author). 25 refs

  14. Incomplete Dirac reduction of constrained Hamiltonian systems

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chandre, C., E-mail: chandre@cpt.univ-mrs.fr

    2015-10-15

    First-class constraints constitute a potential obstacle to the computation of a Poisson bracket in Dirac’s theory of constrained Hamiltonian systems. Using the pseudoinverse instead of the inverse of the matrix defined by the Poisson brackets between the constraints, we show that a Dirac–Poisson bracket can be constructed, even if it corresponds to an incomplete reduction of the original Hamiltonian system. The uniqueness of Dirac brackets is discussed. The relevance of this procedure for infinite dimensional Hamiltonian systems is exemplified.

  15. Spin orientations of the spin-half Ir(4+) ions in Sr3NiIrO6, Sr2IrO4, and Na2IrO3: Density functional, perturbation theory, and Madelung potential analyses.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gordon, Elijah E; Xiang, Hongjun; Köhler, Jürgen; Whangbo, Myung-Hwan

    2016-03-21

    The spins of the low-spin Ir(4+) (S = 1/2, d(5)) ions at the octahedral sites of the oxides Sr3NiIrO6, Sr2IrO4, and Na2IrO3 exhibit preferred orientations with respect to their IrO6 octahedra. We evaluated the magnetic anisotropies of these S = 1/2 ions on the basis of density functional theory (DFT) calculations including spin-orbit coupling (SOC), and probed their origin by performing perturbation theory analyses with SOC as perturbation within the LS coupling scheme. The observed spin orientations of Sr3NiIrO6 and Sr2IrO4 are correctly predicted by DFT calculations, and are accounted for by the perturbation theory analysis. As for the spin orientation of Na2IrO3, both experimental studies and DFT calculations have not been unequivocal. Our analysis reveals that the Ir(4+) spin orientation of Na2IrO3 should have nonzero components along the c- and a-axis directions. The spin orientations determined by DFT calculations are sensitive to the accuracy of the crystal structures employed, which is explained by perturbation theory analyses when interactions between adjacent Ir(4+) ions are taken into consideration. There are indications implying that the 5d electrons of Na2IrO3 are less strongly localized compared with those of Sr3NiIrO6 and Sr2IrO4. This implication was confirmed by showing that the Madelung potentials of the Ir(4+) ions are less negative in Na2IrO3 than in Sr3NiIrO6 and Sr2IrO4. Most transition-metal S = 1/2 ions do have magnetic anisotropies because the SOC induces interactions among their crystal-field split d-states, and the associated mixing of the states modifies only the orbital parts of the states. This finding cannot be mimicked by a spin Hamiltonian because this model Hamiltonian lacks the orbital degree of freedom, thereby leading to the spin-half syndrome. The spin-orbital entanglement for the 5d spin-half ions Ir(4+) is not as strong as has been assumed.

  16. Hamiltonian Dynamics and Adiabatic Invariants for Time-Dependent Superconducting Qubit-Oscillators and Resonators in Quantum Computing Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jeong Ryeol Choi

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available An adiabatic invariant, which is a conserved quantity, is useful for studying quantum and classical properties of dynamical systems. Adiabatic invariants for time-dependent superconducting qubit-oscillator systems and resonators are investigated using the Liouville-von Neumann equation. At first, we derive an invariant for a simple superconducting qubit-oscillator through the introduction of its reduced Hamiltonian. Afterwards, an adiabatic invariant for a nanomechanical resonator linearly interfaced with a superconducting circuit, via a coupling with a time-dependent strength, is evaluated using the technique of unitary transformation. The accuracy of conservation for such invariant quantities is represented in detail. Based on the results of our developments in this paper, perturbation theory is applicable to the research of quantum characteristics of more complicated qubit systems that are described by a time-dependent Hamiltonian involving nonlinear terms.

  17. Hamiltonian analysis of transverse dynamics in axisymmetric rf photoinjectors

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Wang, C.-x.

    2006-01-01

    A general Hamiltonian that governs the beam dynamics in an rf photoinjector is derived from first principles. With proper choice of coordinates, the resulting Hamiltonian has a simple and familiar form, while taking into account the rapid acceleration, rf focusing, magnetic focusing, and space-charge forces. From the linear Hamiltonian, beam-envelope evolution is readily obtained, which better illuminates the theory of emittance compensation. Preliminary results on the third-order nonlinear Hamiltonian will be given as well.

  18. SMD-based numerical stochastic perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dalla Brida, Mattia; Lüscher, Martin

    2017-05-01

    The viability of a variant of numerical stochastic perturbation theory, where the Langevin equation is replaced by the SMD algorithm, is examined. In particular, the convergence of the process to a unique stationary state is rigorously established and the use of higher-order symplectic integration schemes is shown to be highly profitable in this context. For illustration, the gradient-flow coupling in finite volume with Schrödinger functional boundary conditions is computed to two-loop (i.e. NNL) order in the SU(3) gauge theory. The scaling behaviour of the algorithm turns out to be rather favourable in this case, which allows the computations to be driven close to the continuum limit.

  19. SMD-based numerical stochastic perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dalla Brida, Mattia [Universita di Milano-Bicocca, Dipartimento di Fisica, Milan (Italy); INFN, Sezione di Milano-Bicocca (Italy); Luescher, Martin [CERN, Theoretical Physics Department, Geneva (Switzerland); AEC, Institute for Theoretical Physics, University of Bern (Switzerland)

    2017-05-15

    The viability of a variant of numerical stochastic perturbation theory, where the Langevin equation is replaced by the SMD algorithm, is examined. In particular, the convergence of the process to a unique stationary state is rigorously established and the use of higher-order symplectic integration schemes is shown to be highly profitable in this context. For illustration, the gradient-flow coupling in finite volume with Schroedinger functional boundary conditions is computed to two-loop (i.e. NNL) order in the SU(3) gauge theory. The scaling behaviour of the algorithm turns out to be rather favourable in this case, which allows the computations to be driven close to the continuum limit. (orig.)

  20. SMD-based numerical stochastic perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Dalla Brida, Mattia; Luescher, Martin

    2017-01-01

    The viability of a variant of numerical stochastic perturbation theory, where the Langevin equation is replaced by the SMD algorithm, is examined. In particular, the convergence of the process to a unique stationary state is rigorously established and the use of higher-order symplectic integration schemes is shown to be highly profitable in this context. For illustration, the gradient-flow coupling in finite volume with Schroedinger functional boundary conditions is computed to two-loop (i.e. NNL) order in the SU(3) gauge theory. The scaling behaviour of the algorithm turns out to be rather favourable in this case, which allows the computations to be driven close to the continuum limit. (orig.)

  1. Perturbation theory for plasmonic modulation and sensing

    KAUST Repository

    Raman, Aaswath

    2011-05-25

    We develop a general perturbation theory to treat small parameter changes in dispersive plasmonic nanostructures and metamaterials. We specifically apply it to dielectric refractive index and metallic plasma frequency modulation in metal-dielectric nanostructures. As a numerical demonstration, we verify the theory\\'s accuracy against direct calculations for a system of plasmonic rods in air where the metal is defined by a three-pole fit of silver\\'s dielectric function. We also discuss new optical behavior related to plasma frequency modulation in such systems. Our approach provides new physical insight for the design of plasmonic devices for biochemical sensing and optical modulation and future active metamaterial applications. © 2011 American Physical Society.

  2. Perturbation theory of a symmetric center within Liénard equations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Françoise, Jean-Pierre; Xiao, Dongmei

    2015-09-01

    In this article, we introduce the use of Lambert function to develop further the global perturbation theory of an integrable Liénard equation which displays a symmetric center. We prove a global Morse lemma for the first integral and deduce the existence of an associated Picard-Fuchs system. We revisit previous contributions to first-order perturbation theory with the help of these new analytic techniques and in particular, we check that the fundamental integrals are linearly independent. The Lambert function allows to find an expansion formula for these integrals. We also study the possibility to develop a higher-order perturbation theory. The algorithm of the successive derivatives works in general in the class of analytic functions on the domain D where the level sets of the first integral are ovals. We end the article with some results on the first integral of a symmetric Liénard equation deduced from the algorithm of successive derivatives.

  3. Particle linear theory on a self-gravitating perturbed cubic Bravais lattice

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Marcos, B.

    2008-01-01

    Discreteness effects are a source of uncontrolled systematic errors of N-body simulations, which are used to compute the evolution of a self-gravitating fluid. We have already developed the so-called ''particle linear theory''(PLT), which describes the evolution of the position of self-gravitating particles located on a perturbed simple cubic lattice. It is the discrete analogue of the well-known (Lagrangian) linear theory of a self-gravitating fluid. Comparing both theories permits us to quantify precisely discreteness effects in the linear regime. It is useful to develop the PLT also for other perturbed lattices because they represent different discretizations of the same continuous system. In this paper we detail how to implement the PLT for perturbed cubic Bravais lattices (simple, body, and face-centered) in a cubic simulation box. As an application, we will study the discreteness effects--in the linear regime--of N-body simulations for which initial conditions have been set up using these different lattices.

  4. Chiral perturbation theory for nucleon generalized parton distributions

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Diehl, M. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Hamburg (Germany); Manashov, A. [Regensburg Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Physik 1 - Theoretische Physik]|[Sankt-Petersburg State Univ. (Russian Federation). Dept. of Theoretical Physics; Schaefer, A. [Regensburg Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Physik 1 - Theoretische Physik

    2006-08-15

    We analyze the moments of the isosinglet generalized parton distributions H, E, H, E of the nucleon in one-loop order of heavy-baryon chiral perturbation theory. We discuss in detail the construction of the operators in the effective theory that are required to obtain all corrections to a given order in the chiral power counting. The results will serve to improve the extrapolation of lattice results to the chiral limit. (orig.)

  5. Integrable spin chain of superconformal U(M) x U(N)-bar Chern-Simons theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bak, Dongsu; Gang, Dongmin; Rey, Soo-Jong

    2008-01-01

    N = 6 superconformal Chern-Simons theory with gauge group U(M) x U(N)-bar is dual to N M2-branes and (M-N) fractional M2-branes, equivalently, discrete 3-form holonomy at C 4 /Z k orbifold singularity. We show that, much like its regular counterpart of M = N, the theory at planar limit have integrability structure in the conformal dimension spectrum of single trace operators. We first revisit the Yang-Baxter equation for a spin chain system associated with the single trace operators. We show that the integrability by itself does not preclude parity symmetry breaking. We construct two-parameter family of parity non-invariant, alternating spin chain Hamiltonian involving three-site interactions between 4 and 4-bar of SU(4) R . At weak 't Hooft coupling, we study the Chern-Simons theory perturbatively and calculate anomalous dimension of single trace operators up to two loops. The computation is essentially parallel to the regular case M = N. We find that resulting spin chain Hamiltonian matches with the Hamiltonian derived from Yang-Baxter equation, but to the one preserving parity symmetry. We give several intuitive explanations why the parity symmetry breaking is not detected in the Chern-Simons spin chain Hamiltonian at perturbative level. We suggest that open spin chain, associated with open string excitations on giant gravitons or dibaryons, can detect discrete flat holonomy and hence parity symmetry breaking through boundary field.

  6. Exploration of zeroth-order wavefunctions and energies as a first step toward intramolecular symmetry-adapted perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gonthier, Jérôme F.; Corminboeuf, Clémence

    2014-04-01

    Non-covalent interactions occur between and within all molecules and have a profound impact on structural and electronic phenomena in chemistry, biology, and material science. Understanding the nature of inter- and intramolecular interactions is essential not only for establishing the relation between structure and properties, but also for facilitating the rational design of molecules with targeted properties. These objectives have motivated the development of theoretical schemes decomposing intermolecular interactions into physically meaningful terms. Among the various existing energy decomposition schemes, Symmetry-Adapted Perturbation Theory (SAPT) is one of the most successful as it naturally decomposes the interaction energy into physical and intuitive terms. Unfortunately, analogous approaches for intramolecular energies are theoretically highly challenging and virtually nonexistent. Here, we introduce a zeroth-order wavefunction and energy, which represent the first step toward the development of an intramolecular variant of the SAPT formalism. The proposed energy expression is based on the Chemical Hamiltonian Approach (CHA), which relies upon an asymmetric interpretation of the electronic integrals. The orbitals are optimized with a non-hermitian Fock matrix based on two variants: one using orbitals strictly localized on individual fragments and the other using canonical (delocalized) orbitals. The zeroth-order wavefunction and energy expression are validated on a series of prototypical systems. The computed intramolecular interaction energies demonstrate that our approach combining the CHA with strictly localized orbitals achieves reasonable interaction energies and basis set dependence in addition to producing intuitive energy trends. Our zeroth-order wavefunction is the primary step fundamental to the derivation of any perturbation theory correction, which has the potential to truly transform our understanding and quantification of non

  7. Exploration of zeroth-order wavefunctions and energies as a first step toward intramolecular symmetry-adapted perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Gonthier, Jérôme F.; Corminboeuf, Clémence

    2014-01-01

    Non-covalent interactions occur between and within all molecules and have a profound impact on structural and electronic phenomena in chemistry, biology, and material science. Understanding the nature of inter- and intramolecular interactions is essential not only for establishing the relation between structure and properties, but also for facilitating the rational design of molecules with targeted properties. These objectives have motivated the development of theoretical schemes decomposing intermolecular interactions into physically meaningful terms. Among the various existing energy decomposition schemes, Symmetry-Adapted Perturbation Theory (SAPT) is one of the most successful as it naturally decomposes the interaction energy into physical and intuitive terms. Unfortunately, analogous approaches for intramolecular energies are theoretically highly challenging and virtually nonexistent. Here, we introduce a zeroth-order wavefunction and energy, which represent the first step toward the development of an intramolecular variant of the SAPT formalism. The proposed energy expression is based on the Chemical Hamiltonian Approach (CHA), which relies upon an asymmetric interpretation of the electronic integrals. The orbitals are optimized with a non-hermitian Fock matrix based on two variants: one using orbitals strictly localized on individual fragments and the other using canonical (delocalized) orbitals. The zeroth-order wavefunction and energy expression are validated on a series of prototypical systems. The computed intramolecular interaction energies demonstrate that our approach combining the CHA with strictly localized orbitals achieves reasonable interaction energies and basis set dependence in addition to producing intuitive energy trends. Our zeroth-order wavefunction is the primary step fundamental to the derivation of any perturbation theory correction, which has the potential to truly transform our understanding and quantification of non

  8. Quantum field theory of photon—Dirac fermion interacting system in graphene monolayer

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Nguyen, Bich Ha; Nguyen, Van Hieu

    2016-01-01

    The purpose of the present work is to elaborate quantum field theory of interacting systems comprising Dirac fermion fields in a graphene monolayer and the electromagnetic field. Since the Dirac fermions are confined in a two-dimensional plane, the interaction Hamiltonian of this system contains the projection of the electromagnetic field operator onto the plane of a graphene monolayer. Following the quantization procedure in traditional quantum electrodynamics we chose to work in the gauge determined by the weak Lorentz condition imposed on the state vectors of all physical states of the system. The explicit expression of the two-point Green function of the projection onto a graphene monolayer of a free electromagnetic field is derived. This two-point Green function and the expression of the interaction Hamiltonian together with the two-point Green functions of free Dirac fermion fields established in our previous work form the basics of the perturbation theory of the above-mentioned interacting field system. As an example, the perturbation theory is applied to the study of two-point Green functions of this interacting system of quantum fields. (paper)

  9. Can the second order multireference perturbation theory be considered a reliable tool to study mixed-valence compounds?

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pastore, Mariachiara; Helal, Wissam; Evangelisti, Stefano; Leininger, Thierry; Malrieu, Jean-Paul; Maynau, Daniel; Angeli, Celestino; Cimiraglia, Renzo

    2008-05-07

    In this paper, the problem of the calculation of the electronic structure of mixed-valence compounds is addressed in the frame of multireference perturbation theory (MRPT). Using a simple mixed-valence compound (the 5,5(') (4H,4H('))-spirobi[ciclopenta[c]pyrrole] 2,2('),6,6(') tetrahydro cation), and the n-electron valence state perturbation theory (NEVPT2) and CASPT2 approaches, it is shown that the ground state (GS) energy curve presents an unphysical "well" for nuclear coordinates close to the symmetric case, where a maximum is expected. For NEVPT, the correct shape of the energy curve is retrieved by applying the MPRT at the (computationally expensive) third order. This behavior is rationalized using a simple model (the ionized GS of two weakly interacting identical systems, each neutral system being described by two electrons in two orbitals), showing that the unphysical well is due to the canonical orbital energies which at the symmetric (delocalized) conformation lead to a sudden modification of the denominators in the perturbation expansion. In this model, the bias introduced in the second order correction to the energy is almost entirely removed going to the third order. With the results of the model in mind, one can predict that all MRPT methods in which the zero order Hamiltonian is based on canonical orbital energies are prone to present unreasonable energy profiles close to the symmetric situation. However, the model allows a strategy to be devised which can give a correct behavior even at the second order, by simply averaging the orbital energies of the two charge-localized electronic states. Such a strategy is adopted in a NEVPT2 scheme obtaining a good agreement with the third order results based on the canonical orbital energies. The answer to the question reported in the title (is this theoretical approach a reliable tool for a correct description of these systems?) is therefore positive, but care must be exercised, either in defining the orbital

  10. Non-perturbative description of quantum systems

    CERN Document Server

    Feranchuk, Ilya; Le, Van-Hoang; Ulyanenkov, Alexander

    2015-01-01

    This book introduces systematically the operator method for the solution of the Schrödinger equation. This method permits to describe the states of quantum systems in the entire range of parameters of Hamiltonian with a predefined accuracy. The operator method is unique compared with other non-perturbative methods due to its ability to deliver in zeroth approximation the uniformly suitable estimate for both ground and excited states of quantum system. The method has been generalized for the application to quantum statistics and quantum field theory.  In this book, the numerous applications of operator method for various physical systems are demonstrated. Simple models are used to illustrate the basic principles of the method which are further used for the solution of complex problems of quantum theory for many-particle systems. The results obtained are supplemented by numerical calculations, presented as tables and figures.

  11. Canonical formulation of supergravity and the quantization of the ultralocal theory of gravity

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Pilati, M.L.

    1980-01-01

    This thesis consists of two parts whose only common feature is that they are Hamiltonian field theories of geometric interest. The first part is concerned with the canonical formulation of supergravity and other geometrical, supersymmetric theories. The Hamiltonian for supergravity and the spinning membrane are computed, and the possible usefulness of the Hamiltonian formalism for finding the underlying geometry described. The second part attempts to give the quantization of the ultralocal theory of gravity. Classically the ultralocal theory corresponds to dropping g/sup 1/2//sup (3)/R from the Hamiltonian. The speed of light in this theory is zero; there is no propagation of information. It is desired to have the quantum version of this theory play the role that Fock space plays in ordinary quantum field theory, i.e., to the theory about which perturbations are made to obtain the full quantum theory of gravity. The quantum theory is begun by choosing variables consistent with the three-dimensional metric's having positive-definite spectrum. The representation of these operators is then given; it is an exponential representation. The operators script-H/sub perpendicular/ and script-H/sub i/ are constructed in this representation, the properties of script-H/sub i/ implying that the theory is coordinate invariant. It is found that script-H/sub perpendicular/ cannot be realized as a constraint in this theory in the way that one expects of a quantum theory of gravity

  12. Perturbation theory for Markov chains via Wasserstein distance

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Rudolf, Daniel; Schweizer, Nikolaus

    2017-01-01

    Perturbation theory for Markov chains addresses the question of how small differences in the transition probabilities of Markov chains are reflected in differences between their distributions. We prove powerful and flexible bounds on the distance of the nth step distributions of two Markov chains

  13. Perturbation theory in Lagrangian hydrodynamics for a cosmological fluid with velocity dispersion

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Tatekawa, Takayuki; Suda, Momoko; Maeda, Kei-ichi; Morita, Masaaki; Anzai, Hiroki

    2002-01-01

    We extensively develop a perturbation theory for nonlinear cosmological dynamics, based on the Lagrangian description of hydrodynamics. We solve the hydrodynamic equations for a self-gravitating fluid with pressure, given by a polytropic equation of state, using a perturbation method up to second order. This perturbative approach is an extension of the usual Lagrangian perturbation theory for a pressureless fluid, in view of the inclusion of the pressure effect, which should be taken into account on the occurrence of velocity dispersion. We obtain the first-order solutions in generic background universes and the second-order solutions in a wider range of a polytropic index, whereas our previous work gives the first-order solutions only in the Einstein-de Sitter background and the second-order solutions for the polytropic index 4/3. Using the perturbation solutions, we present illustrative examples of our formulation in one- and two-dimensional systems, and discuss how the evolution of inhomogeneities changes for the variation of the polytropic index

  14. A spin-adapted size-extensive state-specific multi-reference perturbation theory. I. Formal developments

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mao, Shuneng; Cheng, Lan; Liu, Wenjian; Mukherjee, Debashis

    2012-01-01

    We present in this paper a comprehensive formulation of a spin-adapted size-extensive state-specific multi-reference second-order perturbation theory (SA-SSMRPT2) as a tool for applications to molecular states of arbitrary complexity and generality. The perturbative theory emerges in the development as a result of a physically appealing quasi-linearization of a rigorously size-extensive state-specific multi-reference coupled cluster (SSMRCC) formalism [U. S. Mahapatra, B. Datta, and D. Mukherjee, J. Chem. Phys. 110, 6171 (1999), 10.1063/1.478523]. The formulation is intruder-free as long as the state-energy is energetically well-separated from the virtual functions. SA-SSMRPT2 works with a complete active space (CAS), and treats each of the model space functions on the same footing. This thus has the twin advantages of being capable of handling varying degrees of quasi-degeneracy and of ensuring size-extensivity. This strategy is attractive in terms of the applicability to bigger systems. A very desirable property of the parent SSMRCC theory is the explicit maintenance of size-extensivity under a variety of approximations of the working equations. We show how to generate both the Rayleigh-Schrödinger (RS) and the Brillouin-Wigner (BW) versions of SA-SSMRPT2. Unlike the traditional naive formulations, both the RS and the BW variants are manifestly size-extensive and both share the avoidance of intruders in the same manner as the parent SSMRCC. We discuss the various features of the RS as well as the BW version using several partitioning strategies of the hamiltonian. Unlike the other CAS based MRPTs, the SA-SSMRPT2 is intrinsically flexible in the sense that it is constructed in a manner that it can relax the coefficients of the reference function, or keep the coefficients frozen if we so desire. We delineate the issues pertaining to the spin-adaptation of the working equations of the SA-SSMRPT2, starting from SSMRCC, which would allow us to incorporate essentially

  15. Theoretical studies of spin-Hamiltonian parameters of Mo{sup 5+} ion doped in K{sub 2}SnCl{sub 6} crystal

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Fang, Wang, E-mail: mailfangwang@163.com; Yang, Da-Xiao; Chen, Heng-Jie; Tang, Hai-Yan

    2013-11-15

    The spin-Hamiltonian (SH) parameters (g factors g{sub //}, g{sub ⊥} and hyperfine structure constants A{sub //}, A{sub ⊥} ) of K{sub 2}SnCl{sub 6}: Mo{sup 5+} (4d{sup 1}) crystal are theoretically studied by the use of two microscopic spin-Hamiltonian (SH) methods, the high-order perturbation theory method (PTM) and the complete diagonalization (of energy matrix) method (CDM) within the molecular orbital (MO) scheme. The contributions arising both from the crystal field and charge transfer excitations are taken into account. The investigations show that the charge transfer mechanism plays a decisive role in the understanding of the spin-Hamiltonian (SH) parameters for 4d{sup 1} ions in crystals with the strong coordinate covalence, especially for g{sub //}>g{sub ⊥} which cannot be explained in the frame work of traditional crystal field approximation (CFA). The local defect structure around Mo{sup 5+} impurity ion center is determined to be D{sub 4} {sub h} point group symmetry.

  16. NLO renormalization in the Hamiltonian truncation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Elias-Miró, Joan; Rychkov, Slava; Vitale, Lorenzo G.

    2017-09-01

    Hamiltonian truncation (also known as "truncated spectrum approach") is a numerical technique for solving strongly coupled quantum field theories, in which the full Hilbert space is truncated to a finite-dimensional low-energy subspace. The accuracy of the method is limited only by the available computational resources. The renormalization program improves the accuracy by carefully integrating out the high-energy states, instead of truncating them away. In this paper, we develop the most accurate ever variant of Hamiltonian Truncation, which implements renormalization at the cubic order in the interaction strength. The novel idea is to interpret the renormalization procedure as a result of integrating out exactly a certain class of high-energy "tail states." We demonstrate the power of the method with high-accuracy computations in the strongly coupled two-dimensional quartic scalar theory and benchmark it against other existing approaches. Our work will also be useful for the future goal of extending Hamiltonian truncation to higher spacetime dimensions.

  17. Multireference second order perturbation theory with a simplified treatment of dynamical correlation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xu, Enhua; Zhao, Dongbo; Li, Shuhua

    2015-10-13

    A multireference second order perturbation theory based on a complete active space configuration interaction (CASCI) function or density matrix renormalized group (DMRG) function has been proposed. This method may be considered as an approximation to the CAS/A approach with the same reference, in which the dynamical correlation is simplified with blocked correlated second order perturbation theory based on the generalized valence bond (GVB) reference (GVB-BCPT2). This method, denoted as CASCI-BCPT2/GVB or DMRG-BCPT2/GVB, is size consistent and has a similar computational cost as the conventional second order perturbation theory (MP2). We have applied it to investigate a number of problems of chemical interest. These problems include bond-breaking potential energy surfaces in four molecules, the spectroscopic constants of six diatomic molecules, the reaction barrier for the automerization of cyclobutadiene, and the energy difference between the monocyclic and bicyclic forms of 2,6-pyridyne. Our test applications demonstrate that CASCI-BCPT2/GVB can provide comparable results with CASPT2 (second order perturbation theory based on the complete active space self-consistent-field wave function) for systems under study. Furthermore, the DMRG-BCPT2/GVB method is applicable to treat strongly correlated systems with large active spaces, which are beyond the capability of CASPT2.

  18. 15th International Conference on Non-Hermitian Hamiltonians in Quantum Physics

    CERN Document Server

    Passante, Roberto; Trapani, Camillo

    2016-01-01

    This book presents the Proceedings of the 15th International Conference on Non-Hermitian Hamiltonians in Quantum Physics, held in Palermo, Italy, from 18 to 23 May 2015. Non-Hermitian operators, and non-Hermitian Hamiltonians in particular, have recently received considerable attention from both the mathematics and physics communities. There has been a growing interest in non-Hermitian Hamiltonians in quantum physics since the discovery that PT-symmetric Hamiltonians can have a real spectrum and thus a physical relevance. The main subjects considered in this book include: PT-symmetry in quantum physics, PT-optics, Spectral singularities and spectral techniques, Indefinite-metric theories, Open quantum systems, Krein space methods, and Biorthogonal systems and applications. The book also provides a summary of recent advances in pseudo-Hermitian Hamiltonians and PT-symmetric Hamiltonians, as well as their applications in quantum physics and in the theory of open quantum systems.

  19. A Theory of the Perturbed Consumer with General Budgets

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    McFadden, Daniel L; Fosgerau, Mogens

    We consider demand systems for utility-maximizing consumers facing general budget constraints whose utilities are perturbed by additive linear shifts in marginal utilities. Budgets are required to be compact but are not required to be convex. We define demand generating functions (DGF) whose...... subgradients with respect to these perturbations are convex hulls of the utility-maximizing demands. We give necessary as well as sufficient conditions for DGF to be consistent with utility maximization, and establish under quite general conditions that utility-maximizing demands are almost everywhere single......-valued and smooth in their arguments. We also give sufficient conditions for integrability of perturbed demand. Our analysis provides a foundation for applications of consumer theory to problems with nonlinear budget constraints....

  20. The precession of mercury's perihelion via perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Rosales, M.H.; Castro-Quilantan, J.L.

    1984-01-01

    Perturbation theory is used to solve the problem of the precession of Mercury's perihelion, this phenomenon being a relativistic effect. The expansion parameter appears naturally when the orbit equation is written in an appropriate form and it completely justifies the use of the first order approximation. (author)

  1. Variational identities and Hamiltonian structures

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Ma Wenxiu

    2010-01-01

    This report is concerned with Hamiltonian structures of classical and super soliton hierarchies. In the classical case, basic tools are variational identities associated with continuous and discrete matrix spectral problems, targeted to soliton equations derived from zero curvature equations over general Lie algebras, both semisimple and non-semisimple. In the super case, a supertrace identity is presented for constructing Hamiltonian structures of super soliton equations associated with Lie superalgebras. We illustrate the general theories by the KdV hierarchy, the Volterra lattice hierarchy, the super AKNS hierarchy, and two hierarchies of dark KdV equations and dark Volterra lattices. The resulting Hamiltonian structures show the commutativity of each hierarchy discussed and thus the existence of infinitely many commuting symmetries and conservation laws.

  2. Determination of the QCD Λ-parameter and the accuracy of perturbation theory at high energies

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Dalla Brida, Mattia; Fritzsch, Patrick; Korzec, Tomasz; Ramos, Alberto; Sint, Stefan; Sommer, Rainer; Humboldt-Universitaet, Berlin

    2016-04-01

    We discuss the determination of the strong coupling α_M_S(m_Z) or equivalently the QCD Λ-parameter. Its determination requires the use of perturbation theory in α_s(μ) in some scheme, s, and at some energy scale μ. The higher the scale μ the more accurate perturbation theory becomes, owing to asymptotic freedom. As one step in our computation of the Λ-parameter in three-flavor QCD, we perform lattice computations in a scheme which allows us to non-perturbatively reach very high energies, corresponding to α_s=0.1 and below. We find that (continuum) perturbation theory is very accurate there, yielding a three percent error in the Λ-parameter, while data around α_s∼0.2 is clearly insufficient to quote such a precision. It is important to realize that these findings are expected to be generic, as our scheme has advantageous properties regarding the applicability of perturbation theory.

  3. Determination of the QCD Λ-parameter and the accuracy of perturbation theory at high energies

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dalla Brida, Mattia [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC; Fritzsch, Patrick [Univ. Autonoma de Madrid (Spain). Inst. de Fisica Teorica UAM/CSIC; Korzec, Tomasz [Wuppertal Univ. (Germany). Dept. of Physics; Ramos, Alberto [CERN - European Organization for Nuclear Research, Geneva (Switzerland). Theory Div.; Sint, Stefan [Trinity College Dublin (Ireland). School of Mathematics; Sommer, Rainer [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Zeuthen (Germany). John von Neumann-Inst. fuer Computing NIC; Humboldt-Universitaet, Berlin (Germany). Inst. fuer Physik; Collaboration: ALPHA Collaboration

    2016-04-15

    We discuss the determination of the strong coupling α{sub MS}(m{sub Z}) or equivalently the QCD Λ-parameter. Its determination requires the use of perturbation theory in α{sub s}(μ) in some scheme, s, and at some energy scale μ. The higher the scale μ the more accurate perturbation theory becomes, owing to asymptotic freedom. As one step in our computation of the Λ-parameter in three-flavor QCD, we perform lattice computations in a scheme which allows us to non-perturbatively reach very high energies, corresponding to α{sub s}=0.1 and below. We find that (continuum) perturbation theory is very accurate there, yielding a three percent error in the Λ-parameter, while data around α{sub s}∼0.2 is clearly insufficient to quote such a precision. It is important to realize that these findings are expected to be generic, as our scheme has advantageous properties regarding the applicability of perturbation theory.

  4. Existence of localizing solutions in plasticity via the geometric singular perturbation theory

    KAUST Repository

    Lee, Min-Gi; Tzavaras, Athanasios

    2017-01-01

    system has fast and slow time scales, forming a singularly perturbed problem. Geometric singular perturbation theory is applied to this problem to achieve an invariant surface. The flow on the invariant surface is analyzed via the Poincaré

  5. Hamiltonian formalisms and symmetries of the Pais–Uhlenbeck oscillator

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Krzysztof Andrzejewski

    2014-12-01

    Full Text Available The study of the symmetry of Pais–Uhlenbeck oscillator initiated in Andrzejewski et al. (2014 [24] is continued with special emphasis put on the Hamiltonian formalism. The symmetry generators within the original Pais and Uhlenbeck Hamiltonian approach as well as the canonical transformation to the Ostrogradski Hamiltonian framework are derived. The resulting algebra of generators appears to be the central extension of the one obtained on the Lagrangian level; in particular, in the case of odd frequencies one obtains the centrally extended l-conformal Newton–Hooke algebra. In this important case the canonical transformation to an alternative Hamiltonian formalism (related to the free higher derivatives theory is constructed. It is shown that all generators can be expressed in terms of the ones for the free theory and the result agrees with that obtained by the orbit method.

  6. Resolving the issue of branched Hamiltonian in modified Lanczos-Lovelock gravity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ruz, Soumendranath; Mandal, Ranajit; Debnath, Subhra; Sanyal, Abhik Kumar

    2016-07-01

    The Hamiltonian constraint H_c = N{H} = 0, defines a diffeomorphic structure on spatial manifolds by the lapse function N in general theory of relativity. However, it is not manifest in Lanczos-Lovelock gravity, since the expression for velocity in terms of the momentum is multivalued. Thus the Hamiltonian is a branch function of momentum. Here we propose an extended theory of Lanczos-Lovelock gravity to construct a unique Hamiltonian in its minisuperspace version, which results in manifest diffeomorphic invariance and canonical quantization.

  7. Strong coupling expansion for scattering phases in hamiltonian lattice field theories. Pt. 2. SU(2) gauge theory in (2+1) dimensions

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Dahmen, B.

    1994-12-01

    A recently proposed method for a strong coupling analysis of scattering phenomena in hamiltonian lattice field theories is applied to the SU(2) Yang-Mills model in (2 + 1) dimensions. The calculation is performed up to second order in the hopping parameter. All relevant quantities that characterize the collision between the lightest glueballs in the elastic region - cross section, phase shifts, resonance parameters - are determined. (orig.)

  8. Contribution of higher order terms in the reductive perturbation theory, 2

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Ichikawa, Y.H.; Mitsuhashi, Teruo; Konno, Kimiaki.

    1977-01-01

    Contribution of higher order terms in the reductive perturbation theory has been investigated for nonlinear propagation of strongly dispersive ion plasma wave. The basic set of fluid equation is reduced to a coupled set of the nonlinear Schroedinger equation for the first order perturbed potential and a linear inhomogeneous equation for the second order perturbed potential. A steady state solution of the coupled set of equations has been solved analytically in the asymptotic limit of small wave number. (auth.)

  9. The sine-Gordon model and the small κ+ region of light- cone perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Griffin, P.A.

    1992-01-01

    The non-perturbative ultraviolet divergence of the sine-Gordon model is used to study the k + = 0 region of light-cone perturbation theory. The light-cone vacuum is shown to be unstable at the non- perturbative β 2 = 8π critical point by a light-cone version of Coleman's variational method. Vacuum bubbles, which are k + = 0 diagram in light-cone field theory and are individually finite and non-vanishing for all β, conspire to generate ultraviolet divergences of the light-cone energy density. The k + = 0 region of momentum also contributed to connected Green's functions: the connected two point function will not diverge, as it should, at the critical point unless diagrams which contribute only at k + = 0 are properly included. This analysis shows in a simple way how the k + = 0 region cannot be ignored even for connected diagrams. This phenomenon is expected to occur in higher dimensional gauge theories starting at two loop order in light-cone perturbation theory

  10. The general theory of quantized fields in the 1950s

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Wightman, A.S.

    1989-01-01

    This review describes developments in theoretical particle physics in the 1950s which were important in the race to develop a putative general theory of quantized fields, especially ideas that offered a mathematically rigorous theory. Basic theoretical concepts then available included the Hamiltonian formulation of quantum dynamics, canonical quantization, perturbative renormalization theory and the theory of distributions. Following a description of various important theoretical contributions of this era, the review ends with a summary of the most important contributions of axiomatic field theory to concrete physics applications. (UK)

  11. Hamiltonian theory of the ion cyclotron minority heating dynamics in tokamak plasmas

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Becoulet, A.; Gambier, D.J.; Samain, A.

    1990-03-01

    The question of heating a tokamak plasma by means of electromagnetic waves in the Ion Cyclotron Range of Frequency (ICRF) is considered in the perspective of large RF powers and in the low collisionality regime. In such case the Quasi Linear Theory (QLT) is validated by the Hamiltonian dynamics of the wave particle interaction which exceeds the threshold of the intrinsic stochasticity. The Hamiltonian dynamics is represented by the evolution of a set of three canonical action angle variables well adapted to the tokamak magnetic configuration. This approach allows to derive the RF diffusion coefficient with very few assumptions. The distribution function of the resonant ions is written as a Fokker Planck equation but the emphasis is put on the QL diffusion instead of on the usual diffusion induced by collisions. Then the Fokker Planck equation is given a variational from which a solution is derived in the form of a semi analytical trial function of three parameters: the percentage of resonant particle contained in the tail; an isotropic width ΔT and an anisotropic one ΔP. This solution is successfully tested against real experimental observations. Practically it is shown that in the case of JET the distribution function is influenced by adiabatic barriers which in turn limit the Hamiltonian stochasticity domain within energy values typically in the MeV range. Consequently and for a given ICRF power, the tail energy excursion is lower and its concentration higher than that of a bounce averaged prediction. This may actually be an advantage for machines like JET considering the energy range required to simulate the α-particle behaviour in a relevant fusion reactor

  12. Concepts in solids lectures on the theory of solids

    CERN Document Server

    Anderson, Philip Warren

    1964-01-01

    These lecture notes constitute a course on a number of central concepts of solid state physics - classification of solids, band theory, the developments in one-electron band theory in the presence of perturbation, effective Hamiltonian theory, elementary excitations and the various types of collective elementary excitation (excitons, spin waves and phonons), the Fermi liquid, ferromagnetic spin waves, antiferromagnetic spin waves and the theory of broken symmetry. The book can be used in conjunction with a survey course in solid state physics, or as the basis of a first graduate-level course.

  13. Ab-initio Hamiltonian approach to light nuclei and to quantum field ...

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    A successful microscopic non-perturbative Hamiltonian approach to low- ... sparse matrix eigenvalue problem with the Lanczos algorithm on leadership class .... which allows for an arbitrary phase factor eiα that we have taken to be unity. The.

  14. Perturbations and quasi-normal modes of black holes in Einstein-Aether theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Konoplya, R.A.; Zhidenko, A.

    2007-01-01

    We develop a new method for calculation of quasi-normal modes of black holes, when the effective potential, which governs black hole perturbations, is known only numerically in some region near the black hole. This method can be applied to perturbations of a wide class of numerical black hole solutions. We apply it to the black holes in the Einstein-Aether theory, a theory where general relativity is coupled to a unit time-like vector field, in order to observe local Lorentz symmetry violation. We found that in the non-reduced Einstein-Aether theory, real oscillation frequency and damping rate of quasi-normal modes are larger than those of Schwarzschild black holes in the Einstein theory

  15. The energy of perturbations for Vlasov plasmas

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Morrison, P.J.

    1994-02-01

    The energy content of electrostatic perturbations about homogeneous equilibria is discussed. The calculation leading to the well-known dielectric (or as it is sometimes called the wave) energy is revisited and interpreted in light of Vlasov theory. It is argued that this quantity is deficient because resonant particles are not correctly handled. A linear integral transform is presented that solves the linear Vlasov-Poisson equation. This solution together with the Kruskal-Oberman energy [Phys. Fluids 1, 275 (1958)] is used to obtain an energy expression in terms of the electric field [Phys. Fluids B 4, 3038 (1992)]. It is described how the integral transform amounts to a change to normal coordinates in an infinite dimensional Hamiltonian system

  16. Vibrational quasi-degenerate perturbation theory with optimized coordinates: applications to ethylene and trans-1,3-butadiene.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yagi, Kiyoshi; Otaki, Hiroki

    2014-02-28

    A perturbative extension to optimized coordinate vibrational self-consistent field (oc-VSCF) is proposed based on the quasi-degenerate perturbation theory (QDPT). A scheme to construct the degenerate space (P space) is developed, which incorporates degenerate configurations and alleviates the divergence of perturbative expansion due to localized coordinates in oc-VSCF (e.g., local O-H stretching modes of water). An efficient configuration selection scheme is also implemented, which screens out the Hamiltonian matrix element between the P space configuration (p) and the complementary Q space configuration (q) based on a difference in their quantum numbers (λpq = ∑s|ps - qs|). It is demonstrated that the second-order vibrational QDPT based on optimized coordinates (oc-VQDPT2) smoothly converges with respect to the order of the mode coupling, and outperforms the conventional one based on normal coordinates. Furthermore, an improved, fast algorithm is developed for optimizing the coordinates. First, the minimization of the VSCF energy is conducted in a restricted parameter space, in which only a portion of pairs of coordinates is selectively transformed. A rational index is devised for this purpose, which identifies the important coordinate pairs to mix from others that may remain unchanged based on the magnitude of harmonic coupling induced by the transformation. Second, a cubic force field (CFF) is employed in place of a quartic force field, which bypasses intensive procedures that arise due to the presence of the fourth-order force constants. It is found that oc-VSCF based on CFF together with the pair selection scheme yields the coordinates similar in character to the conventional ones such that the final vibrational energy is affected very little while gaining an order of magnitude acceleration. The proposed method is applied to ethylene and trans-1,3-butadiene. An accurate, multi-resolution potential, which combines the MP2 and coupled-cluster with singles

  17. Vibrational quasi-degenerate perturbation theory with optimized coordinates: Applications to ethylene and trans-1,3-butadiene

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Yagi, Kiyoshi, E-mail: kiyoshi.yagi@riken.jp; Otaki, Hiroki [Theoretical Molecular Science Laboratory, RIKEN, 2-1 Hirosawa, Wako, Saitama 351-0198 (Japan)

    2014-02-28

    A perturbative extension to optimized coordinate vibrational self-consistent field (oc-VSCF) is proposed based on the quasi-degenerate perturbation theory (QDPT). A scheme to construct the degenerate space (P space) is developed, which incorporates degenerate configurations and alleviates the divergence of perturbative expansion due to localized coordinates in oc-VSCF (e.g., local O–H stretching modes of water). An efficient configuration selection scheme is also implemented, which screens out the Hamiltonian matrix element between the P space configuration (p) and the complementary Q space configuration (q) based on a difference in their quantum numbers (λ{sub pq} = ∑{sub s}|p{sub s} − q{sub s}|). It is demonstrated that the second-order vibrational QDPT based on optimized coordinates (oc-VQDPT2) smoothly converges with respect to the order of the mode coupling, and outperforms the conventional one based on normal coordinates. Furthermore, an improved, fast algorithm is developed for optimizing the coordinates. First, the minimization of the VSCF energy is conducted in a restricted parameter space, in which only a portion of pairs of coordinates is selectively transformed. A rational index is devised for this purpose, which identifies the important coordinate pairs to mix from others that may remain unchanged based on the magnitude of harmonic coupling induced by the transformation. Second, a cubic force field (CFF) is employed in place of a quartic force field, which bypasses intensive procedures that arise due to the presence of the fourth-order force constants. It is found that oc-VSCF based on CFF together with the pair selection scheme yields the coordinates similar in character to the conventional ones such that the final vibrational energy is affected very little while gaining an order of magnitude acceleration. The proposed method is applied to ethylene and trans-1,3-butadiene. An accurate, multi-resolution potential, which combines the MP2 and

  18. The SU(3) beta function from numerical stochastic perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Horsley, R. [Edinburgh Univ. (United Kingdom). School of Physics and Astronomy; Perlt, H. [Leipzig Univ. (Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Bonn Univ. (Germany). Helmholtz Inst. fuer Strahlen- und Kernphysik; Rakow, P.E.L. [Liverpool Univ. (United Kingdom). Theoretical Physics Div.; Schierholz, G.; Schiller, A. [Deutsches Elektronen-Synchrotron (DESY), Hamburg (Germany)

    2013-09-15

    The SU(3) beta function is derived from Wilson loops computed to 20th order in numerical stochastic perturbation theory. An attempt is made to include massless fermions, whose contribution is known analytically to 4th order. The question whether the theory admits an infrared stable fixed point is addressed.

  19. Multi-Hamiltonian formulations and stability of higher-derivative extensions of 3d Chern-Simons

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Abakumova, V.A.; Kaparulin, D.S.; Lyakhovich, S.L. [Tomsk State University, Physics Faculty, Tomsk (Russian Federation)

    2018-02-15

    Most general third-order 3d linear gauge vector field theory is considered. The field equations involve, besides the mass, two dimensionless constant parameters. The theory admits two-parameter series of conserved tensors with the canonical energy-momentum being a particular representative of the series. For a certain range of the model parameters, the series of conserved tensors include bounded quantities. This makes the dynamics classically stable, though the canonical energy is unbounded in all the instances. The free third-order equations are shown to admit constrained multi-Hamiltonian form with the 00-components of conserved tensors playing the roles of corresponding Hamiltonians. The series of Hamiltonians includes the canonical Ostrogradski's one, which is unbounded. The Hamiltonian formulations with different Hamiltonians are not connected by canonical transformations. This means, the theory admits inequivalent quantizations at the free level. Covariant interactions are included with spinor fields such that the higher-derivative dynamics remains stable at interacting level if the bounded conserved quantity exists in the free theory. In the first-order formalism, the interacting theory remains Hamiltonian and therefore it admits quantization, though the vertices are not necessarily Lagrangian in the third-order field equations. (orig.)

  20. Keldysh meets Lindblad: Correlated Gain and Loss in Higher Order Perturbation Theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Stace, Tom; Mueller, Clemens

    Motivated by correlated decay processes driving gain, loss and lasing in driven artificial quantum systems, we develop a theoretical technique using Keldysh diagrammatic perturbation theory to derive a Lindblad master equation that goes beyond the usual second order perturbation theory. We demonstrate the method on the driven dissipative Rabi model, including terms up to fourth order in the interaction between the qubit and both the resonator and environment. This results in a large class of Lindblad dissipators and associated rates which go beyond the terms that have previously been proposed to describe similar systems. All of the additional terms contribute to the system behaviour at the same order of perturbation theory. We then apply these results to analyse the phonon-assisted steady-state gain of a microwave field driving a double quantum-dot in a resonator. We show that resonator gain and loss are substantially affected by dephasing- assisted dissipative processes in the quantum-dot system. These additional processes, which go beyond recently proposed polaronic theories, are in good quantitative agreement with experimental observations.

  1. How to make thermodynamic perturbation theory to be suitable for low temperature?

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhou, Shiqi

    2009-02-07

    Low temperature unsuitability is a problem plaguing thermodynamic perturbation theory (TPT) for years. Present investigation indicates that the low temperature predicament can be overcome by employing as reference system a nonhard sphere potential which incorporates one part of the attractive ingredient in a potential function of interest. In combination with a recently proposed TPT [S. Zhou, J. Chem. Phys. 125, 144518 (2006)] based on a lambda expansion (lambda being coupling parameter), the new perturbation strategy is employed to predict for several model potentials. It is shown that the new perturbation strategy can very accurately predict various thermodynamic properties even if the potential range is extremely short and hence the temperature of interest is very low and current theoretical formalisms seriously deteriorate or critically fail to predict even the existence of the critical point. Extensive comparison with existing liquid state theories and available computer simulation data discloses a superiority of the present TPT to two Ornstein-Zernike-type integral equation theories, i.e., hierarchical reference theory and self-consistent Ornstein-Zernike approximation.

  2. Convergence and analytic properties of manifestly finite perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Mtingwa, S.K.

    1979-01-01

    The author discusses more carefully the ultraviolet convergence properties of Feynman diagrams in recently proposed manifestly finite perturbation expansions. Speccifically, he refines one of the constraints on the γ's-the noncanonical dimensions-such that, when satisfied, any general product-type interaction of massive scalar, fermion and vector fields yields finite perturbation expansions requiring no conventional renormalization procedure. Moreover, the analytic properties of the Feynman integrals in the theory are discussed and concluded with remarks on the necessity of a modified Kaellen-Lehmann representation

  3. Baryon form factors in chiral perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kubis, B.; Meissner, U.G. [Forschungszentrum Juelich GmbH (Germany). Inst. fuer Kernphysik

    2001-01-01

    We analyze the electromagnetic form factors of the ground state baryon octet to fourth order in relativistic baryon chiral perturbation theory. Predictions for the {sigma}{sup -} charge radius and the {lambda}-{sigma}{sup 0} transition moment are found to be in excellent agreement with the available experimental information. Furthermore, the convergence behavior of the hyperon charge radii is shown to be more than satisfactory. (orig.)

  4. "Phonon" scattering beyond perturbation theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Qiu, WuJie; Ke, XueZhi; Xi, LiLi; Wu, LiHua; Yang, Jiong; Zhang, WenQing

    2016-02-01

    Searching and designing materials with intrinsically low lattice thermal conductivity (LTC) have attracted extensive consideration in thermoelectrics and thermal management community. The concept of part-crystalline part-liquid state, or even part-crystalline part-amorphous state, has recently been proposed to describe the exotic structure of materials with chemical- bond hierarchy, in which a set of atoms is weakly bonded to the rest species while the other sublattices retain relatively strong rigidity. The whole system inherently manifests the coexistence of rigid crystalline sublattices and fluctuating noncrystalline substructures. Representative materials in the unusual state can be classified into two categories, i.e., caged and non-caged ones. LTCs in both systems deviate from the traditional T -1 relationship ( T, the absolute temperature), which can hardly be described by small-parameter-based perturbation approaches. Beyond the classical perturbation theory, an extra rattling-like scattering should be considered to interpret the liquid-like and sublattice-amorphization-induced heat transport. Such a kind of compounds could be promising high-performance thermoelectric materials, due to the extremely low LTCs. Other physical properties for these part-crystalline substances should also exhibit certain novelty and deserve further exploration.

  5. Perturbation theory for Alfven wave

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Yoshida, Z.; Mahajan, S.M.

    1995-01-01

    The Alfven wave is the dominant low frequency transverse mode of a magnetized plasma. The Alfven wave propagation along the magnetic field, and displays a continuous spectrum even in a bounded plasma. This is essentially due to the degeneracy of the wave characteristics, i.e. the frequency (ω) is primarily determined by the wave number in the direction parallel to the ambient magnetic field (k parallel ) and is independent of the perpendicular wavenumbers. The characteristics, that are the direction along which the wave energy propagates, are identical to the ambient magnetic field lines. Therefore, the spectral structure of the Alfven wave has a close relationship with the geometric structure of the magnetic field lines. In an inhomogeneous plasma, the Alfven resonance constitutes a singularity for the defining wave equation; this results in a singular eigenfunction corresponding to the continuous spectrum. The aim of this review is to present an overview of the perturbation theory for the Alfven wave. Emphasis is placed on those perturbations of the continuous spectrum which lead to the creation of point spectra. Such qualitative changes in the spectrum are relevant to many plasma phenomena

  6. Development of New Open-Shell Perturbation and Coupled-Cluster Theories Based on Symmetric Spin Orbitals

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, Timothy J.; Arnold, James O. (Technical Monitor)

    1994-01-01

    A new spin orbital basis is employed in the development of efficient open-shell coupled-cluster and perturbation theories that are based on a restricted Hartree-Fock (RHF) reference function. The spin orbital basis differs from the standard one in the spin functions that are associated with the singly occupied spatial orbital. The occupied orbital (in the spin orbital basis) is assigned the delta(+) = 1/square root of 2(alpha+Beta) spin function while the unoccupied orbital is assigned the delta(-) = 1/square root of 2(alpha-Beta) spin function. The doubly occupied and unoccupied orbitals (in the reference function) are assigned the standard alpha and Beta spin functions. The coupled-cluster and perturbation theory wave functions based on this set of "symmetric spin orbitals" exhibit much more symmetry than those based on the standard spin orbital basis. This, together with interacting space arguments, leads to a dramatic reduction in the computational cost for both coupled-cluster and perturbation theory. Additionally, perturbation theory based on "symmetric spin orbitals" obeys Brillouin's theorem provided that spin and spatial excitations are both considered. Other properties of the coupled-cluster and perturbation theory wave functions and models will be discussed.

  7. Three-nucleon scattering by using chiral perturbation theory potential

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kamata, Hiroyuki

    2003-01-01

    Three-nucleon scattering problems are studied by using two-nucleon and three-nucleon potentials derived from chiral perturbation theory. The three-nucleon term is shown to appear in the effective potential of the rank of next-to-next-to-leading order (NNLO). New three-nucleon forces are taken into consideration in addition to the conventional Fujita-Miyazawa (FM) type three-nucleon potential. Two-nucleon potential of the chiral perturbation theory is as precise as the conventional ones in low energy region. The FM type three-nucleon force which explains Sagara discrepancy in high energy region is introduced automatically. Concerning the Ay puzzle, the results seems to behave as if the puzzle has been solved at the level of NLO, but at the NNLO (without three-nucleon force) level the result is similar to the cases of conventional potential indicating the need of three-nucleon force. In contrast to the FM type three-nucleon force, five free parameters exist in the new D and E type three-nucleon forces introduced by the NNLO, but they are reduced to two independent parameters by antisymmetrization, which are found to be sensitive to the coupling energy of tritons and to the nd scattering length (spin doublet state). Parameters determined from them cannot give satisfactory answer to the A y puzzle. It seems, however, too hasty to conclude that A y puzzle cannot be solved by the chiral perturbation theory. (S. Funahashi)

  8. Renormalized perturbation theory: Vlasov-Poisson System, weak turbulence limit and gyrokinetics

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Zhang, Y.Z.; Mahajan, S.M.

    1987-10-01

    The Self-consistency of the renormalized perturbation theory is demonstrated by applying it to the Vlasov-Poisson System and showing that the theory has the correct weak turbulence limit. Energy conservation is proved to arbitrary high order for the electrostatic drift waves. The theory is applied to derive renormalized equations for a low-β gyrokinetic system. Comparison of our theory with other current theories is presented. 22 refs

  9. Dirac-bracket aproach to nearly-geostrophic Hamiltonian balanced models

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Vanneste, J.; Bokhove, Onno

    2002-01-01

    Dirac’s theory of constrained Hamiltonian systems is applied to derive the Poisson structure of a class of balanced models describing the slow dynamics of geophysical flows. Working with the Poisson structure, instead of the canonical Hamiltonian structure previously considered in this context,

  10. Nucleon and delta masses in twisted mass chiral perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Walker-Loud, Andre; Wu, Jackson M.S.

    2005-01-01

    We calculate the masses of the nucleons and deltas in twisted mass heavy baryon chiral perturbation theory. We work to quadratic order in a power counting scheme in which we treat the lattice spacing, a, and the quark masses, m q , to be of the same order. We give expressions for the mass and the mass splitting of the nucleons and deltas both in and away from the isospin limit. We give an argument using the chiral Lagrangian treatment that, in the strong isospin limit, the nucleons remain degenerate and the delta multiplet breaks into two degenerate pairs to all orders in chiral perturbation theory. We show that the mass splitting between the degenerate pairs of the deltas first appears at quadratic order in the lattice spacing. We discuss the subtleties in the effective chiral theory that arise from the inclusion of isospin breaking

  11. An Introduction to Perturbative Methods in Gauge Theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    T Muta

    1998-01-01

    This volume develops the techniques of perturbative QCD in great pedagogical detail starting with field theory. Aside from extensive treatments of the renormalization group technique, the operator product expansion formalism and their applications to short-distance reactions, this book provides a comprehensive introduction to gauge theories. Examples and exercises are provided to amplify the discussions on important topics. This is an ideal textbook on the subject of quantum chromodynamics and is essential for researchers and graduate students in high energy physics, nuclear physics and mathematical physics

  12. Evolution of perturbed dynamical systems: analytical computation with time independent accuracy

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gurzadyan, A.V. [Russian-Armenian (Slavonic) University, Department of Mathematics and Mathematical Modelling, Yerevan (Armenia); Kocharyan, A.A. [Monash University, School of Physics and Astronomy, Clayton (Australia)

    2016-12-15

    An analytical method for investigation of the evolution of dynamical systems with independent on time accuracy is developed for perturbed Hamiltonian systems. The error-free estimation using of computer algebra enables the application of the method to complex multi-dimensional Hamiltonian and dissipative systems. It also opens principal opportunities for the qualitative study of chaotic trajectories. The performance of the method is demonstrated on perturbed two-oscillator systems. It can be applied to various non-linear physical and astrophysical systems, e.g. to long-term planetary dynamics. (orig.)

  13. Electromagnetic couplings of the chiral perturbation theory Lagrangian from the perturbative chiral quark model

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Lyubovitskij, V.E.; Gutsche, Th.; Faessler, Amand; Mau, R. Vinh

    2002-01-01

    We apply the perturbative chiral quark model to the study of the low-energy πN interaction. Using an effective chiral Lagrangian we reproduce the Weinberg-Tomozawa result for the S-wave πN scattering lengths. After inclusion of the photon field we give predictions for the electromagnetic O(p 2 ) low-energy couplings of the chiral perturbation theory effective Lagrangian that define the electromagnetic mass shifts of nucleons and first-order (e 2 ) radiative corrections to the πN scattering amplitude. Finally, we estimate the leading isospin-breaking correction to the strong energy shift of the π - p atom in the 1s state, which is relevant for the experiment 'pionic hydrogen' at PSI

  14. Multi-symplectic integrators: numerical schemes for Hamiltonian PDEs that conserve symplecticity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bridges, Thomas J.; Reich, Sebastian

    2001-06-01

    The symplectic numerical integration of finite-dimensional Hamiltonian systems is a well established subject and has led to a deeper understanding of existing methods as well as to the development of new very efficient and accurate schemes, e.g., for rigid body, constrained, and molecular dynamics. The numerical integration of infinite-dimensional Hamiltonian systems or Hamiltonian PDEs is much less explored. In this Letter, we suggest a new theoretical framework for generalizing symplectic numerical integrators for ODEs to Hamiltonian PDEs in R2: time plus one space dimension. The central idea is that symplecticity for Hamiltonian PDEs is directional: the symplectic structure of the PDE is decomposed into distinct components representing space and time independently. In this setting PDE integrators can be constructed by concatenating uni-directional ODE symplectic integrators. This suggests a natural definition of multi-symplectic integrator as a discretization that conserves a discrete version of the conservation of symplecticity for Hamiltonian PDEs. We show that this approach leads to a general framework for geometric numerical schemes for Hamiltonian PDEs, which have remarkable energy and momentum conservation properties. Generalizations, including development of higher-order methods, application to the Euler equations in fluid mechanics, application to perturbed systems, and extension to more than one space dimension are also discussed.

  15. Variational configuration interaction methods and comparison with perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Pople, J.A.; Seeger, R.; Krishnan, R.

    1977-01-01

    A configuration interaction (CI) procedure which includes all single and double substitutions from an unrestricted Hartree-Fock single determinant is described. This has the feature that Moller-Plesset perturbation results to second and third order are obtained in the first CI iterative cycle. The procedure also avoids the necessity of a full two-electron integral transformation. A simple expression for correcting the final CI energy for lack of size consistency is proposed. Finally, calculations on a series of small molecules are presented to compare these CI methods with perturbation theory

  16. Investigation of timing effects in modified composite quadrupolar echo pulse sequences by mean of average Hamiltonian theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mananga, Eugene Stephane

    2018-01-01

    The utility of the average Hamiltonian theory and its antecedent the Magnus expansion is presented. We assessed the concept of convergence of the Magnus expansion in quadrupolar spectroscopy of spin-1 via the square of the magnitude of the average Hamiltonian. We investigated this approach for two specific modified composite pulse sequences: COM-Im and COM-IVm. It is demonstrated that the size of the square of the magnitude of zero order average Hamiltonian obtained on the appropriated basis is a viable approach to study the convergence of the Magnus expansion. The approach turns to be efficient in studying pulse sequences in general and can be very useful to investigate coherent averaging in the development of high resolution NMR technique in solids. This approach allows comparing theoretically the two modified composite pulse sequences COM-Im and COM-IVm. We also compare theoretically the current modified composite sequences (COM-Im and COM-IVm) to the recently published modified composite pulse sequences (MCOM-I, MCOM-IV, MCOM-I_d, MCOM-IV_d).

  17. Astrophysical evidence for the non-Hermitian but PT-symmetric Hamiltonian of conformal gravity

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Mannheim, P.D.

    2013-01-01

    In this review we discuss the connection between two seemingly disparate topics, macroscopic gravity on astrophysical scales and Hamiltonians that are not Hermitian but PT symmetric on microscopic ones. In particular we show that the quantum-mechanical unitarity problem of the fourth-order derivative conformal gravity theory is resolved by recognizing that the scalar product appropriate to the theory is not the Dirac norm associated with a Hermitian Hamiltonian but is instead the norm associated with a non-Hermitian but PT-symmetric Hamiltonian. Moreover, the fourth-order theory Hamiltonian is not only not Hermitian, it is not even diagonalizable, being of Jordan-block form. With PT symmetry we establish that conformal gravity is consistent at the quantum-mechanical level. In consequence, we can apply the theory to data, to find that the theory is capable of naturally accounting for the systematics of the rotation curves of a large and varied sample of 138 spiral galaxies without any need for dark matter. The success of the fits provides evidence for the relevance of non-diagonalizable but PT-symmetric Hamiltonians to physics. (Copyright copyright 2013 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH and Co. KGaA, Weinheim)

  18. Formulation of nonlinear chromaticity in circular accelerators by canonical perturbation method

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Takao, Masaru

    2005-01-01

    The formulation of nonlinear chromaticity in circular accelerators based on the canonical perturbation method is presented. Since the canonical perturbation method directly relates the tune shift to the perturbation Hamiltonian, it greatly simplifies the calculation of the nonlinear chromaticity. The obtained integral representation for nonlinear chromaticity can be systematically extended to higher orders

  19. A higher order depletion perturbation theory with application to in-core fuel management optimization

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kropaczek, D.J.; Turinsky, P.J.

    1990-01-01

    Perturbation techniques utilized in reactor analysis have recently been applied in the solution of the in-core nuclear fuel management optimization problem. The use of such methods is motivated by the need to evaluate many times over, the core physics characteristics of loading pattern solutions obtained through an optimization process, which is typically iterative. Perturbation theory provides an efficient alternative to the prohibitively expensive, repetitive solutions of the system few-group neutron diffusion equations required in solving the fuel placement problem. A primary concern in the use of such methods is the control of perturbation errors arising during the fuel shuffling process. First-order accurate models inevitably resort to undue restriction of fuel movement during the optimization process to control these errors. Higher order perturbation theory models have the potential to overcome such limitations, which may result in the identification of local versus global optima. An accurate, computationally efficient reactor physics model based on higher order perturbation theory and geared toward the needs of large-scale in-core fuel management optimization is presented in this paper

  20. Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dynamics

    CERN Document Server

    Mann, Peter

    2018-01-01

    An introductory textbook exploring the subject of Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dynamics, with a relaxed and self-contained setting. Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dynamics is the continuation of Newton's classical physics into new formalisms, each highlighting novel aspects of mechanics that gradually build in complexity to form the basis for almost all of theoretical physics. Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dynamics also acts as a gateway to more abstract concepts routed in differential geometry and field theories and can be used to introduce these subject areas to newcomers. Journeying in a self-contained manner from the very basics, through the fundamentals and onwards to the cutting edge of the subject, along the way the reader is supported by all the necessary background mathematics, fully worked examples, thoughtful and vibrant illustrations as well as an informal narrative and numerous fresh, modern and inter-disciplinary applications. The book contains some unusual topics for a classical mechanics textbook. Mo...

  1. Theoretical investigation of cyromazine tautomerism using density functional theory and Møller–Plesset perturbation theory methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    A computational chemistry analysis of six unique tautomers of cyromazine, a pesticide used for fly control, was performed with density functional theory (DFT) and canonical second order Møller–Plesset perturbation theory (MP2) methods to gain insight into the contributions of molecular structure to ...

  2. Linear theory of density perturbations in a neutrino+baryon universe

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Wasserman, I.

    1981-01-01

    Various aspects of the linear theory of density perturbations in a universe containing a significant population of massive neutrinos are calculated. Because linear perturbations in the neutrino density are subject to nonviscous damping on length scales smaller than the effective neutrino Jeans length, the fluctuation spectrum of the neutrino density perturbations just after photon decoupling is expected to peak near the maximum neutrino Jeans mass. The gravitational effects of nonneutrino species are included in calculating the maximum neutrino Jeans mass, which is found to be [M/sub J/(t)]/sub max/approx.10 17 M/sub sun//[m/sub ν/(eV)] 2 , about an order of magnitude smaller than is obtained when nonneutrino species are ignored. An explicit expression for the nonviscous damping of neutrino density perturbations less massive than the maximum neutrino Jeans mass is derived. The linear evolution of density perturbations after photon decoupling is discussed. Of particular interest is the possibility that fluctuations in the neutrino density induce baryon density perturbations after photon decoupling and that the maximum neutrino Jeans determines the characteristic bound mass of galaxy clusters

  3. Study on Scattering Theory and Perturbative Quantum Chromodynamics: case of quark-antiquark Top pair production

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Randriamisy, H.D.E.

    2014-01-01

    Nowadays, the study of scattering and production of particles occupies an important place in subatomic physics research. The main ongoing experiments concern high-energy scattering in the colliders, the scattering theory based on quantum field theory is used for the theoretical study. The work presented in this thesis is located in this framework, in fact it concerns a study on the scattering theory and Perturbative Quantum Chromodynamics. We used the path integral formalism of quantum field theory and perturbation theory. As we considered the higher order corrections in perturbative developments, the renormalization theory with the method of dimensional regularization was also used. As an application, the case of the Top quark production was considered. As main results, we can quote the obtention of the cross section of quark-antiquark top pair production up to second order. [fr

  4. New numerical method for iterative or perturbative solution of quantum field theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hahn, S.C.; Guralnik, G.S.

    1999-01-01

    A new computational idea for continuum quantum Field theories is outlined. This approach is based on the lattice source Galerkin methods developed by Garcia, Guralnik and Lawson. The method has many promising features including treating fermions on a relatively symmetric footing with bosons. As a spin-off of the technology developed for 'exact' solutions, the numerical methods used have a special case application to perturbation theory. We are in the process of developing an entirely numerical approach to evaluating graphs to high perturbative order. (authors)

  5. Catastrophe in the stochastic layer due to dipole perturbation for a single-null divertor Tokamak

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Ali, H.; Watson, M.; Punjabi, A.; Boozer, A.

    1996-01-01

    We use the method of maps developed by Punjabi and Boozer to investigate the motion of magnetic field lines in stochastic scrape-off layer in the presence of dipole perturbation of a single-null divertor Tokamak. This method is based on the idea that the magnetic field line trajectories in a divertor tokamak are mathematically equivalent to a single degree of freedom, time dependent Hamiltonian System, and that the basic features of motion near a separatrix broadened by asymmetric perturbations are generic for such Hamiltonian and near-Hamiltonian systems. The magnetic topology of a single-null divertor tokamak with the effects on dipole perturbations is represented by the Symmetric Simple Map followed by Dipole Map. We have found that as the amplitude of the dipole perturbation increases, the width of the stochastic layer also increases. At some critical value of the amplitude is reached, there is a catastrophic increase in the width of stochastic layer. This may have significant implications for tokamak divertor physics

  6. A simple extrapolation of thermodynamic perturbation theory to infinite order

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Ghobadi, Ahmadreza F.; Elliott, J. Richard

    2015-01-01

    Recent analyses of the third and fourth order perturbation contributions to the equations of state for square well spheres and Lennard-Jones chains show trends that persist across orders and molecular models. In particular, the ratio between orders (e.g., A 3 /A 2 , where A i is the ith order perturbation contribution) exhibits a peak when plotted with respect to density. The trend resembles a Gaussian curve with the peak near the critical density. This observation can form the basis for a simple recursion and extrapolation from the highest available order to infinite order. The resulting extrapolation is analytic and therefore cannot fully characterize the critical region, but it remarkably improves accuracy, especially for the binodal curve. Whereas a second order theory is typically accurate for the binodal at temperatures within 90% of the critical temperature, the extrapolated result is accurate to within 99% of the critical temperature. In addition to square well spheres and Lennard-Jones chains, we demonstrate how the method can be applied semi-empirically to the Perturbed Chain - Statistical Associating Fluid Theory (PC-SAFT)

  7. Healthy imperfect dark matter from effective theory of mimetic cosmological perturbations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Hirano, Shin'ichi; Nishi, Sakine; Kobayashi, Tsutomu

    2017-01-01

    We study the stability of a recently proposed model of scalar-field matter called mimetic dark matter or imperfect dark matter. It has been known that mimetic matter with higher derivative terms suffers from gradient instabilities in scalar perturbations. To seek for an instability-free extension of imperfect dark matter, we develop an effective theory of cosmological perturbations subject to the constraint on the scalar field's kinetic term. This is done by using the unifying framework of general scalar-tensor theories based on the ADM formalism. We demonstrate that it is indeed possible to construct a model of imperfect dark matter which is free from ghost and gradient instabilities. As a side remark, we also show that mimetic F (R) theory is plagued with the Ostrogradsky instability.

  8. Healthy imperfect dark matter from effective theory of mimetic cosmological perturbations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hirano, Shin' ichi; Nishi, Sakine; Kobayashi, Tsutomu, E-mail: s.hirano@rikkyo.ac.jp, E-mail: sakine@rikkyo.ac.jp, E-mail: tsutomu@rikkyo.ac.jp [Department of Physics, Rikkyo University, Toshima, Tokyo 171-8501 (Japan)

    2017-07-01

    We study the stability of a recently proposed model of scalar-field matter called mimetic dark matter or imperfect dark matter. It has been known that mimetic matter with higher derivative terms suffers from gradient instabilities in scalar perturbations. To seek for an instability-free extension of imperfect dark matter, we develop an effective theory of cosmological perturbations subject to the constraint on the scalar field's kinetic term. This is done by using the unifying framework of general scalar-tensor theories based on the ADM formalism. We demonstrate that it is indeed possible to construct a model of imperfect dark matter which is free from ghost and gradient instabilities. As a side remark, we also show that mimetic F (R) theory is plagued with the Ostrogradsky instability.

  9. Time-Sliced Perturbation Theory for Large Scale Structure I: General Formalism

    CERN Document Server

    Blas, Diego; Ivanov, Mikhail M.; Sibiryakov, Sergey

    2016-01-01

    We present a new analytic approach to describe large scale structure formation in the mildly non-linear regime. The central object of the method is the time-dependent probability distribution function generating correlators of the cosmological observables at a given moment of time. Expanding the distribution function around the Gaussian weight we formulate a perturbative technique to calculate non-linear corrections to cosmological correlators, similar to the diagrammatic expansion in a three-dimensional Euclidean quantum field theory, with time playing the role of an external parameter. For the physically relevant case of cold dark matter in an Einstein--de Sitter universe, the time evolution of the distribution function can be found exactly and is encapsulated by a time-dependent coupling constant controlling the perturbative expansion. We show that all building blocks of the expansion are free from spurious infrared enhanced contributions that plague the standard cosmological perturbation theory. This pave...

  10. Extended Møller-Plesset perturbation theory for dynamical and static correlations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Tsuchimochi, Takashi; Van Voorhis, Troy

    2014-01-01

    We present a novel method that appropriately handles both dynamical and static electron correlations in a balanced manner, using a perturbation theory on a spin-extended Hartree-Fock (EHF) wave function reference. While EHF is a suitable candidate for degenerate systems where static correlation is ubiquitous, it is known that most of dynamical correlation is neglected in EHF. In this work, we derive a perturbative correction to a fully spin-projected self-consistent wave function based on second-order Møller-Plesset perturbation theory (MP2). The proposed method efficiently captures the ability of EHF to describe static correlation in degeneracy, combined with MP2's ability to treat dynamical correlation effects. We demonstrate drastic improvements on molecular ground state and excited state potential energy curves and singlet-triplet splitting energies over both EHF and MP2 with similar computational effort to the latter

  11. The energy-momentum tensor for the linearized Maxwell-Vlasov and kinetic guiding center theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Pfirsch, D.; Morrison, P.J.; Texas Univ., Austin

    1990-02-01

    A modified Hamilton-Jacobi formalism is introduced as a tool to obtain the energy-momentum and angular-momentum tensors for any kind of nonlinear or linearized Maxwell-collisionless kinetic theories. The emphasis is on linearized theories, for which these tensors are derived for the first time. The kinetic theories treated - which need not be the same for all particle species in a plasma - are the Vlasov and kinetic guiding center theories. The Hamiltonian for the guiding center motion is taken in the form resulting from Dirac's constraint theory for non-standard Lagrangian systems. As an example of the Maxwell-kinetic guiding center theory, the second-order energy for a perturbed homogeneous magnetized plasma is calculated with initially vanishing field perturbations. The expression obtained is compared with the corresponding one of Maxwell-Vlasov theory. (orig.)

  12. The energy-momentum tensor for the linearized Maxwell-Vlasov and kinetic guiding center theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Pfirsch, D.; Morrison, P.J.

    1990-02-01

    A modified Hamilton-Jacobi formalism is introduced as a tool to obtain the energy-momentum and angular-momentum tensors for any king of nonlinear or linearized Maxwell-collisionless kinetic theories. The emphasis is on linearized theories, for which these tensors are derived for the first time. The kinetic theories treated --- which need not be the same for all particle species in a plasma --- are the Vlasov and kinetic guiding center theories. The Hamiltonian for the guiding center motion is taken in the form resulting from Dirac's constraint theory for non-standard Lagrangian systems. As an example of the Maxwell-kinetic guiding center theory, the second-order energy for a perturbed homogeneous magnetized plasma is calculated with initially vanishing field perturbations. The expression obtained is compared with the corresponding one of Maxwell-Vlasov theory. 11 refs

  13. Comparing energy loss and pperpendicular -broadening in perturbative QCD with strong coupling N=4 SYM theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Dominguez, Fabio; Marquet, C.; Mueller, A.H.; Wu Bin; Xiao, Bo-Wen

    2008-01-01

    We compare medium induced energy loss and p perpendicular -broadening in perturbative QCD with that of the trailing string picture of SYM theory. We consider finite and infinite extent matter as well as relativistic heavy quarks which correspond to those being produced in the medium or external to it. When expressed in terms of the appropriate saturation momentum, we find identical parametric forms for energy loss in perturbative QCD and SYM theory. We find simple correspondences between p perpendicular -broadening in QCD and in SYM theory although p perpendicular -broadening is radiation dominated in SYM theory and multiple scattering dominated in perturbative QCD

  14. On the physical applications of hyper-Hamiltonian dynamics

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Gaeta, Giuseppe; Rodriguez, Miguel A

    2008-01-01

    An extension of Hamiltonian dynamics, defined on hyper-Kahler manifolds ('hyper-Hamiltonian dynamics') and sharing many of the attractive features of standard Hamiltonian dynamics, was introduced in previous work. In this paper, we discuss applications of the theory to physically interesting cases, dealing with the dynamics of particles with spin 1/2 in a magnetic field, i.e. the Pauli and the Dirac equations. While the free Pauli equation corresponds to a hyper-Hamiltonian flow, it turns out that the hyper-Hamiltonian description of the Dirac equation, and of the full Pauli one, is in terms of two commuting hyper-Hamiltonian flows. In this framework one can use a factorization principle discussed here (which is a special case of a general phenomenon studied by Walcher) and provide an explicit description of the resulting flow. On the other hand, by applying the familiar Foldy-Wouthuysen and Cini-Tousheck transformations (and the one recently introduced by Mulligan) which separate-in suitable limits-the Dirac equation into two equations, each of these turn out to be described by a single hyper-Hamiltonian flow. Thus the hyper-Hamiltonian construction is able to describe the fundamental dynamics for particles with spin

  15. Time-sliced perturbation theory for large scale structure I: general formalism

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Blas, Diego; Garny, Mathias; Sibiryakov, Sergey [Theory Division, CERN, CH-1211 Genève 23 (Switzerland); Ivanov, Mikhail M., E-mail: diego.blas@cern.ch, E-mail: mathias.garny@cern.ch, E-mail: mikhail.ivanov@cern.ch, E-mail: sergey.sibiryakov@cern.ch [FSB/ITP/LPPC, École Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne, CH-1015, Lausanne (Switzerland)

    2016-07-01

    We present a new analytic approach to describe large scale structure formation in the mildly non-linear regime. The central object of the method is the time-dependent probability distribution function generating correlators of the cosmological observables at a given moment of time. Expanding the distribution function around the Gaussian weight we formulate a perturbative technique to calculate non-linear corrections to cosmological correlators, similar to the diagrammatic expansion in a three-dimensional Euclidean quantum field theory, with time playing the role of an external parameter. For the physically relevant case of cold dark matter in an Einstein-de Sitter universe, the time evolution of the distribution function can be found exactly and is encapsulated by a time-dependent coupling constant controlling the perturbative expansion. We show that all building blocks of the expansion are free from spurious infrared enhanced contributions that plague the standard cosmological perturbation theory. This paves the way towards the systematic resummation of infrared effects in large scale structure formation. We also argue that the approach proposed here provides a natural framework to account for the influence of short-scale dynamics on larger scales along the lines of effective field theory.

  16. Introduction to thermodynamics of spin models in the Hamiltonian limit

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Berche, Bertrand [Groupe M, Laboratoire de Physique des Materiaux, UMR CNRS No 7556, Universite Henri Poincare, Nancy 1, BP 239, F-54506 Vandoeuvre les Nancy, (France); Lopez, Alexander [Instituto Venezolano de Investigaciones CientIficas, Centro de Fisica, Carr. Panamericana, km 11, Altos de Pipe, Aptdo 21827, 1020-A Caracas, (Venezuela)

    2006-01-01

    A didactic description of the thermodynamic properties of classical spin systems is given in terms of their quantum counterpart in the Hamiltonian limit. Emphasis is on the construction of the relevant Hamiltonian and the calculation of thermal averages is explicitly done in the case of small systems described, in Hamiltonian field theory, by small matrices. The targeted students are those of a graduate statistical physics course.

  17. Dissipative motion perturbation theory and exact solutions

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Lodder, J.J.

    1976-06-01

    Dissipative motion of classical and quantum systems is described. In particular, attention is paid to systems coupled to the radiation field. A dissipative equation of motion for a particle in an arbitrary potential coupled to the radiation field is derived by means of perturbation theory. The usual divrgencies associated with the radiation field are eliminated by the application of a theory of generalized functions. This theory is developed as a subject in its own right and is presented independently. The introduction of classical zero-point energy makes the classical equa tion of motion for the phase density formally the same as its quantum counterpart. In particular, it is shown that the classical zero-point energy prevents the collapse of a classical H-atom and gives rise to a classical ground state. For systems with a quadratic Hamiltoian, the equation of motion can be solved exactly, even in the continuum limit for the radiation field, by means of the new generalized functions. Classically, the Fokker-Planck equation is found without any approximations, and quantum mechanically, the only approximation is the neglect of the change in the ground state caused by the interaction. The derivation is valid even for strong damping and arbitrarily short times. There is no transient time. For harmonic oscillators complete equivalence is shown to exist between quantum mechanics and classical mechanics with zero-point energy. A discussion of the derivation of the Pauli equation is given and perturbation theory is compared with the exact derivation. The exactly solvable models are used to calculate the Langevin force of the radiation field. The result is that the classical Langevin force is exactly delta-correlated, while the quantum Langevin force is not delta-correlated at all. The fluctuation-dissipation theorem is shown to be an exact consequence of the solution to the equations of motion

  18. Solving the open bosonic string in perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Samuel, S.

    1990-01-01

    The integrand and integration region for the N-point amplitude in the open oriented bosonic string are obtained to all orders in perturbation theory. The result is derived from the Witten covariant string field theory by using on-shell and off-shell conformal methods and Riemann surface mathematics. Although only the off-shell g-loop tachyon amplitudes are computed explicitly, the methods generalize to other external states. We derive the g-loop ghost-Jacobi identity in which the ghost correlation function cancels the jacobian factor in changing from second-quantized to first-quantized variables. Moduli space is discussed from several viewpoints and it is shown that string field theory provides an algorithm for its determination. (orig.)

  19. Estimation of high orders of the perturbation theory in quantum mechanics

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Seznec, Reynald.

    1978-01-01

    First of all the simple case of an integral of one variable (zero-dimensional model) is examined to illustrate the methods and concepts used. A system n quantum oscillators 0(n) (spherical model) is then studied. A theory of perturbations around the saddle point dominating the functional integral is developed (theory of perturbations around the instanton). The fluctuation propagator is calculated explicitly. Some properties of the corresponding Feynman diagrams are also investigated. Methods are proposed to generalize the calculations to more complicated potentials. As an example of application the calculations of the first correction to the Lipatovian term are given for the spherical model [fr

  20. Instabilities in mimetic matter perturbations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Firouzjahi, Hassan; Gorji, Mohammad Ali [School of Astronomy, Institute for Research in Fundamental Sciences (IPM), P.O. Box 19395-5531, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Mansoori, Seyed Ali Hosseini, E-mail: firouz@ipm.ir, E-mail: gorji@ipm.ir, E-mail: shosseini@shahroodut.ac.ir, E-mail: shossein@ipm.ir [Physics Department, Shahrood University of Technology, P.O. Box 3619995161 Shahrood (Iran, Islamic Republic of)

    2017-07-01

    We study cosmological perturbations in mimetic matter scenario with a general higher derivative function. We calculate the quadratic action and show that both the kinetic term and the gradient term have the wrong sings. We perform the analysis in both comoving and Newtonian gauges and confirm that the Hamiltonians and the associated instabilities are consistent with each other in both gauges. The existence of instabilities is independent of the specific form of higher derivative function which generates gradients for mimetic field perturbations. It is verified that the ghost instability in mimetic perturbations is not associated with the higher derivative instabilities such as the Ostrogradsky ghost.

  1. Perturbative quantum field theory in the framework of the fermionic projector

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Finster, Felix

    2014-01-01

    We give a microscopic derivation of perturbative quantum field theory, taking causal fermion systems and the framework of the fermionic projector as the starting point. The resulting quantum field theory agrees with standard quantum field theory on the tree level and reproduces all bosonic loop diagrams. The fermion loops are described in a different formalism in which no ultraviolet divergences occur

  2. Perturbative Quantum Field Theory in the Framework of the Fermionic Projector

    OpenAIRE

    Finster, Felix

    2013-01-01

    We give a microscopic derivation of perturbative quantum field theory, taking causal fermion systems and the framework of the fermionic projector as the starting point. The resulting quantum field theory agrees with standard quantum field theory on the tree level and reproduces all bosonic loop diagrams. The fermion loops are described in a different formalism in which no ultraviolet divergences occur.

  3. Perturbative quantum field theory in the framework of the fermionic projector

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Finster, Felix, E-mail: finster@ur.de [Fakultät für Mathematik, Universität Regensburg, D-93040 Regensburg (Germany)

    2014-04-15

    We give a microscopic derivation of perturbative quantum field theory, taking causal fermion systems and the framework of the fermionic projector as the starting point. The resulting quantum field theory agrees with standard quantum field theory on the tree level and reproduces all bosonic loop diagrams. The fermion loops are described in a different formalism in which no ultraviolet divergences occur.

  4. Perturbative quantum field theory in the framework of the fermionic projector

    Science.gov (United States)

    Finster, Felix

    2014-04-01

    We give a microscopic derivation of perturbative quantum field theory, taking causal fermion systems and the framework of the fermionic projector as the starting point. The resulting quantum field theory agrees with standard quantum field theory on the tree level and reproduces all bosonic loop diagrams. The fermion loops are described in a different formalism in which no ultraviolet divergences occur.

  5. Adiabatic perturbation theory in quantum dynamics

    CERN Document Server

    Teufel, Stefan

    2003-01-01

    Separation of scales plays a fundamental role in the understanding of the dynamical behaviour of complex systems in physics and other natural sciences. A prominent example is the Born-Oppenheimer approximation in molecular dynamics. This book focuses on a recent approach to adiabatic perturbation theory, which emphasizes the role of effective equations of motion and the separation of the adiabatic limit from the semiclassical limit. A detailed introduction gives an overview of the subject and makes the later chapters accessible also to readers less familiar with the material. Although the general mathematical theory based on pseudodifferential calculus is presented in detail, there is an emphasis on concrete and relevant examples from physics. Applications range from molecular dynamics to the dynamics of electrons in a crystal and from the quantum mechanics of partially confined systems to Dirac particles and nonrelativistic QED.

  6. Dynamical generation of non-abelian gauge group via the improved perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Kuroki, Tsunehide

    2008-01-01

    It was suggested that the massive Yang-Mills-Chern-Simons matrix model has three phases and that in one of them a non-Abelian gauge symmetry is dynamically generated. The analysis was at the one-loop level around a classical solution of fuzzy sphere type. We obtain evidences that three phases are indeed realized as nonperturbative vacua by using the improved perturbation theory. It gives a good example that even if we start from a trivial vacuum, the improved perturbation theory around it enables us to observe nontrivial vacua. (author)

  7. Perturbation theory in nuclear fuel management optimization

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Ho, L.W.; Rohach, A.F.

    1982-01-01

    Perturbation theory along with a binary fuel shuffling technique is applied to predict the effects of various core configurations and, hence, the optimization of in-core fuel management. The computer code FULMNT has been developed to shuffle the fuel assemblies in search of the lowest possible power peaking factor. An iteration approach is used in the search routine. A two-group diffusion theory method is used to obtain the power distribution for the iterations. A comparison of the results of this method with other methods shows that this approach can save computer time and obtain better power peaking factors. The code also has a burnup capability that can be used to check power peaking throughout the core life

  8. Spontaneous symmetry breaking of (1+1)-dimensional φ4 theory in light-front field theory. II

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Pinsky, S.S.; van de Sande, B.

    1994-01-01

    We discuss spontaneous symmetry breaking of (1+1)-dimensional φ 4 theory in light-front field theory using a Tamm-Dancoff truncation. We show that, even though light-front field theory has a simple vacuum state which is an eigenstate of the full Hamiltonian, the field can develop a nonzero vacuum expectation value. This occurs because the zero mode of the field must satisfy an operator-valued constraint equation. In the context of (1+1)-dimensional φ 4 theory we present solutions to the constraint equation using a Tamm-Dancoff truncation to a finite number of particles and modes. We study the behavior of the zero mode as a function of coupling and Fock space truncation. The zero mode introduces new interactions into the Hamiltonian which breaks the Z 2 symmetry of the theory when the coupling is stronger than the critical coupling. We investigate the energy spectrum in the symmetric and broken phases, show that the theory does not break down in the vicinity of the critical coupling, and discuss the connection to perturbation theory. Finally, we study the spectrum of the field φ and show that, in the broken phase, the field is localized away from φ=0 as one would expect from equal-time calculations. We explicitly show that tunneling occurs

  9. Integrable spin chain in superconformal Chern-Simons theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bak, Dongsu; Rey, Soo-Jong

    2008-01-01

    N = 6 superconformal Chern-Simons theory was proposed as gauge theory dual to Type IIA string theory on AdS 4 x CP 3 . We study integrability of the theory from conformal dimension spectrum of single trace operators at planar limit. At strong 't Hooft coupling, the spectrum is obtained from excitation energy of free superstring on OSp(6|4; R)/SO(3, 1) x SU(3) x U(1) supercoset. We recall that the worldsheet theory is integrable classically by utilizing well-known results concerning sigma model on symmetric space. With R-symmetry group SU(4), we also solve relevant Yang-Baxter equation for a spin chain system associated with the single trace operators. From the solution, we construct alternating spin chain Hamiltonian involving three-site interactions between 4 and 4-bar . At weak 't Hooft coupling, we study gauge theory perturbatively, and calculate action of dilatation operator to single trace operators up to two loops. To ensure consistency, we computed all relevant Feynman diagrams contributing to the dilatation opeator. We find that resulting spin chain Hamiltonian matches with the Hamiltonian derived from Yang-Baxter equation. We further study new issues arising from the shortest gauge invariant operators TrY I Y † J = (15, 1). We observe that 'wrapping interactions' are present, compute the true spectrum and find that the spectrum agrees with prediction from supersymmetry. We also find that scaling dimension computed naively from alternating spin chain Hamiltonian coincides with the true spectrum. We solve Bethe ansatz equations for small number of excitations, and find indications of correlation between excitations of 4's and 4-bar 's and of nonexistence of mesonic (44-bar ) bound-state.

  10. Generalized internal long wave equations: construction, hamiltonian structure and conservation laws

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Lebedev, D.R.

    1982-01-01

    Some aspects of the theory of the internal long-wave equations (ILW) are considered. A general class of the ILW type equations is constructed by means of the Zakharov-Shabat ''dressing'' method. Hamiltonian structure and infinite numbers of conservation laws are introduced. The considered equations are shown to be Hamiltonian in the so-called second Hamiltonian structu

  11. Generalized perturbation theory in DRAGON: application to CANDU cell calculations

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Courau, T.; Marleau, G.

    2001-01-01

    Generalized perturbation theory (GPT) in neutron transport is a means to evaluate eigenvalue and reaction rate variations due to small changes in the reactor properties (macroscopic cross sections). These variations can be decomposed in two terms: a direct term corresponding to the changes in the cross section themselves and an indirect term that takes into account the perturbations in the neutron flux. As we will show, taking into account the indirect term using a GPT method is generally straight forward since this term is the scalar product of the unperturbed generalized adjoint with the product of the variation of the transport operator and the unperturbed flux. In the case where the collision probability (CP) method is used to solve the transport equation, evaluating the perturbed transport operator involves calculating the variations in the CP matrix for each change in the reactor properties. Because most of the computational effort is dedicated to the CP matrix calculation the gains expected form the GPT method would therefore be annihilated. Here we will present a technique to approximate the variations in the CP matrices thereby replacing the variations in the transport operator with source term variations. We will show that this approximation yields errors fully compatible with the standard generalized perturbation theory errors. Results for 2D CANDU cell calculations will be presented. (author)

  12. Nonrelativistic closed string theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Gomis, Jaume; Ooguri, Hirosi

    2001-01-01

    We construct a Galilean invariant nongravitational closed string theory whose excitations satisfy a nonrelativistic dispersion relation. This theory can be obtained by taking a consistent low energy limit of any of the conventional string theories, including the heterotic string. We give a finite first order worldsheet Hamiltonian for this theory and show that this string theory has a sensible perturbative expansion, interesting high energy behavior of scattering amplitudes and a Hagedorn transition of the thermal ensemble. The strong coupling duals of the Galilean superstring theories are considered and are shown to be described by an eleven-dimensional Galilean invariant theory of light membrane fluctuations. A new class of Galilean invariant nongravitational theories of light-brane excitations are obtained. We exhibit dual formulations of the strong coupling limits of these Galilean invariant theories and show that they exhibit many of the conventional dualities of M theory in a nonrelativistic setting

  13. A global numerical solution of the radial Schroedinger equation by second-order perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Adam, G.

    1979-01-01

    A global numerical method, which uses second-order perturbation theory, is described for the solution of the radial Schroedinger equation. The perturbative numerical (PN) solution is derived in two stages: first, the original potential is approximated by a piecewise continuous parabolic function, and second, the resulting Schroedinger equation is solved on each integration step by second-order perturbation theory, starting with a step function reference approximation for the parabolic potential. We get a manageable PN algorithm, which shows an order of accuracy equal to six in the solution of the original Schroedinger equation, and is very stable against round off errors. (author)

  14. Analytic perturbation theory in analyzing some QCD observables

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Shirkov, D.V.

    2001-01-01

    The paper is devoted to application of recently devised ghost-free Analytic Perturbation Theory (APT) for analysis of some QCD observables. We start with the discussion of the main problem of the perturbative QCD - ghost singularities and with the resume of this trouble solution within the APT. By a few examples in the various energy and momentum transfer regions (with the flavor number f = 3, 4 and 5) we demonstrate the effect of improved convergence of the APT modified perturbative QCD expansion. Our first observation is that in the APT analysis the three-loop contribution (of an order of α s 3 ) is as a rule numerically inessential. This raises hope for practical solving the well-known problem of asymptotic nature of common QFT perturbation series. The second conclusion is that a common perturbative analysis of time-like events with the big π 2 term in the π 2 coefficient is not adequate at s ≤ 2 GeV 2 . In particular, this relates to τ decay. Then, for the 'high' (f = 5) region it is shown that the common two-loop (NLO, NLLA) perturbation approximation widely used there (at 10 GeV ≤ √s ≤ 170 GeV) for analysis of shape/events data contains a systematic negative error of a 1 - 2 per cent level for the extracted α bar s (2) values. Our physical conclusion is that the α bar s (M Z 2 ) value averaged over the f = 5 data s (M Z 2 )> APT; f= 5 ≅ 0.124 appreciably differs from the currently accepted 'world average' (= 0.118)

  15. The intrinsic stochasticity of near-integrable Hamiltonian systems

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Krlin, L [Ceskoslovenska Akademie Ved, Prague (Czechoslovakia). Ustav Fyziky Plazmatu

    1989-09-01

    Under certain conditions, the dynamics of near-integrable Hamiltonian systems appears to be stochastic. This stochasticity (intrinsic stochasticity, or deterministic chaos) is closely related to the Kolmogorov-Arnold-Moser (KAM) theorem of the stability of near-integrable multiperiodic Hamiltonian systems. The effect of the intrinsic stochasticity attracts still growing attention both in theory and in various applications in contemporary physics. The paper discusses the relation of the intrinsic stochasticity to the modern ergodic theory and to the KAM theorem, and describes some numerical experiments on related astrophysical and high-temperature plasma problems. Some open questions are mentioned in conclusion. (author).

  16. Hamiltonian formulation of QCD in the Schwinger gauge

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Schutte, D.

    1989-01-01

    The structure of the Hamiltonian related to a regularized non-Abelian gauge field theory is discussed in the light of different choices for gauge-invariant wave functionals (loop space, Coulomb, axial, Schwinger gauge). Arguments are given for the suggestion that the Schwinger gauge offers a specially suited framework for the computation of bound-state (hadron) properties. The most important reasons are the manifest rotation invariance, the lack of a Gribov horizon (giving standard many-body techniques a better chance), and the fact that a regularization analogous to the lattice regularization is easily implementable. Some details of the Schwinger-gauge Hamiltonian theory are discussed

  17. van der Waals forces in density functional theory: Perturbational long-range electron-interaction corrections

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Angyan, Janos G.; Gerber, Iann C.; Savin, Andreas; Toulouse, Julien

    2005-01-01

    Long-range exchange and correlation effects, responsible for the failure of currently used approximate density functionals in describing van der Waals forces, are taken into account explicitly after a separation of the electron-electron interaction in the Hamiltonian into short- and long-range components. We propose a 'range-separated hybrid' functional based on a local density approximation for the short-range exchange-correlation energy, combined with a long-range exact exchange energy. Long-range correlation effects are added by a second-order perturbational treatment. The resulting scheme is general and is particularly well adapted to describe van der Waals complexes, such as rare gas dimers

  18. Meson-baryon scattering in manifestly Lorentz invariant chiral perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Mai, Maxim; Bruns, Peter C.; Kubis, Bastian; Meissner, Ulf-G.

    2011-01-01

    We analyze meson-baryon scattering lengths in the framework of covariant baryon chiral perturbation theory at leading one-loop order. We compute the complete set of matching relations between the dimension-two low-energy constants in the two- and three-flavor formulations of the theory. We derive new two-flavor low-energy theorems for pion-hyperon scattering that can be tested in lattice simulations.

  19. A non-perturbative study of massive gauge theories

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Della Morte, Michele; Hernandez, Pilar

    2013-01-01

    and the lightest degrees of freedom are spin one vector particles with the same quantum numbers as the conserved current, we argue that the most general effective theory describing their low-energy dynamics must be a massive gauge theory. We present results of a exploratory numerical simulation of the model......We consider a non-perturbative formulation of an SU(2) massive gauge theory on a space-time lattice, which is also a discretised gauged non-linear chiral model. The lattice model is shown to have an exactly conserved global SU(2) symmetry. If a scaling region for the lattice model exists...... and find indications for the presence of a scaling region where both a triplet vector and a scalar remain light....

  20. Apparently noninvariant terms of nonlinear sigma models in lattice perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Harada, Koji; Hattori, Nozomu; Kubo, Hirofumi; Yamamoto, Yuki

    2009-01-01

    Apparently noninvariant terms (ANTs) that appear in loop diagrams for nonlinear sigma models are revisited in lattice perturbation theory. The calculations have been done mostly with dimensional regularization so far. In order to establish that the existence of ANTs is independent of the regularization scheme, and of the potential ambiguities in the definition of the Jacobian of the change of integration variables from group elements to 'pion' fields, we employ lattice regularization, in which everything (including the Jacobian) is well defined. We show explicitly that lattice perturbation theory produces ANTs in the four-point functions of the pion fields at one-loop and the Jacobian does not play an important role in generating ANTs.

  1. Homological Perturbation Theory for Nonperturbative Integrals

    Science.gov (United States)

    Johnson-Freyd, Theo

    2015-11-01

    We use the homological perturbation lemma to produce explicit formulas computing the class in the twisted de Rham complex represented by an arbitrary polynomial. This is a non-asymptotic version of the method of Feynman diagrams. In particular, we explain that phenomena usually thought of as particular to asymptotic integrals in fact also occur exactly: integrals of the type appearing in quantum field theory can be reduced in a totally algebraic fashion to integrals over an Euler-Lagrange locus, provided this locus is understood in the scheme-theoretic sense, so that imaginary critical points and multiplicities of degenerate critical points contribute.

  2. Hamiltonian closures in fluid models for plasmas

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tassi, Emanuele

    2017-11-01

    This article reviews recent activity on the Hamiltonian formulation of fluid models for plasmas in the non-dissipative limit, with emphasis on the relations between the fluid closures adopted for the different models and the Hamiltonian structures. The review focuses on results obtained during the last decade, but a few classical results are also described, in order to illustrate connections with the most recent developments. With the hope of making the review accessible not only to specialists in the field, an introduction to the mathematical tools applied in the Hamiltonian formalism for continuum models is provided. Subsequently, we review the Hamiltonian formulation of models based on the magnetohydrodynamics description, including those based on the adiabatic and double adiabatic closure. It is shown how Dirac's theory of constrained Hamiltonian systems can be applied to impose the incompressibility closure on a magnetohydrodynamic model and how an extended version of barotropic magnetohydrodynamics, accounting for two-fluid effects, is amenable to a Hamiltonian formulation. Hamiltonian reduced fluid models, valid in the presence of a strong magnetic field, are also reviewed. In particular, reduced magnetohydrodynamics and models assuming cold ions and different closures for the electron fluid are discussed. Hamiltonian models relaxing the cold-ion assumption are then introduced. These include models where finite Larmor radius effects are added by means of the gyromap technique, and gyrofluid models. Numerical simulations of Hamiltonian reduced fluid models investigating the phenomenon of magnetic reconnection are illustrated. The last part of the review concerns recent results based on the derivation of closures preserving a Hamiltonian structure, based on the Hamiltonian structure of parent kinetic models. Identification of such closures for fluid models derived from kinetic systems based on the Vlasov and drift-kinetic equations are presented, and

  3. Alien calculus and non perturbative effects in Quantum Field Theory

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bellon, Marc P.

    2016-12-01

    In many domains of physics, methods for dealing with non-perturbative aspects are required. Here, I want to argue that a good approach for this is to work on the Borel transforms of the quantities of interest, the singularities of which give non-perturbative contributions. These singularities in many cases can be largely determined by using the alien calculus developed by Jean Écalle. My main example will be the two point function of a massless theory given as a solution of a renormalization group equation.

  4. Non-perturbative analysis of some simple field theories on a momentum space lattice

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Brooks, E.D. III.

    1984-01-01

    In this work, a new technique is developed for the numerical study of quantum field theory. The procedure, borrowed from nonrelativistic quantum mechanics, is that of finding the eigenvalues of a finite Hamiltonian matrix. The matrix is created by evaluating the matrix elements of the Hamiltonian operator on a finite basis of states. The eigenvalues and eigenvectors of the finite dimensional matrix become an accurate approximation to those of the physical system as the finite basis of states is extended to become more complete. A model of scalars coupled to fermions in 0 + 1 dimensions as a simple field theory is studied to consider in the course of developing the technique. Having developed the numerical and analytical techniques, a Fermi field coupled to a Bose field in 1 + 1 dimensions with the Yukawa coupling lambda anti-psi phi psi is considered. The large coupling limit basis of the 0 + 1 dimensional model is extended to this case using a Bogoliubov transformation on the fermions. It provides a handle on the behavior of the system in the large coupling limit. The effects of renormalization and the generation of bound states are considered

  5. Advanced nonlinear theory: Long-term stability at the SSC

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Heifets, S.

    1987-01-01

    This paper discussed the long-term stability of the particle beams in the Superconducting Super Collider. In particular the dynamics of a single particle beam is considered in depth. The topics of this paper include: the Hamiltonian of this particle approach, perturbation theory, canonical transformations, interaction of the resonances, structure of the phase space, synchro-Betatron oscillations, modulation diffusion and noise-resonance interaction. 36 refs

  6. The method of rigged spaces in singular perturbation theory of self-adjoint operators

    CERN Document Server

    Koshmanenko, Volodymyr; Koshmanenko, Nataliia

    2016-01-01

    This monograph presents the newly developed method of rigged Hilbert spaces as a modern approach in singular perturbation theory. A key notion of this approach is the Lax-Berezansky triple of Hilbert spaces embedded one into another, which specifies the well-known Gelfand topological triple. All kinds of singular interactions described by potentials supported on small sets (like the Dirac δ-potentials, fractals, singular measures, high degree super-singular expressions) admit a rigorous treatment only in terms of the equipped spaces and their scales. The main idea of the method is to use singular perturbations to change inner products in the starting rigged space, and the construction of the perturbed operator by the Berezansky canonical isomorphism (which connects the positive and negative spaces from a new rigged triplet). The approach combines three powerful tools of functional analysis based on the Birman-Krein-Vishik theory of self-adjoint extensions of symmetric operators, the theory of singular quadra...

  7. Semiclassical perturbation theory for diffraction in heavy atom surface scattering.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Miret-Artés, Salvador; Daon, Shauli; Pollak, Eli

    2012-05-28

    The semiclassical perturbation theory formalism of Hubbard and Miller [J. Chem. Phys. 78, 1801 (1983)] for atom surface scattering is used to explore the possibility of observation of heavy atom diffractive scattering. In the limit of vanishing ℏ the semiclassical theory is shown to reduce to the classical perturbation theory. The quantum diffraction pattern is sensitive to the characteristics of the beam of incoming particles. Necessary conditions for observation of quantum diffraction are derived for the angular width of the incoming beam. An analytic expression for the angular distribution as a function of the angular and momentum variance of the incoming beam is obtained. We show both analytically and through some numerical results that increasing the angular width of the incident beam leads to decoherence of the quantum diffraction peaks and one approaches the classical limit. However, the incoherence of the beam in the parallel direction does not destroy the diffraction pattern. We consider the specific example of Ar atoms scattered from a rigid LiF(100) surface.

  8. Renormalization of quantum electrodynamics in an arbitrarily strong time independent external field. [Perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dosch, H G [Heidelberg Univ. (F.R. Germany). Inst. fuer Theoretische Physik; Mueller, V F [Trier-Kaiserslautern Univ., Kaiserslautern (F.R. Germany). Fachbereich Physik

    1975-01-01

    Extending the inductive renormalization procedure of Epstein and Glaser which is essentially based on locality, we show that quantum electrodynamics in an external time independent electromagnetic field has a renormalizable formal perturbation expansion. The interaction involving the quantized radiation field but not the action of the external field is treated by perturbation theory. It turns out that vacuum polarization is undetermined in the framework of such a theory.

  9. Perturbation theory for the effective diffusion constant in a medium of random scatterers

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Dean, D S; Drummond, I T; Horgan, R R; Lefevre, A

    2004-01-01

    We develop perturbation theory and physically motivated resummations of the perturbation theory for the problem of a tracer particle diffusing in a random medium. The random medium contains point scatterers of density ρ uniformly distributed throughout the material. The tracer is a Langevin particle subjected to the quenched random force generated by the scatterers. Via our perturbative analysis, we determine when the random potential can be approximated by a Gaussian random potential. We also develop a self-similar renormalization group approach based on thinning out the scatterers; this scheme is similar to that used with success for diffusion in Gaussian random potentials and agrees with known exact results. To assess the accuracy of this approximation scheme, its predictions are confronted with results obtained by numerical simulation

  10. Passivation controller design for turbo-generators based on generalised Hamiltonian system theory

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Cao, M.; Shen, T.L.; Song, Y.H.

    2002-01-01

    A method of pre-feedback to formulate the generalised forced Hamiltonian system model for speed governor control systems is proposed. Furthermore, passivation controllers are designed based on the scheme of Hamiltonian structure for single machne infinite bus and multimachine power systems. In

  11. S-duality invariant perturbation theory improved by holography

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chowdhury, Abhishek [Harish-Chandra Research Institute,Chhatnag Road, Jhusi, Allahabad 211019 (India); Honda, Masazumi [Department of Particle Physics and Astrophysics,Weizmann Institute of Science, Rehovot 7610001 (Israel); Thakur, Somyadip [Tata Institute of Fundamental Research,Mumbai 400005 (India)

    2017-04-26

    We study anomalous dimensions of unprotected low twist operators in the four-dimensional SU (N)N=4 supersymmetric Yang-Mills theory. We construct a class of interpolating functions to approximate the dimensions of the leading twist operators for arbitrary gauge coupling τ. The interpolating functions are consistent with previous results on the perturbation theory, holographic computation and full S-duality. We use our interpolating functions to test a recent conjecture by the N=4 superconformal bootstrap that upper bounds on the dimensions are saturated at one of the duality-invariant points τ=i and τ=e{sup iπ/3}. It turns out that our interpolating functions have maximum at τ=e{sup iπ/3}, which are close to the conjectural values by the conformal bootstrap. In terms of the interpolating functions, we draw the image of conformal manifold in the space of the dimensions. We find that the image is almost a line despite the conformal manifold is two-dimensional. We also construct interpolating functions for the subleading twist operator and study level crossing phenomenon between the leading and subleading twist operators. Finally we study the dimension of the Konishi operator in the planar limit. We find that our interpolating functions match with numerical result obtained by Thermodynamic Bethe Ansatz very well. It turns out that analytic properties of the interpolating functions reflect an expectation on a radius of convergence of the perturbation theory.

  12. Quantum field theory with a momentum space of constant curvature (perturbation theory)

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Mir-Kasimov, R.M.

    1978-01-01

    In the framework of the field-theoretical approach in which the off-the-mass shell extension proceeds in the p-space of constant curvature, the perburbation theory is developed. The configurational representation of the de Sitter space is introduced with the help of the Fourier transformation of the group of motions. On the basis of a natural generalization of the Bogolyubov causality condition to the case of the new configurational representation a perturbation theory is constructed with the local in xi space Lagrangian density fucntion. The obtained S matrix obeys the reguirement of translation invariance. The S matrix elements are given by convergent expressions

  13. Schroedinger operators with singular perturbation potentials

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Harrell, E.M. II.

    1976-01-01

    This is a perturbative analysis of the eigenvalues and eigenfunctions of Schroedinger operators of the form -Δ + A + lambda V, defined on the Hilbert space L 2 (R/sup n/). A is a potential function (a smooth, real multiplication operator), and V is a ''spikelike'' perturbation, i.e., a perturbative potential function which diverges at some finite point. Lambda is a small real or complex parameter. The emphasis is on one-dimensional problems, and in particular the typical example is the ''spiked harmonic oscillator'' Hamiltonian, -d 2 /dx 2 + x 2 + lambda x/sup -α/, where α is a positive constant. An earlier study by L. Detwiler and J. R. Klauder [Phys. Rev. D 11 (1975) 1436] indicated that the lowest-order corrections to the ground-state eigenvalue of the spiked harmonic oscillator with lambda greater than 0 were proportional to lambda ln lambda when α = 3, and to lambda/sup 1/(α-2) when α is greater than 3. These and analogous results for a large class of operators and arbitrary eigenvalues are proved. Explicit constants in a modified perturbation series with a complicated dependence on lambda are determined and exhibited. Higher-order corrections for real lambda and lowest-order corrections for complex lambda are also discussed. While the substance of the dissertation is mathematical, its main applications are to quantum physics. The immediate cause of interest in such problems was the use of their peculiar convergence properties by J. R. Klauder as models for the behavior of nonrenormalizable quantum field theories. However, the results of this study are likely to be of greater importance in chemical or nuclear physics, as positive spikelike perturbations represent repulsive core interactions for quantum mechanical particles. The modified perturbation series are a new calculation technique for this situation

  14. Variational derivation of a time-dependent Hartree-Fock Hamiltonian

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Lichtner, P.C.; Griffin, J.J.; Schultheis, H.; Schultheis, R.; Volkov, A.B.

    1979-01-01

    The variational derivation of the time-dependent Hartree-Fock equation is reviewed. When norm-violating variations are included, a unique time-dependent Hartree-Fock Hamiltonian, which differs from that customarily used in time-dependent Hartree-Fock analyses, is implied. This variationally ''true'' Hartree-Fock Hamiltonian has the same expectation value as the exact Hamiltonian, equal to the average energy of the system. Since this quantity remains constant under time-dependent Hartree-Fock time evolution, we suggest the label ''constant '' for this form of time-dependent Hartree-Fock theory

  15. First principles of Hamiltonian medicine.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Crespi, Bernard; Foster, Kevin; Úbeda, Francisco

    2014-05-19

    We introduce the field of Hamiltonian medicine, which centres on the roles of genetic relatedness in human health and disease. Hamiltonian medicine represents the application of basic social-evolution theory, for interactions involving kinship, to core issues in medicine such as pathogens, cancer, optimal growth and mental illness. It encompasses three domains, which involve conflict and cooperation between: (i) microbes or cancer cells, within humans, (ii) genes expressed in humans, (iii) human individuals. A set of six core principles, based on these domains and their interfaces, serves to conceptually organize the field, and contextualize illustrative examples. The primary usefulness of Hamiltonian medicine is that, like Darwinian medicine more generally, it provides novel insights into what data will be productive to collect, to address important clinical and public health problems. Our synthesis of this nascent field is intended predominantly for evolutionary and behavioural biologists who aspire to address questions directly relevant to human health and disease.

  16. A Hamiltonian approach to Thermodynamics

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Baldiotti, M.C., E-mail: baldiotti@uel.br [Departamento de Física, Universidade Estadual de Londrina, 86051-990, Londrina-PR (Brazil); Fresneda, R., E-mail: rodrigo.fresneda@ufabc.edu.br [Universidade Federal do ABC, Av. dos Estados 5001, 09210-580, Santo André-SP (Brazil); Molina, C., E-mail: cmolina@usp.br [Escola de Artes, Ciências e Humanidades, Universidade de São Paulo, Av. Arlindo Bettio 1000, CEP 03828-000, São Paulo-SP (Brazil)

    2016-10-15

    In the present work we develop a strictly Hamiltonian approach to Thermodynamics. A thermodynamic description based on symplectic geometry is introduced, where all thermodynamic processes can be described within the framework of Analytic Mechanics. Our proposal is constructed on top of a usual symplectic manifold, where phase space is even dimensional and one has well-defined Poisson brackets. The main idea is the introduction of an extended phase space where thermodynamic equations of state are realized as constraints. We are then able to apply the canonical transformation toolkit to thermodynamic problems. Throughout this development, Dirac’s theory of constrained systems is extensively used. To illustrate the formalism, we consider paradigmatic examples, namely, the ideal, van der Waals and Clausius gases. - Highlights: • A strictly Hamiltonian approach to Thermodynamics is proposed. • Dirac’s theory of constrained systems is extensively used. • Thermodynamic equations of state are realized as constraints. • Thermodynamic potentials are related by canonical transformations.

  17. A Hamiltonian approach to Thermodynamics

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Baldiotti, M.C.; Fresneda, R.; Molina, C.

    2016-01-01

    In the present work we develop a strictly Hamiltonian approach to Thermodynamics. A thermodynamic description based on symplectic geometry is introduced, where all thermodynamic processes can be described within the framework of Analytic Mechanics. Our proposal is constructed on top of a usual symplectic manifold, where phase space is even dimensional and one has well-defined Poisson brackets. The main idea is the introduction of an extended phase space where thermodynamic equations of state are realized as constraints. We are then able to apply the canonical transformation toolkit to thermodynamic problems. Throughout this development, Dirac’s theory of constrained systems is extensively used. To illustrate the formalism, we consider paradigmatic examples, namely, the ideal, van der Waals and Clausius gases. - Highlights: • A strictly Hamiltonian approach to Thermodynamics is proposed. • Dirac’s theory of constrained systems is extensively used. • Thermodynamic equations of state are realized as constraints. • Thermodynamic potentials are related by canonical transformations.

  18. Light-Front Quantization of Gauge Theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Brodsky, Stanley J.

    2003-03-25

    Light-front wavefunctions provide a frame-independent representation of hadrons in terms of their physical quark and gluon degrees of freedom. The light-front Hamiltonian formalism provides new nonperturbative methods for obtaining the QCD spectrum and eigensolutions, including resolvant methods, variational techniques, and discretized light-front quantization. A new method for quantizing gauge theories in light-cone gauge using Dirac brackets to implement constraints is presented. In the case of the electroweak theory, this method of light-front quantization leads to a unitary and renormalizable theory of massive gauge particles, automatically incorporating the Lorentz and 't Hooft conditions as well as the Goldstone boson equivalence theorem. Spontaneous symmetry breaking is represented by the appearance of zero modes of the Higgs field leaving the light-front vacuum equal to the perturbative vacuum. I also discuss an ''event amplitude generator'' for automatically computing renormalized amplitudes in perturbation theory. The importance of final-state interactions for the interpretation of diffraction, shadowing, and single-spin asymmetries in inclusive reactions such as deep inelastic lepton-hadron scattering is emphasized.

  19. Light-Front Quantization of Gauge Theories

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Brodskey, Stanley

    2002-12-01

    Light-front wavefunctions provide a frame-independent representation of hadrons in terms of their physical quark and gluon degrees of freedom. The light-front Hamiltonian formalism provides new nonperturbative methods for obtaining the QCD spectrum and eigensolutions, including resolvant methods, variational techniques, and discretized light-front quantization. A new method for quantizing gauge theories in light-cone gauge using Dirac brackets to implement constraints is presented. In the case of the electroweak theory, this method of light-front quantization leads to a unitary and renormalizable theory of massive gauge particles, automatically incorporating the Lorentz and 't Hooft conditions as well as the Goldstone boson equivalence theorem. Spontaneous symmetry breaking is represented by the appearance of zero modes of the Higgs field leaving the light-front vacuum equal to the perturbative vacuum. I also discuss an ''event amplitude generator'' for automatically computing renormalized amplitudes in perturbation theory. The importance of final-state interactions for the interpretation of diffraction, shadowing, and single-spin asymmetries in inclusive reactions such as deep inelastic lepton-hadron scattering is emphasized.

  20. On the all-order perturbative finiteness of the deformed N=4 SYM theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Rossi, G.C.; Sokatchev, E.; Stanev, Ya.S.

    2006-01-01

    We prove that the chiral propagator of the deformed N=4 SYM theory can be made finite to all orders in perturbation theory for any complex value of the deformation parameter. For any such value the set of finite deformed theories can be parametrized by a whole complex function of the coupling constant g. We reveal a new protection mechanism for chiral operators of dimension three. These are obtained by differentiating the Lagrangian with respect to the independent coupling constants. A particular combination of them is a CPO involving only chiral matter. Its all-order form is derived directly from the finiteness condition. The procedure is confirmed perturbatively through order g 6

  1. Loschmidt echo for local perturbations: non-monotonic cross-over from the Fermi-golden-rule to the escape-rate regime

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Goussev, Arseni; Waltner, Daniel; Richter, Klaus; Jalabert, Rodolfo A

    2008-01-01

    We address the sensitivity of quantum mechanical time evolution by considering the time decay of the Loschmidt echo (LE) (or fidelity) for local perturbations of the Hamiltonian. Within a semiclassical approach, we derive analytical expressions for the LE decay for chaotic systems for the whole range from weak to strong local perturbations and identify different decay regimes which complement those known for the case of global perturbations. For weak perturbations, a Fermi-golden-rule (FGR)-type behavior is recovered. For strong perturbations, the escape-rate regime is reached, where the LE decays exponentially with a rate independent of the perturbation strength. The transition between the FGR regime and the escape-rate regime is non-monotonic, i.e. the rate of the exponential time-decay of the LE oscillates as a function of the perturbation strength. We further perform extensive quantum mechanical calculations of the LE based on numerical wave packet evolution, which strongly support our semiclassical theory. Finally, we discuss in some detail possible experimental realizations for observing the predicted behavior of the LE

  2. Dynamical affine symmetry and covariant perturbation theory for gravity

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Pervushin, V.N.

    1975-01-01

    The covariant perturbation theory for gravity with the simplest reduction properties is formulated. The main points are as follows: fundamental fields are the normal coordinates of ten-dimensional space of the gravitational field, and the fields are separated into the classical (background) and quantum ones in the generating functional along geodesics of this space

  3. Non-perturbative Green functions in quantum gauge theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Shabanov, S.V.

    1991-01-01

    Non-perturbative Green functions for gauge invariant variables are considered. The Green functions are found to be modified as compared with the usual ones in a definite gauge because of a physical configuration space (PCS) reduction. In the Yang-Mills theory with fermions this phenomenon follows from the Singer theorem about the absence of a global gauge condition for the fields tensing to zero at spatial infinity. 20 refs

  4. Foundations of quantum chromodynamics: Perturbative methods in gauge theories

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Muta, T.

    1986-01-01

    This volume develops the techniques of perturbative QCD in great detail starting with field theory. Aside from extensive treatments of the renormalization group technique, the operator product expansion formalism and their applications to short-distance reactions, this book provides a comprehensive introduction to gauge field theories. Examples and exercises are provided to amplify the discussions on important topics. Contents: Introduction; Elements of Quantum Chromodynamics; The Renormalization Group Method; Asymptotic Freedom; Operator Product Expansion Formalism; Applications; Renormalization Scheme Dependence; Factorization Theorem; Further Applications; Power Corrections; Infrared Problem. Power Correlations; Infrared Problem

  5. Baryon chiral perturbation theory extended beyond the low-energy region.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Epelbaum, E; Gegelia, J; Meißner, Ulf-G; Yao, De-Liang

    We consider an extension of the one-nucleon sector of baryon chiral perturbation theory beyond the low-energy region. The applicability of this approach for higher energies is restricted to small scattering angles, i.e. the kinematical region, where the quark structure of hadrons cannot be resolved. The main idea is to re-arrange the low-energy effective Lagrangian according to a new power counting and to exploit the freedom of the choice of the renormalization condition for loop diagrams. We generalize the extended on-mass-shell scheme for the one-nucleon sector of baryon chiral perturbation theory by choosing a sliding scale, that is, we expand the physical amplitudes around kinematical points beyond the threshold. This requires the introduction of complex-valued renormalized coupling constants, which can be either extracted from experimental data, or calculated using the renormalization group evolution of coupling constants fixed in threshold region.

  6. Multidimensional periodic Schrödinger operator perturbation theory and applications

    CERN Document Server

    Veliev, Oktay

    2015-01-01

    The book describes the direct problems and the inverse problem of the multidimensional Schrödinger operator with a periodic potential. This concerns perturbation theory and constructive determination of the spectral invariants and finding the periodic potential from the given Bloch eigenvalues. The unique method of this book derives the asymptotic formulas for Bloch eigenvalues and Bloch functions for arbitrary dimension. Moreover, the measure of the iso-energetic surfaces in the high energy region is construct and estimated. It implies the validity of the Bethe-Sommerfeld conjecture for arbitrary dimensions and arbitrary lattices. Using the perturbation theory constructed in this book, the spectral invariants of the multidimensional operator from the given Bloch eigenvalues are determined. Some of these invariants are explicitly expressed by the Fourier coefficients of the potential. This way the possibility to determine the potential constructively by using Bloch eigenvalues as input data is given. In the ...

  7. Baryon chiral perturbation theory extended beyond the low-energy region

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Epelbaum, E.; Gegelia, J.; Meissner, Ulf G.; Yao, De-Liang

    2015-01-01

    We consider an extension of the one-nucleon sector of baryon chiral perturbation theory beyond the low-energy region. The applicability of this approach for higher energies is restricted to small scattering angles, i.e. the kinematical region, where the quark structure of hadrons cannot be resolved. The main idea is to re-arrange the low-energy effective Lagrangian according to a new power counting and to exploit the freedom of the choice of the renormalization condition for loop diagrams. We generalize the extended on-mass-shell scheme for the one-nucleon sector of baryon chiral perturbation theory by choosing a sliding scale, that is, we expand the physical amplitudes around kinematical points beyond the threshold. This requires the introduction of complex-valued renormalized coupling constants, which can be either extracted from experimental data, or calculated using the renormalization group evolution of coupling constants fixed in threshold region. (orig.)

  8. Green's functions for theories with massless particles (in perturbation theory). [Growth properties, momentum space, mass renormalization

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Blanchard, P [European Organization for Nuclear Research, Geneva (Switzerland); Seneor, R [European Organization for Nuclear Research, Geneva (Switzerland); Ecole Polytechnique, 75 - Paris (France). Centre de Physique Theorique)

    1975-01-01

    With the method of perturbative renormalization developed by Epstein and Glaser it is shown that Green's functions exist for theories with massless particles such as Q.E.D. and lambda:PHI/sup 2n/ theories. Growth properties are given in momentum space. In the case of Q.E.D., it is also shown that one can perform the physical mass renormalization.

  9. Use of the Halbach perturbation theory for the multipole design of the ALS storage ring sextupole

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Marks, S. [Lawrence Berkeley Lab., CA (United States)

    1995-02-01

    The Advanced Light Source (ALS) storage ring sextupole is a unique multi-purpose magnet. It is designed to operate in the primary or sextupole mode and in three auxiliary trim modes: horizontal steering, vertical steering, and skew quadrupole. Klaus Halbach developed a perturbation theory for iron-dominated magnets which provides the basis for this design. Many magnet designers, certainly those who have been exposed to Klaus, are familiar with this theory and have used it for such things as evaluating the effect of assembly alignment errors. The ALS sextupole design process was somewhat novel in its use of the perturbation theory to design essential features of the magnet. In particular, the steering and skew quadrupole functions are produced by violating sextupole symmetry and are thus perturbations of the normal sextupole excitation. The magnet was designed such that all four modes are decoupled and can be excited independently. This paper discusses the use of Halbach`s perturbation theory to design the trim functions and to evaluate the primary asymmetry in the sextupole mode, namely, a gap in the return yoke to accommodate the vacuum chamber. Prototype testing verified all operating modes of the magnet and confirmed the expected performance from calculations based upon the Halbach perturbation theory. A total of 48 sextupole magnets of this design are now installed and operating successfully in the ALS storage ring.

  10. GAPER-1D, 1-D Multigroup 1. Order Perturbation Transport Theory for Reactivity Coefficient

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Koch, P.K.

    1976-01-01

    1 - Description of problem or function: Reactivity coefficients are computed using first-order transport perturbation theory for one- dimensional multi-region reactor assemblies. The number of spatial mesh-points and energy groups is arbitrary. An elementary synthesis scheme is employed for treatment of two- and three-dimensional problems. The contributions to the change in inverse multiplication factor, delta(1/k), from perturbations in the individual capture, net fission, total scattering, (n,2n), inelastic scattering, and leakage cross sections are computed. A multi-dimensional prompt neutron lifetime calculation is also available. 2 - Method of solution: Broad group cross sections for the core and perturbing or sample materials are required as input. Scalar neutron fluxes and currents, as computed by SN transport calculations, are then utilized to solve the first-order transport perturbation theory equations. A synthesis scheme is used, along with independent SN calculations in two or three dimensions, to treat a multi- dimensional assembly. Spherical harmonics expansions of the angular fluxes and scattering source terms are used with leakage and anisotropic scattering treated in a P1 approximation. The angular integrations in the perturbation theory equations are performed analytically. Various reactivity coefficients and material worths are then easily computed at specified positions in the assembly. 3 - Restrictions on the complexity of the problem: The formulation of the synthesis scheme used for two- and three-dimensional problems assumes that the fluxes and currents were computed by the DTF4 code (NESC Abstract 209). Therefore, fluxes and currents from two- or three-dimensional transport or diffusion theory codes cannot be used

  11. Instantons and large N an introduction to non-perturbative methods in quantum field theory

    CERN Document Server

    Marino, Marcos

    2015-01-01

    This highly pedagogical textbook for graduate students in particle, theoretical and mathematical physics, explores advanced topics of quantum field theory. Clearly divided into two parts; the first focuses on instantons with a detailed exposition of instantons in quantum mechanics, supersymmetric quantum mechanics, the large order behavior of perturbation theory, and Yang-Mills theories, before moving on to examine the large N expansion in quantum field theory. The organised presentation style, in addition to detailed mathematical derivations, worked examples and applications throughout, enables students to gain practical experience with the tools necessary to start research. The author includes recent developments on the large order behaviour of perturbation theory and on large N instantons, and updates existing treatments of classic topics, to ensure that this is a practical and contemporary guide for students developing their understanding of the intricacies of quantum field theory.

  12. A canonical perturbation method for computing the guiding-center motion in magnetized axisymmetric plasma columns

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Gratreau, P.

    1987-01-01

    The motion of charged particles in a magnetized plasma column, such as that of a magnetic mirror trap or a tokamak, is determined in the framework of the canonical perturbation theory through a method of variation of constants which preserves the energy conservation and the symmetry invariance. The choice of a frame of coordinates close to that of the magnetic coordinates allows a relatively precise determination of the guiding-center motion with a low-ordered approximation in the adiabatic parameter. A Hamiltonian formulation of the motion equations is obtained

  13. Finite volume at two-loops in chiral perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Bijnens, Johan; Rössler, Thomas

    2015-01-01

    We calculate the finite volume corrections to meson masses and decay constants in two and three flavour Chiral Perturbation Theory to two-loop order. The analytical results are compared with the existing result for the pion mass in two-flavour ChPT and the partial results for the other quantities. We present numerical results for all quantities.

  14. Renormalization and scaling behaviour of eikonal perturbation theories. [Eikonal approximation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Din, A M [Chalmers Tekniska Hoegskola, Goeteborg (Sweden). Institutionen foer Teoretisk Fysik; Nielsen, N K [Aarhus Univ. (Denmark)

    1975-01-04

    Some observations on the renormalization and scaling behaviour of the charged-particle propagator in scalar quantum electrodynamics, in the ordinary eikonal approximation as well as in the eikonal perturbation theory, are reported. The conclusions indicate that scaling behaviour is not realized in the simple sense.

  15. Improved Fluid Perturbation Theory: Equation of state for Fluid Xenon

    OpenAIRE

    Li, Qiong; Liu, Hai-Feng; Zhang, Gong-Mu; Zhao, Yan-Hong; Tian, Ming-Feng; Song, Hai-Feng

    2016-01-01

    The traditional fluid perturbation theory is improved by taking electronic excitations and ionizations into account, in the framework of average ion spheres. It is applied to calculate the equation of state for fluid Xenon, which turns out in good agreement with the available shock data.

  16. On time-dependent Hamiltonian realizations of planar and nonplanar systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Esen, Oğul; Guha, Partha

    2018-04-01

    In this paper, we elucidate the key role played by the cosymplectic geometry in the theory of time dependent Hamiltonian systems in 2 D. We generalize the cosymplectic structures to time-dependent Nambu-Poisson Hamiltonian systems and corresponding Jacobi's last multiplier for 3 D systems. We illustrate our constructions with various examples.

  17. Technical fine-tuning problem in renormalized perturbation theory

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Foda, O.E.

    1983-01-01

    The technical - as opposed to physical - fine tuning problem, i.e. the stability of tree-level gauge hierarchies at higher orders in renormalized perturbation theory, in a number of different models is studied. These include softly-broken supersymmetric models, and non-supersymmetric ones with a hierarchy of spontaneously-broken gauge symmetries. The models are renormalized using the BPHZ prescription, with momentum subtractions. Explicit calculations indicate that the tree-level hierarchy is not upset by the radiative corrections, and consequently no further fine-tuning is required to maintain it. Furthermore, this result is shown to run counter to that obtained via Dimensional Renormalization, (the only scheme used in previous literature on the subject). The discrepancy originates in the inherent local ambiguity in the finite parts of subtracted Feynman integrals. Within fully-renormalized perturbation theory the answer to the technical fine-tuning question (in the sense of whether the radiative corrections will ''readily'' respect the tree level gauge hierarchy or not) is contingent on the renormalization scheme used to define the model at the quantum level, rather than on the model itself. In other words, the need for fine-tuning, when it arises, is an artifact of the application of a certain class of renormalization schemes

  18. Technical fine-tuning problem in renormalized perturbation theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Foda, O.E.

    1983-01-01

    The technical - as opposed to physical - fine tuning problem, i.e. the stability of tree-level gauge hierarchies at higher orders in renormalized perturbation theory, in a number of different models is studied. These include softly-broken supersymmetric models, and non-supersymmetric ones with a hierarchy of spontaneously-broken gauge symmetries. The models are renormalized using the BPHZ prescription, with momentum subtractions. Explicit calculations indicate that the tree-level hierarchy is not upset by the radiative corrections, and consequently no further fine-tuning is required to maintain it. Furthermore, this result is shown to run counter to that obtained via Dimensional Renormalization, (the only scheme used in previous literature on the subject). The discrepancy originates in the inherent local ambiguity in the finite parts of subtracted Feynman integrals. Within fully-renormalized perturbation theory the answer to the technical fine-tuning question (in the sense of whether the radiative corrections will ''readily'' respect the tree level gauge hierarchy or not) is contingent on the renormalization scheme used to define the model at the quantum level, rather than on the model itself. In other words, the need for fine-tuning, when it arises, is an artifact of the application of a certain class of renormalization schemes.

  19. A Monte Carlo procedure for Hamiltonians with small nonlocal correction terms

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Mack, G.; Pinn, K.

    1986-03-01

    We consider lattice field theories whose Hamiltonians contain small nonlocal correction terms. We propose to do simulations for an auxiliarly polymer system with field dependent activities. If a nonlocal correction term to the Hamiltonian is small, it need to be evaluated only rarely. (orig.)

  20. On estimating perturbative coefficients in quantum field theory and statistical physics

    International Nuclear Information System (INIS)

    Samuel, M.A.; Stanford Univ., CA

    1994-05-01

    The authors present a method for estimating perturbative coefficients in quantum field theory and Statistical Physics. They are able to obtain reliable error-bars for each estimate. The results, in all cases, are excellent